IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE
BULLETIN
Published Biweekly VOLUME XXIV NUMBER 3 August 8, 2001 Pages 137 to 252

CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE
Pages 149 to 250 include ARC 0836B to ARC 0878B
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES DIVISION[185]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Licenses and permits—surety bond,
4.23(4), 5.9 ARC 0855B 149
Notice, Dramshop liability insurance,
5.8, 12.2(12) ARC 0854B 149
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 140
Publication procedures 141
Administrative rules on CD–ROM 141
Agency identification numbers 147
CITATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES 146
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Filed, Jail facilities, amendments to ch 50
ARC 0852B 241
Filed, Temporary holding facilities,
amendments to ch 51 ARC 0853B 241
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]“umbrella”
Notice, Extension—time for initiation of an
appeal or review on board’s motion,
11.28 ARC 0875B 152
Notice, Application denial and appeal;
denial of renewal application, 11.35, 11.36
ARC 0874B 152
Filed Emergency, Licensure—fees,
renewal, conversion, 14.101, 14.106,
14.110 to 14.114, 14.116, 14.119 to 14.121,
14.129, 14.140 to 14.142, 15.1(1), 16.1, 17.1,
17.5, 17.6, 17.8, 18.1 to 18.3 ARC 876B 222
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING
EXAMINING BOARD[193C]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Rescind chs 1 to 7; adopt
chs 1 to 13 ARC 0864B 154
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice, Increase—state supplementary
assistance (SSA) residential care
facility (RCF) and in–home health related
care (IHHRC) reimbursement rates
and SSI cost–of–living adjustment, 52.1,
177.4 ARC 0840B 176
Notice, HAWK–I program, 86.2 to 86.4,
86.6(3), 86.13(2), 86.15(9), 86.17
ARC 0873B 177
Notice, Cost–of–living increase—statewide
average cost of shelter care, 150.3(5)
ARC 0843B 179
Filed Emergency, Increase—state supplementary
assistance (SSA) residential care
facility (RCF) and in–home health related
care (IHHRC) reimbursement rates
and SSI cost–of–living adjustment,
52.1, 177.4 ARC 0839B 237
Filed, Modified price–based case–mix system—
non–state–owned nursing facilities for
Medicaid recipients, amendments to
chs 78 to 81 ARC 0841B 241
Filed, College graduates in social work—
specified services provided without experience
requirement, 108.4(3), 185.10(1) ARC 0842B 247
Filed Emergency, Cost–of–living increase—
statewide average cost of shelter care,
150.3(5) ARC 0844B 238
Filed, Rehabilitative treatment and supportive
service (RTSS) providers—independent audit,
185.102(4) ARC 0845B 247
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice, Food establishment and food processing
plant—exemption of residence where honey
is stored, prepared, packaged, labeled or distributed,
30.2, 31.1(17) ARC 0871B 180
Notice, Extension—validity of temporary food
service establishment license for temporary food
service at a farmers market, 30.4(7)
ARC 0836B 180
Notice, Hospitals—procedures for authentication
of medication and standing orders by a
practitioner, 51.14 ARC 0869B 180
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
(Cont’d)
Notice, Location for description of staff eligible
to administer anesthesia, 51.28(1) ARC 0868B 181
Notice, Technical corrections—cross references and
agency identification numbers, 51.50, 51.51
ARC 0870B 181
Filed Emergency, Extension—validity of
temporary food service establishment
license for temporary food service at a
farmers market, 30.4(7) ARC 0837B 239
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Disclosure of nonpublic
personal health information,
90.1, 90.2, 90.17 to 90.26 ARC 0865B 182
LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[875]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871] “umbrella”
Filed, OSHA regulations—cotton dust and
blood–borne pathogens, 10.20 ARC 0861B 248
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
Notice, Time period—law enforcement officer
certification, 3.1 ARC 0846B 184
LOTTERY DIVISION[705]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]“umbrella”
Filed, Waiver and variance rules, ch 5
ARC 0838B 248
NURSING BOARD[655]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Continuing education, 5.1 to 5.3
ARC 0877B 184
Filed Emergency, Continuing education—
elimination of carryover exception, 5.2(2)“c”
ARC 0878B 239
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice Terminated, Physician assistants,
325.1 to 325.7, 325.11(1) ARC 0866B 187
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice, Birth defects institute, ch 4 ARC 0849B 187
Notice, State plumbing code, ch 25 ARC 0850B 191
Notice, Renovation, remodeling, and repainting—
lead hazard notification process, amendments to
ch 69 ARC 0848B 194
Notice, Lead professional certification, amendments
to ch 70 ARC 0851B 197
Notice, Childhood lead poisoning prevention,
amendments to ch 72 ARC 0847B 208
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 142
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]“umbrella”
Notice, Sanctions for falsification; registration
certificates, 6.5(1), 9.4(5) ARC 0863B 210
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice, Eligible housing business tax credit, 52.15,
58.8 ARC 0862B 211
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
Notice, Polling place accessibility standards,
21.50 ARC 0872B 212
Filed Emergency After Notice, Inclusion
of annexed territory in city reprecincting and
redistricting plans, 21.30 ARC 0867B 239
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Filed Emergency After Notice, RISE
program—brownfield sites, 163.1, 163.8(2),
163.9, 163.11(2) ARC 0856B 240
Filed, Vehicle registration and certificate of title,
amendments to ch 400, 405.3(2)“c,” 405.6(3)
ARC 0858B 248
Filed, General aviation hangar revolving loan fund,
ch 718 ARC 0857B 249
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
Notice, Waiver and variance rules, ch 19
ARC 0859B 219
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Filed, Land restoration rule correction,
9.3(1) ARC 0860B 249

PUBLISHED UNDER AUTHORITY OF IOWA CODE SECTIONS 2B.5 AND 17A.6
__________________________________
PREFACE
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in pamphlet form pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of Intended Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the Governor which are general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements to proposed rules and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative Rules Review Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the Committee of the effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses and Agenda for monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other “materials deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review Committee” include summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions and Supreme Court Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds Interest Rates [12C.6]; Workers’ Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)]; Usury [535.2(3)“a”]; Agricultural Credit Corporation Maximum Loan Rates [535.12]; and Regional Banking—Notice of Application and Hearing [524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material added to existing rules; strike through letters indicate deleted material.
Subscriptions and Distribution Telephone: (515)242–5120
Fax: (515)242–5974
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code Editor Telephone: (515)281–3355
STEPHANIE A. HOFF, Assistant Editor (515)281–8157
Fax: (515)281–4424
SUBSCRIPTION INFORMATION
Iowa Administrative Bulletin
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate publication and may be purchased by subscription or single copy. All subscriptions will expire on June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid in advance and are prorated quarterly.
July 1, 2001, to June 30, 2002 $273.00 plus $16.38 sales tax
October 1, 2001, to June 30, 2002 $215.00 plus $12.90 sales tax
January 1, 2002, to June 30, 2002 $144.50 plus $8.67 sales tax
April 1, 2002, to June 30, 2002 $72.00 plus $4.32 sales tax
Single copies may be purchased for $20.50 plus $1.23 sales tax.
Iowa Administrative Code
The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in complete sets and subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement (replacement pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements are as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,252.75 plus $75.17 sales tax
(Price includes 22 volumes of rules and index, plus a one–year subscription to the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative Bulletin. Additional binders may be purchased for $11.75 plus $.71 sales tax.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $440.50 plus $26.43 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 2002)
All checks should be made payable to the Iowa State Printing Division. Send all inquiries and subscription orders to:

Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242–5120

Schedule for Rule Making
2001

NOTICE
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
NOTICE PUB.
DATE
HEARING OR
COMMENTS 20 DAYS
FIRST
POSSIBLE ADOPTION DATE
35 DAYS
ADOPTED FILING DEADLINE
ADOPTED PUB.
DATE
FIRST
POSSIBLE EFFECTIVE DATE
POSSIBLE EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180 DAYS
Dec. 22 ’00
Jan. 10 ’01
Jan. 30 ’01
Feb. 14 ’01
Feb. 16 ’01
Mar. 7 ’01
Apr. 11 ’01
July 9 ’01
Jan. 5
Jan. 24
Feb. 13
Feb. 28
Mar. 2
Mar. 21
Apr. 25
July 23
Jan. 19
Feb. 7
Feb. 27
Mar. 14
Mar. 16
Apr. 4
May 9
Aug. 6
Feb. 2
Feb. 21
Mar. 13
Mar. 28
Mar. 30
Apr. 18
May 23
Aug. 20
Feb. 16
Mar. 7
Mar. 27
Apr. 11
Apr. 13
May 2
June 6
Sept. 3
Mar. 2
Mar. 21
Apr. 10
Apr. 25
Apr. 27
May 16
June 20
Sept. 17
Mar. 16
Apr. 4
Apr. 24
May 9
May 11
May 30
July 4
Oct. 1
Mar. 30
Apr. 18
May 8
May 23
May 25
June 13
July 18
Oct. 15
Apr. 13
May 2
May 22
June 6
June 8
June 27
Aug. 1
Oct. 29
Apr. 27
May 16
June 5
June 20
June 22
July 11
Aug. 15
Nov. 12
May 11
May 30
June 19
July 4
July 6
July 25
Aug. 29
Nov. 26
May 25
June 13
July 3
July 18
July 20
Aug. 8
Sept. 12
Dec. 10
June 8
June 27
July 17
Aug. 1
Aug. 3
Aug. 22
Sept. 26
Dec. 24
June 22
July 11
July 31
Aug. 15
Aug. 17
Sept. 5
Oct. 10
Jan. 7 ’02
July 6
July 25
Aug. 14
Aug. 29
Aug. 31
Sept. 19
Oct. 24
Jan. 21 ’02
July 20
Aug. 8
Aug. 28
Sept. 12
Sept. 14
Oct. 3
Nov. 7
Feb. 4 ’02
Aug. 3
Aug. 22
Sept. 11
Sept. 26
Sept. 28
Oct. 17
Nov. 21
Feb. 18 ’02
Aug. 17
Sept. 5
Sept. 25
Oct. 10
Oct. 12
Oct. 31
Dec. 5
Mar. 4 ’02
Aug. 31
Sept. 19
Oct. 9
Oct. 24
Oct. 26
Nov. 14
Dec. 19
Mar. 18 ’02
Sept. 14
Oct. 3
Oct. 23
Nov. 7
Nov. 9
Nov. 28
Jan. 2 ’02
Apr. 1 ’02
Sept. 28
Oct. 17
Nov. 6
Nov. 21
Nov. 23
Dec. 12
Jan. 16 ’02
Apr. 15 ’02
Oct. 12
Oct. 31
Nov. 20
Dec. 5
Dec. 7
Dec. 26
Jan. 30 ’02
Apr. 29 ’02
Oct. 26
Nov. 14
Dec. 4
Dec. 19
Dec. 21
Jan. 9 ’02
Feb. 13 ’02
May 13 ’02
Nov. 9
Nov. 28
Dec. 18
Jan. 2 ’02
Jan. 4 ’02
Jan. 23 ’02
Feb. 27 ’02
May 27 ’02
Nov. 23
Dec. 12
Jan. 1 ’02
Jan. 16 ’02
Jan. 18 ’02
Feb. 6 ’02
Mar. 13 ’02
June 10 ’02
Dec. 7
Dec. 26
Jan. 15 ’02
Jan. 30 ’02
Feb. 1 ’02
Feb. 20 ’02
Mar. 27 ’02
June 24 ’02
Dec. 21
Jan. 9 ’02
Jan. 29 ’02
Feb. 13 ’02
Feb. 15 ’02
Mar. 6 ’02
Apr. 10 ’02
July 8 ’02
Jan. 4 ’02
Jan. 23 ’02
Feb. 12 ’02
Feb. 27 ’02
Mar. 1 ’02
Mar. 20 ’02
Apr. 24 ’02
July 22 ’02



PRINTING SCHEDULE FOR IAB
ISSUE NUMBER
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
ISSUE DATE
5
Friday, August 17, 2001
September 5, 2001
6
Friday, August 31, 2001
September 19, 2001
7
Friday, September 14, 2001
October 3, 2001


PLEASE NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o’clock noon on the Friday filing deadline days unless prior approval has been received from the Administrative Rules Coordinator’s office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions made on the following Monday will be accepted.

PUBLICATION PROCEDURES


TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative Bulletin



The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most other word processing systems, including Microsoft Word, Word for Windows (Word 7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.

1. To facilitate the publication of rule–making documents, we request that you send your document(s) as an attachment(s) to an E–mail message, addressed to both of the following:

bruce.carr@legis.state.ia.us and
kathleen.bates@legis.state.ia.us

2. Alternatively, you may send a PC–compatible diskette of the rule making. Please indicate on each diskette the following information: agency name, file name, format used for exporting, and chapter(s) amended. Diskettes may be delivered to the Administrative Code Division, First Floor South, Grimes State Office Building, or included with the documents submitted to the Governor’s Administrative Rules Coordinator.

Please note that changes made prior to publication of the rule–making documents are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies by the Governor’s office, but not on the diskettes; diskettes are returned unchanged.

Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and cost–effectively than was previously possible and is greatly appreciated.
______________________

IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE RULES and IOWA COURT RULES on CD–ROM
2000 WINTER EDITION

Containing: Iowa Administrative Code (updated through December 2000)
Iowa Administrative Bulletins (July 2000 through December 2000)
Iowa Court Rules (updated through December 2000)

For free brochures and order forms contact:
Legislative Service Bureau
Attn: Ms. Stephanie Cox
State Capitol
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone: (515)281–3566 Fax: (515)281–8027
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us




PUBLIC HEARINGS
To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to request that Agencies comply with Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” by allowing the opportunity for oral presentation (hearing) to be held at least twenty days after publication of Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.

AGENCY
HEARING LOCATION
DATE AND TIME OF HEARING

ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES DIVISION[185]

Dramshop liability insurance
requirements, 5.8, 12.2(12)
IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0854B
Commerce Board Room
1918 SE Hulsizer Rd.
Ankeny, Iowa
August 28, 2001
2 p.m.
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]

Appeals and review,
11.28(1), 11.28(2)
IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0875B
Room 3 North
Grimes State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
August 29, 2001
10 a.m.
Application denial and appeal;
denial of renewal application,
11.35, 11.36
IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0874B
Room 3 North
Grimes State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
August 29, 2001
10:30 a.m.
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]

Financial and health information
regulation,
90.1 to 90.3, 90.17 to 90.26
IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0865B
330 Maple St.
Des Moines, Iowa
August 30, 2001
10 a.m.
IOWA FINANCE AUTHORITY[265]

Low–income housing tax credits,
12.1, 12.2
IAB 6/27/01 ARC 0764B
(ICN Network)
Department of Economic Development
200 East Grand Ave.
Des Moines, Iowa
August 22, 2001
10 a.m.

Room 208, Metro High School
1212 Seventh St. SE
Cedar Rapids, Iowa
August 22, 2001
10 a.m.

Media Center, Lewis Central H.S.
3601 Hwy. 275
Council Bluffs, Iowa
August 22, 2001
10 a.m.

Room 107, Technical Center
1501 W. Townline Rd.
Creston, Iowa
August 22, 2001
10 a.m.

Annex Bldg., Central High School
1120 Main St.
Davenport, Iowa
August 22, 2001
10 a.m.

Carnegie–Stout Public Library
360 W. 11th St.
Dubuque, Iowa
August 22, 2001
10 a.m.

Room 12, Fort Dodge High School
819 N. 25th St.
Fort Dodge, Iowa
August 22, 2001
10 a.m.
IOWA FINANCE AUTHORITY[265] (Cont’d)
(ICN Network)


Room 128, Careers Bldg.
500 College Dr.
Mason City, Iowa
August 22, 2001
10 a.m.

Room 107, Advanced Technology Ctr.
525 Grandview Ave.
Ottumwa, Iowa
August 22, 2001
10 a.m.

Room 127B, Bldg. B
4647 Stone Ave.
Sioux City, Iowa
August 22, 2001
10 a.m.

Room 110, Tama Hall
1501 E. Orange Rd.
Waterloo, Iowa
August 22, 2001
10 a.m.
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]

Certification of law enforcement
officers, 3.1(5), 3.1(6)
IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0846B
Conference Room
Camp Dodge
Johnston, Iowa
August 28, 2001
9 a.m.
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]

Standards of practice—automated
dispensing systems, 13.6
IAB 7/25/01 ARC 0833B
Suite C
400 SW Eighth St.
Des Moines, Iowa
August 14, 2001
11 a.m.
NURSING BOARD[655]

Nursing education programs,
ch 2
IAB 6/27/01 ARC 0758B
Ballroom
Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel
Fourth and Walnut
Des Moines, Iowa
September 19, 2001
5 p.m.
Continuing education,
5.1 to 5.3
IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0877B
(See also ARC 0878B herein)
Ballroom
Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel
Fourth and Walnut
Des Moines, Iowa
September 19, 2001
5 p.m.
Nursing practice for LPNs,
6.6(5)
IAB 6/27/01 ARC 0763B
Ballroom
Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel
Fourth and Walnut
Des Moines, Iowa
September 19, 2001
5 p.m.
Prescriptive authority of ARNPs,
7.1
IAB 6/27/01 ARC 0762B
Ballroom
Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel
Fourth and Walnut
Des Moines, Iowa
September 19, 2001
5 p.m.
National certifying organizations;
utilization and cost control review process, 12.2, 12.3, 12.5, 12.7
IAB 6/27/01 ARC 0761B
Ballroom
Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel
Fourth and Walnut
Des Moines, Iowa
September 19, 2001
5 p.m.
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]

Birth defects institute,
ch 4
IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0849B
(ICN Network)
ICN Conference Room, Sixth Floor
Lucas State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
August 28, 2001
11 a.m. to 12 noon

Kimberly Center
1002 W. Kimberly
Davenport, Iowa
August 28, 2001
11 a.m. to 12 noon

Room 107, North Hall
N. Madison St.
Iowa City, Iowa
August 28, 2001
11 a.m. to 12 noon

NIACC
500 College Dr.
Mason City, Iowa
August 28, 2001
11 a.m. to 12 noon

Trospar–Hoyt County Services Bldg.
822 Douglas St.
Sioux City, Iowa
August 28, 2001
11 a.m. to 12 noon
State plumbing code,
ch 25
IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0850B
Room 518
Lucas State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
August 28, 2001
1 p.m.
Renovation, remodeling,
and repainting—lead hazard
notification process, 69.1 to 69.6
IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0848B
(ICN Network)
Room 550, Fifth Floor
411 Third St. SE
Cedar Rapids, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.

Matilda J. Gibson Memorial Library
200 W. Howard St.
Creston, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.

ICN Room, Sixth Floor
Lucas State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.

ICN Classroom, Keystone AEA
2310 Chaney Rd.
Dubuque, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.

National Guard Armory
1160 19th St. SW
Mason City, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.

Conference Room A
Ottumwa Regional Health Center
1001 E. Pennsylvania
Ottumwa, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.

Public Library
529 Pierce St.
Sioux City, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641] (Cont’d)

Lead professional certification,
70.2 to 70.6
IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0851B
(ICN Network)
Room 550, Fifth Floor
411 Third St. SE
Cedar Rapids, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.

Matilda J. Gibson Memorial Library
200 W. Howard St.
Creston, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.

ICN Room, Sixth Floor
Lucas State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.

ICN Classroom, Keystone AEA
2310 Chaney Rd.
Dubuque, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.

National Guard Armory
1160 19th St. SW
Mason City, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.

Conference Room A
Ottumwa Regional Health Center
1001 E. Pennsylvania
Ottumwa, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.

Public Library
529 Pierce St.
Sioux City, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.
Childhood lead poisoning prevention program, 72.1 to 72.5
IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0847B
(ICN Network)
Room 550, Fifth Floor
411 Third St. SE
Cedar Rapids, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.

Matilda J. Gibson Memorial Library
200 W. Howard St.
Creston, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.

ICN Room, Sixth Floor
Lucas State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.

ICN Classroom, Keystone AEA
2310 Chaney Rd.
Dubuque, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.

National Guard Armory
1160 19th St. SW
Mason City, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.

Conference Room A
Ottumwa Regional Health Center
1001 E. Pennsylvania
Ottumwa, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.

Public Library
529 Pierce St.
Sioux City, Iowa
August 28, 2001
10 a.m.
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]

Occupational and vendor licensing; harness racing, 6.5(1), 9.4(5)
IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0863B
Suite B
717 E. Court
Des Moines, Iowa
August 28, 2001
9 a.m.
TREASURER OF STATE[781]

Waiver and variance rules,
ch 19
IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0859B
Room 114
State Capitol Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
August 29, 2001
9 a.m.

CITATION of Administrative Rules

The Iowa Administrative Code shall be cited as (agency identification number) IAC
(chapter, rule, subrule, lettered paragraph, or numbered subparagraph).

441 IAC 79 (Chapter)

441 IAC 79.1(249A) (Rule)

441 IAC 79.1(1) (Subrule)

441 IAC 79.1(1)“a” (Paragraph)

441 IAC 79.1(1)“a”(1) (Subparagraph)

The Iowa Administrative Bulletin shall be cited as IAB (volume), (number), (publication
date), (page number), (ARC number).

IAB Vol. XII, No. 23 (5/16/90) p. 2050, ARC 872A


AGENCY IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts, chapter 1245, it was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering system, i.e., the bracketed number following the agency name.
“Umbrella” agencies and elected officials are set out below at the left–hand margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out in lowercase type under their statutory “umbrellas.”
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the original reorganization legislation as “umbrella” agencies are included alphabetically in small capitals at the left–hand margin, e.g., BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:

AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS’ AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD, IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of African–Americans, Division on the[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT[471]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION, IOWA[727]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD, IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION, IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
TURKEY MARKETING COUNCIL, IOWA[787]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers’ Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development Center Administration Division[877]


NOTICES
ARC 0855B
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES DIVISION[185]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 123.21, the Alcoholic Beverages Division of the Department of Commerce hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 4, “Liquor Licenses—Beer Permits—Wine Permits,” and Chapter 5, “License and Permit Division,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Subrule 4.23(4) is amended to correct a technical error.
Rule 5.9(123) is amended to bring it into compliance with Iowa Code chapter 123 and to correct a technical error.
The Division will receive written comments on the proposed amendments until the close of business on August 28, 2001. Comments may be addressed to Judy K. Seib, Alcoholic Beverages Division, 1918 SE Hulsizer Road, Ankeny, Iowa 50021. Comments may be faxed to Judy K. Seib at (515)281–7375, and comments may be E–mailed to Seib@ IowaABD.com.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 123.95, 123.30(1)“c,” 123.43, 123.127(3) and 123.175(3).
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 4.23(4), paragraph “f,” as follows:
f. One where no admission fees or other kinds of entrance fees, fare, ticket, donation or charges are made or are required of the invited guests to enter the location.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 185—5.9(123) as follows:
185—5.9(123) Surety bond requirements. A $5000 penal bond must be filed with the division with each application for a Class “A” wine permit, Class “A” beer permit, special Class “A” beer permit and manufacturer’s liquor control license. A $500 $5,000, $10,000 or $15,000 penal bond must be filed with the division for a retail beer permit with each application for a Class “E” liquor control license. A Class “E” liquor control licensee may determine the amount of the bond to be posted with the division, and may increase or decrease the face amount of the bond in increments of $5,000 on one occasion during the licensee’s first year of business. Thereafter, a licensee may increase or decrease the face amount of the bond in increments of $5,000 only when the liquor control license is renewed. Each penal bond must meet the following requirements.
5.9(1) Certificate of authority. It must be issued by a company holding a current certificate of authority from the commissioner of insurance authorizing the company to issue bonds in Iowa.
5.9(2) Forfeiture of beer or liquor bond. It must contain a provision for the principal and surety to consent to the forfeiture of principal sum of the bond in the event of revocation of the license or permit by the violation of any Iowa Code provision which requires forfeiture of the bond.
5.9(3) Cancellation. An insurance A surety company or an insured a principal may cancel a liability policy bond by giving a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice to this division of the party’s intent to cancel the liability policy bond. The 30–day period shall begin commence on the date that this division receives the notice of cancellation. The party seeking to cancel a liability policy bond shall mail written notice of such cancellation to the division in Ankeny, Iowa, by certified mail, and further shall mail a copy of the notice of cancellation to the other party, at that party’s post office address. The notice of cancellation shall contain: the name of the party to whom the copy of the notice of cancellation was mailed, the address to which the copy of the notice of cancellation was sent, the date on which the notice of cancellation was mailed, the date the liability policy bond is being canceled, and the liquor control license or permit number of the licensee or permittee to be affected by such cancellation.
The cancellation or notice thereof shall have no force or effect in the event that the principal’s license or permit has been revoked during the period of the bond or when an administrative hearing complaint has been filed, and charges are currently pending against the licensee or permittee which could result in revocation of the license or permit after an administrative hearing on the complaint.
5.9(4) Proof of bond. A licensee or permittee shall be deemed to have furnished a surety bond when it the licensee or permittee has filed with the division at its offices in Ankeny, Iowa, a form described by 185—subrule 12.2(7).
5.9(5) Alternate for surety bond. Rescinded IAB 5/15/91, effective 6/19/91.
5.9(6) Two bonds. Rescinded IAB 5/15/91, effective 6/19/91.
5.9(7) Class “E” bond. A Class “E” liquor control licensee shall post a bond with the division, on forms approved by the division, in one of the following amounts: $5,000, $10,000 or $15,000. A Class “E” liquor control licensee may determine the amount of the bond to be posted with the division, and may increase or decrease the face amount of the bond in increments of $5,000 on one occasion during the licensee’s first year of business. Thereafter, a licensee may increase or decrease the face amount of the bond in increments of $5,000 only when the liquor control license is renewed. A Class “E” liquor control licensee is authorized to order or purchase alcoholic liquor from the division in an amount not to exceed the face amount of the bond posted in any single transaction. If a licensee desires to order or purchase alcoholic liquor in an amount exceeding the face amount of the bond posted in any single transaction, the licensee shall be required, at the time of delivery, to tender cash or a certified check for the amount of the order or purchase which exceeds the face amount of the bond posted.
ARC 0854B
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES DIVISION[185]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 123.21, the Alcoholic Beverages Division of the Department of Commerce hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 5, “License and Permit Division,” and Chapter 12, “Forms,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Alcoholic Beverages Division proposes to amend rule 185—5.8(123) and adopt new subrule 12.2(12) to better interpret statutory language contained in Iowa Code section 123.92. Under this statute, a person who is injured in person or property or means of support by an intoxicated person or resulting from the intoxication of a person, has a right of action for all damages actually sustained, severally or jointly, against any licensee or permittee who sold intoxicating liquors to the intoxicated person, when the licensee or permittee should have known the person was intoxicated.
In August of 2000, five–year–old Cassidy Mahedy was killed in Des Moines when she was struck by an intoxicated driver. In light of this tragic event and many similar incidents across the state, the Division decided to review the current dramshop liability insurance requirements set forth by administrative rule. Upon review of the current requirements, the Division found that the minimum requirements for insurance in Iowa have not been altered since its inception and that the current requirements are drastically low when compared to many other jurisdictions. Other jurisdictions that have reviewed this matter have established limits that are substantially higher than the proposed rates under the proposed amendments. Accordingly, the Alcoholic Beverages Division, in consultation with the Insurance Division of the Department of Commerce, is undertaking this rule making to amend Chapter 5 to change the minimum dramshop insurance requirement to conform with the statutory guidelines of the Iowa Code.
The proposed amendments to Chapter 5 make technical and editorial changes, as well as make the current rule more consistent with the statutory language of Iowa Code section 123.92. The Division will examine a number of factors when considering the impact the proposed amendments will have on insurance premiums for licensed liquor establishments. The Division intends to seek input from industry members in addition to public comments as required by Iowa Code section 17A.4.
The Division will hold a public hearing on the proposed amendments at 2 p.m., Tuesday, August 28, 2001, in the Commerce Board Room, Alcoholic Beverages Division, 1918 SE Hulsizer Road, Ankeny, Iowa 50021. Interested parties may present their opinions at the public hearing orally or in writing. Those who wish to make oral presentations at the public hearing should contact the Alcoholic Beverages Division by telephone at (515)281–7407, or by fax at (515) 281–7385, no later than 4:30 p.m. on Monday, August 27, 2001.
Written comments may be addressed to Lynn M. Walding, Administrator, Iowa Alcoholic Beverages Division, 1918SE Hulsizer Road, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, or via E–mail to Walding@IowaABD.com.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 123.92, 123.93 and 123.94.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 185—5.8(123) as follows:
185—5.8(123) Dramshop liability insurance requirements. For the purpose of providing proof of financial responsibility, as required under the provisions of Iowa Code section 123.92, a liability insurance policy shall meet the following requirements.
5.8(1) Current certificate required. It The dramshop liability certificate of insurance shall be issued by a company holding a current certificate of authority from the Iowa insurance commissioner authorizing the company to issue dramshop liability insurance in Iowa or issued under the authority and requirements of Iowa Code sections 515.147 to 515.149. The dramshop policy shall take effect the day the license or permit takes effect and shall continue until the expiration date of the license or permit. A new dramshop liability certificate of insurance and a new bond shall be provided each time the division issues a new license with a new license number or a new permit with a new permit number.
5.8(2) Countersigned. It must be countersigned by a resident insurance agent licensed by the issuing company.
5.8(3 2) Limits of liability. Minimum coverage required. It must The dramshop liability insurance policy shall provide the following limits of liability minimum liability coverage, exclusive in interests and cost of action, per accident incident or occurrence: (For the purpose of this subrule, the word “accident” shall mean any one occurrence, or any one accident, or series of accidents or occurrences arising out of any one event, or any one case of intoxication.)
a. Ten Fifty thousand dollars in respect to any one person who shall be injured in person or killed for bodily injury to or death of one person in each claim or occurrence.
b. Subject to limitation stated above as respects any one person, $20,000 in respect to all persons who shall be injured in person or killed One hundred thousand dollars for bodily injury to or death of two or more persons in each incident or occurrence.
c. Five Twenty thousand dollars in respect to any and all persons who shall be injured in means of support for property damage in each incident or occurrence.
d. Fifty thousand dollars for loss of means of support of any one person in each incident or occurrence.
e. One hundred thousand dollars for loss or means of support of two or more persons in each incident or occurrence.
5.8(3) Permitted policies. All dramshop policies issued under this rule shall be occurrence–based policies, not claims–made–based policies.
a. Claims–made–based policies. Claims–made–based policies provide liability coverage only if a written claim is made during the policy period, or any applicable extended reporting period.
b. Occurrence–based policies. Occurrence–based policies provide liability coverage only for injury or damage that occurs during the policy period regardless of the number of written claims made.
5.8(4) Cancellation. A surety An insurance company or a principal an insured may cancel a bond liability policy by giving a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice to this division of the party’s intent to cancel the bond liability policy. The 30–day period shall begin on the date that this division receives the notice of cancellation. The party seeking to cancel a bond liability policy shall mail written notice of such cancellation to the division in Ankeny, Iowa, by certified mail, and further shall mail a copy of the notice of cancellation to the other party, at that party’s post office address. The notice of cancellation shall contain: the name of the party to whom the copy of the notice of cancellation was mailed, the address to which the copy of the notice of cancellation was sent, the date on which the notice of cancellation was mailed, the date the bond liability policy is being canceled, and the liquor control license or permit number of the licensee or permittee to be affected by such cancellation. The cancellation or notice thereof shall have no force or effect in the event that the principal’s liquor control license or permit has been revoked during the period of the policy, or where an administrative hearing complaint has been filed, and charges are currently pending against the licensee or permittee which could result in revocation of the license or permit after an administrative hearing on the complaint.
5.8(5) Continuous coverage requirement. All dramshop liability insurance policies issued under this rule shall provide continuous dramshop liability insurance coverage throughout the duration of the license period, including periods when the licensee’s liquor control license or permit is under suspension by order of the administrator or local authority, or when an administrative hearing complaint has been filed, and charges are currently pending against the licensee which could result in suspension of the liquor control license period.
5.8(5 6) Civil tort liability. Subject to these conditions and exclusions usually found in a policy of The dramshop liability insurance, the policy must shall contain coverage to insure against all civil tort liability of the insured, created under Iowa Code sections 123.92, 123.93 and 123.94, as they those sections now exist or may hereafter be amended.
5.8(6 7) Proof of financial responsibility. A licensee or permittee shall be deemed to have furnished proof of financial responsibility as contemplated under the provisions of Iowa Code sections 123.92, 123.93, and 123.94 when it the licensee or permittee has filed with the division at its offices in Ankeny, Iowa, a properly executed form as described by 185—subrule 12.2(8) 12.2(12).
5.8(7 8) Signature required. Copies of the form described above shall not be deemed properly executed unless the authorized company representative executing the same shall
first have filed with the division a sample of the representative’s signature. Facsimile signatures will be acceptable.
5.8(8) Proof of liability insurance. Rescinded IAB 5/15/91, effective 6/19/91.
5.8(9) Multiple establishment insurance policies. Any licensee that holds multiple licenses throughout the state may purchase an aggregate dramshop insurance policy for all locations provided that:
a. The amount of coverage for the aggregate policy is equal to the minimum required coverage multiplied by the number of establishments covered under the dramshop policy.
b. The aggregate policy provides at least the minimum level of coverage required under this rule for each and every location covered by the policy.
c. All other provisions of this rule are met by the aggregate policy.
5.8(10) Assault and battery policy requirement. Any dramshop insurance policy issued under this rule shall not contain an exclusionary clause for assault and battery or intentional force with regard to:
a. Employees, agents or any person acting as an agent of the establishment.
b. All patrons or visitors to the establishment.
5.8(11) Implementation dates. Effective January 1, 2002, all licensees and permittees applying for or renewing a license or permit shall obtain a dramshop insurance policy that conforms to the provisions of rule 5.8(135).
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 123.4, 123.21(11), 123.92, 123.93 and 123.94.
ITEM 2. Rescind subrule 12.2(12) and adopt in lieu thereof the following new subrule:
12.2(12) Certification of dramshop liability.

License/Permit # __________________

STATE OF IOWA
IOWA DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES DIVISION
DRAMSHOP LIABILITY CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
LIQUOR CONTROL LICENSE AND CLASS “B” BEER PERMIT

Filed with
IOWA DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES DIVISION
1918 S.E. Hulsizer Avenue
Ankeny, Iowa 50021
(Execute in Duplicate)

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT ________________________________________________________________________,
(Name of Company)
(hereinafter called Company) of ______________________________________________________________________
(Home address of company)
has issued the following policy:
Policy number: ____________________________________________________________________________
Assured: _________________________________________________________________________________
Location: _________________________________________________________________________________

Effective Dates: __________________________________ through __________________________________

The above–mentioned policy of insurance (hereinafter policy) contains coverage to comply with the provisions of Iowa Code section 123.92 and all rules of the Iowa Department of Commerce, Alcoholic Beverages Division.

The policy may be canceled by the Company of the Assured giving 30 days’ notice in writing to the Alcoholic Beverages Division at its office, Ankeny, Iowa. The 30 days’ notice will commence from the date notice is actually received by the division.

Whenever requested by the division, the company agrees to furnish to the division a duplicate original of the policy and all pertinent endorsements.

Dated this day of ______________________, __________.

_______________________________________________ ____________________________________________
Company Contact Person Authorized Company Representative
_______________________________________________
Address
_______________________________________________

_______________________________________________
Contact Telephone #

_______________________________________________
Fax #

This document is an open record. Information contained in this document may be disclosed without prior notice to or permission from the subject. See Iowa Code chapters 22 and 123; see also 185 IAC 18.
ARC 0875B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 11, “Complaints, Investigations, Contested Case Hearings,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments extend the period of time for initiation of an appeal or review on motion of the Board from 30 days to 60 days. This extension will help ensure that the Board has an opportunity to consider each proposed decision at a regular meeting prior to the expiration of the time for initiation of review on motion of the Board.
A waiver provision is not included. The Board has adopted a uniform waiver rule.
Any interested party or persons may present their views orally or in writing at the public hearing on Wednesday, August 29, 2001, at 10 a.m. in Room 3 North of the Grimes State Office Building, 400 East Grand, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed amendments. Persons who wish to make oral presentations at the public hearing may contact the Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147, or at (515)281–5849, prior to the date of the public hearing.
Any person who intends to attend a public hearing and requires special accommodations for specific needs, such as a sign language interpreter, should contact the office of the Executive Director at (515)281–5849.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions on the proposed amendments before 4:30 p.m. on Wednesday, August 29, 2001. Written comments and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address, or sent by E–mail to anne.kruse@ed.state. ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 272.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 11.28(1) as follows:
11.28(1) Appeal by party. Any adversely affected party may appeal a proposed decision to the board within 30 60 days after issuance of the proposed decision.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 11.28(2) as follows:
11.28(2) Review. The board may initiate review of a proposed decision on its own motion at any time within 30 60 days following the issuance of such a decision.
ARC 0874B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 11, “Complaints, Investigations, Contested Case Hearings,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These new rules set forth procedures for initial or renewal application denials and appeals. The Board’s enabling statute, Iowa Code chapter 272, allows the Executive Director to make decisions concerning initial licenses and renewal applications. The Board’s contested case rules are applied to licensure appeals. However, no rules are in place to provide guidance to practitioners regarding the application review and appeal process.
A waiver provision is not included. The Board has adopt– ed a uniform waiver rule.
Any interested party or persons may present their views orally or in writing at the public hearing on Wednesday, August 29, 2001, at 10:30 a.m. in Room 3 North of the Grimes State Office Building, 400 East Grand, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed rules. Persons who wish to make oral presentations at the public hearing may contact the Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147, or at (515)281–5849, prior to the date of the public hearing.
Any person who intends to attend a public hearing and requires special accommodations for specific needs, such as a sign language interpreter, should contact the office of the Executive Director at (515)281–5849.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions on the proposed rules before 4:30 p.m. on Wednesday, August 29, 2001. Written comments and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address, or sent by E–mail to anne.kruse@ed.state. ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 272.
The following new rules are proposed.
282—11.35(272) Application denial and appeal. The executive director is authorized by Iowa Code section 272.7 to grant or deny applications for licensure. If the executive director denies an application for an initial or exchange license, certificate, or authorization, the executive director shall send to the applicant by regular first–class mail written notice identifying the factual and legal basis for denying the application. If the executive director denies an application to renew an existing license, certificate, or authorization, the provisions of rule 11.36(272) shall apply.
11.35(1) Grounds for license denial. The executive director may deny an application based on the grounds set forth in Iowa Code sections 272.2(14) and 272.6.
11.35(2) Conviction of a crime and founded child abuse. When determining whether a person should be denied licensure based on the conviction of a crime, including a felony, or a founded report of child abuse, the executive director and the board shall consider the following:
a. The nature and seriousness of the crime or founded abuse in relation to the position sought;
b. The time elapsed since the crime or founded abuse was committed;
c. The degree of rehabilitation which has taken place since the crime or founded abuse was committed;
d. The likelihood that the person will commit the same crime or abuse again;
e. The number of criminal convictions or founded abuses committed; and
f. Such additional factors as may in a particular case demonstrate mitigating circumstances or heightened risk to public safety.
11.35(3) Fraudulent applications. An application shall be considered fraudulent pursuant to Iowa Code section 272.6(4) if it contains any false representation of a material fact or any omission of a material fact which should have been disclosed when applying for licensure or is submitted with a false or forged diploma, certificate, affidavit, identification, or other document material to the applicant’s qualification for licensure or material to any of the grounds for denial set forth in Iowa Code sections 272.2(14) and 272.6.
11.35(4) Appeal procedure.
a. An applicant who is aggrieved by the denial of an application for licensure and who desires to challenge the decision of the executive director must appeal the decision and request a hearing before the board within 30 calendar days of the date the notice of license denial is mailed. An appeal and request for hearing must be in writing and is deemed made on the date of the United States Postal Service nonmetered postmark or the date of personal service to the board office. The request for hearing shall specify the factual or legal errors the applicant contends were made by the executive director, must identify any factual disputes upon which the applicant desires an evidentiary hearing, and may provide additional written information or documents in support of licensure. If a request for hearing is timely made, the executive director shall promptly issue a notice of contested case hearing on the grounds asserted by the applicant.
b. The board, in its discretion, may act as presiding officer at the contested case hearing, may hold the hearing before a panel of three board members, or may request that an administrative law judge act as presiding officer. The applicant may request that an administrative law judge act as presiding officer and render a proposed decision pursuant to rule 11.8(17A,272). A proposed decision by a panel of board members or an administrative law judge is subject to appeal or review by the board pursuant to rule 11.28(17A,272).
c. Hearings concerning licensure denial shall be conducted according to the contested case procedural rules in this chapter. Evidence supporting the denial of the license may be presented by an assistant attorney general. While each party shall have the burden of establishing the affirmative of matters asserted, the applicant shall have the ultimate burden of persuasion as to the applicant’s qualification for licensure.
d. On appeal, the board may grant or deny the application for licensure. If the application for licensure is denied, the board shall state the reason or reasons for the denial and may state conditions under which the application could be granted, if applicable.
11.35(5) Judicial review. Judicial review of a final order of the board denying licensure may be sought in accordance with the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.19 which are applicable to judicial review of an agency’s final decision in a contested case. In order to exhaust administrative remedies, an applicant aggrieved by the executive director’s denial of an application for licensure must timely appeal the adverse decision to the board.
282—11.36(272) Denial of renewal application. If the executive director denies an application to renew a license, certificate or authorization, a notice of hearing shall be issued to commence a contested case proceeding. The executive director may deny a renewal application on the same grounds as those that apply to an application for initial or exchange licensure described in subrules 11.35(1) to 11.35(3).
11.36(1) Hearing procedure. Hearings on denial of an application to renew a license shall be conducted according to the contested case procedural rules in this chapter. Evidence supporting the denial of the license may be presented by an assistant attorney general. The provisions of subrules 11.35(4) and 11.35(5) shall apply.
11.36(2) Judicial review. Judicial review of a final order of the board denying renewal of licensure may be sought in accordance with the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.19 which are applicable to judicial review of an agency’s final decision in a contested case.
11.36(3) Impact of denial of renewal application. Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.18(2), if the licensee has made timely and sufficient application for renewal, an existing license shall not expire until the last day for seeking judicial review of the board’s final order denying the application or a later date fixed by order of the board or reviewing court.
11.36(4) Timeliness of renewal application. Within the meaning of Iowa Code section 17A.18(2), a timely and sufficient renewal application shall be:
a. Received by the board on or before the date the license is set to expire or lapse;
b. Signed by the licensee if submitted in paper form or certified as accurate if submitted electronically;
c. Fully completed; and
d. Accompanied by the proper fee. The fee shall be deemed improper if the amount is incorrect, the fee was not included with the application, or the licensee’s check is unsigned or returned for insufficient funds.
ARC 0864B
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING EXAMINING BOARD[193C]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 542B.6,the Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Boardgives Notice of Intended Action to rescind Chapters 1 to 7 and adopt new Chapter 1, “Administration”; Chapter 2, “Fees and Charges”; Chapter 3, “Application and Renewal Process”; Chapter 4, “Engineering Licensure”; Chapter 5, “Land Surveying Licensure”; Chapter 6, “Seal and Certificate of Responsibility”; Chapter 7, “Professional Development”; Chapter 8, “Professional Conduct of Licensees”; Chapter 9, “Complaints, Investigations and Disciplinary Action”; Chapter 10, “Peer Review”; Chapter 11, “Minimum Standards for Property Surveys”; Chapter 12, “Minimum Standards for U.S. Public Land Survey Corner Certificates”; and Chapter 13, “Civil Penalties for Unlicensed Practice,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment is intended to reformat, clarify, and simplify the rules governing the licensing and regulation of the professions of engineering and land surveying in accordance with Executive Order Number 8.
Any interested person may make written or oral suggestions or comments on these proposed amendments on or before August 28, 2001. Comments should be directed to Gleean Coates, Executive Officer, Iowa Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board at 1918 SE Hulsizer Road, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, or by telephoning (515) 281–7360.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 542B, 354, 355, and 272C.
The following amendment is proposed.

Rescind 193C—Chapters 1 to 7 and adopt the following new chapters:

CHAPTER 1
ADMINISTRATION
193C—1.1(542B) General statement. The practices of engineering and land surveying affect the life, health, and property of the people in Iowa. The engineering and land surveying examining board’s principal mandate is the protection of the public interest.
1.1(1) Administration. Administration of the board has not been separated into panels, divisions, or departments. While the expertise of a board member may be called upon to frame special examinations and evaluate applications for licensing in a specialized engineering branch, the board functions in a unified capacity on all matters that may come before it. The board maintains an office at 1918 SE Hulsizer Road, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, and requests or submissions may be directed to the secretary of the board at that location.
1.1(2) Meetings. Regular meetings of the board are held in Ankeny, Iowa. Information concerning the location and dates for meetings may be obtained from the board’s office at 1918 SE Hulsizer Road, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, or by telephoning (515)281–5602.
1.1(3) Examinations. The board currently administers licensing examinations twice each year. Information concerning the location and dates for examinations may be obtained from the board’s office at the address provided in 1.1(2).
193C—1.2(542B) Definitions. For the purposes of these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
“Accredited” means a program accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering Technology, Inc. (ABET) or the Canadian Engineering Accreditation Board (CEAB) or another accrediting body accepted by the National Council of Examiners for Engineering and Surveying (NCEES).
“Board” means the engineering and land surveying examining board provided by chapter 542B of the Iowa Code.
“Design coordination,” as used in the definition of the practice of engineering, includes the review and coordination of technical submissions prepared by others including, as appropriate and without limitation, consulting engineers, architects, landscape architects, land surveyors, and other professionals working under the direction of the engineer.
“Engineering documents” includes all plans, specifications, drawings, and reports (including supporting calculations), if the preparation of such documents constitutes or requires the practice of engineering.
“Engineering survey,” as used in the definition of the practice of engineering, includes all survey activities required to support the sound conception, planning, design, construction, maintenance, and operation of engineeredprojects, but excludes the survey of real property for the establishment of land boundaries, rights–of–way, easements, and the dependent or independent surveys or resurveys of the public land system.
“Engineer intern” means a person who passes an examination in the fundamental engineering subjects, but does not entitle the person to claim to be a professional engineer.
“In responsible charge” means having direct control of and personal supervision over any land surveying work or work involving the practice of engineering. One or more persons, jointly or severally, may be in responsible charge.
“Land surveying documents” includes all plats, maps, surveys, and reports, if the preparation thereof constitutes or requires the practice of land surveying.
“Land surveyor” means a person who engages in the practice of land surveying as defined in this rule.
“Practice of engineering” means any service or creative work, the adequate performance of which requires engineering education, training, and experience in the application of special knowledge of the mathematical, physical, and engineering sciences.
1. Engineering services include:
Consultation, investigation, evaluation, planning, and design;
Design coordination of engineering works and systems;
Planning the use of natural resources such as land, water and air;
Performing engineering surveys, calculations, and studies; and
Review of construction for the purpose of monitoring compliance with drawings and specifications.
2. The practice of engineering includes:
Such services or creative work as listed above, either public or private, in connection with any utilities, structures, buildings, machines, equipment, processes, work systems, projects, and industrial or consumer products of a mechanical, electrical, hydraulic, pneumatic, or thermal nature insofar as they involve safeguarding life, health, or property;
Such other professional services as may be necessary to the planning, progress, and completion of the services identified in this definition;
Environmental engineering activities which may be involved in developing plans, reports, or actions to remediate an environmentally hazardous site;
Design of fixturing devices for manufacturing machinery that must be performed by a licensed professional engineer or under the responsible charge and direct supervision of a professional engineer unless performed within the industrial exemption by a full–time employee of a corporation which constructs the fixtures.
3. Activities that the board will construe as the practice of engineering for which the board may by order impose a civil penalty upon a person who is not licensed as a professional engineer are set out in Iowa Code section 542B.27.
“Practice of land surveying” includes providing professional services such as consultation, investigation, testimony, evaluation, planning, mapping, assembling, and interpreting reliable scientific measurements and information relative to the location of property lines or boundaries and the utilization, development, and interpretation of these facts into an orderly survey, plat, or map.
1. The practice of land surveying includes, but is not limited to, the following:
Locating, relocating, establishing, reestablishing, setting, or resetting of permanent monumentation for any property line or boundary of any tract or parcel of land. Setting permanent monuments constitutes an improvement to real property.
Making any survey for the division or subdivision of any tract or parcel of land.
Determination, by the use of the principles of land surveying, of the position for any permanent survey monument or reference point, or setting, resetting, or replacing any survey monument or reference point excluding the responsibility of engineers pursuant to Iowa Code section 314.8.
Creating and writing metes and bounds descriptions as defined in Iowa Code section 354.2.
Geodetic surveying for determination of the size and shape of the earth both horizontally and vertically for the precise positioning of permanent land survey monuments on the earth utilizing angular and linear measurements through spatially oriented spherical geometry.
Creation, preparation, or modification of electronic or computerized data, including land information systems and geographical information systems, relative to the performance of the activities listed above.
2. Activities that the board will construe as the practice of land surveying and for which the board may by order impose a civil penalty upon a person who is not licensed as a land surveyor are set out in Iowa Code section 542B.27.
“Professional engineer” means a person, who, by reason of the person’s knowledge of mathematics, the physical sciences, and the principles of engineering, acquired by professional education or practical experience, is qualified to engage in the practice of engineering.
193C—1.3(542B) Declaratory orders. The board’s rules regarding declaratory orders can be found in the uniform rules for the division of professional licensing and regulation at 193 IAC 10.
193C—1.4(542B) Waivers and variances. The board’s rules regarding waivers and variances can be found in the uniform rules for the division of professional licensing and regulation at 193 IAC 5.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 542B.2 and 542B.3.

CHAPTER 2
FEES AND CHARGES
193C—2.1(542B) General statement. Fees are fixed in such an amount as will defray the expense of administering board responsibilities. Fees are charged in accordance with the following table:
Type of fee
Amount
Renewal

Active license renewal
$ 60
Inactive license renewal
$ 30
Reinstatement of lapsed license
$100
Reinstatement of inactive to active license
$ 30
New license
$ 60
Prorated at six–month intervals
Application for examinations

Fundamentals of Engineering
$25
Fundamentals of Land Surveying
$25
Principles and Practice of Engineering
$35
Principles and Practice of Land Surveying
$35
Examinations

Fees for NCEES examinations are paid directly to the examination service at the rate established by contract based upon cost of the examination materials and processing expenses.
Variable
Iowa State Specific Land Surveying Examination
$25
Application for licensure by comity as a professional engineer or land surveyor
$100
Certificates

Initial professional engineer or land surveyor certificate
$10
Type of fee
Amount
Additional or duplicate certificate
$20
Engineer or land surveyor intern certificate
No charge
Check returned for insufficient funds
$10
Verification of records for lapsed licensees
$10 per verification
Processing of examination rescoring request
$25
per item, plus any NCEES fee
Late renewal fee
(for renewals received after December 31)
$10
193C—2.2(542B) Nonrefundable fees. Application fees submitted with applications for the Fundamentals of Engineering examination, the Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination, the Principles and Practice of Engineering examination, the Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination, comity licensure, or for renewal of licensure are not refundable for any reason.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 542B.13, 542B.15, 542B.20 and 542B.30.

CHAPTER 3
APPLICATION AND RENEWAL PROCESS
193C—3.1(542B) General statement. A person requesting to be licensed as a professional engineer or land surveyor shall submit a completed, standardized, notarized application form, which may be obtained from the board’s office or electronically from the board’s Internet Web page.
3.1(1) Application expiration. On the examination application due date, the examination application is considered current if it has been one year or less since it was signed and notarized. A comity application expires one year from the date that it was signed and notarized.
3.1(2) Branch licensure. A list of engineering branches in which licensure is granted can be obtained from the board’s office. Branches conform to those branches generally included in a collegiate curricula. An applicant for licensure in Iowa shall be licensed first in the branch or branches indicated by the applicant’s education and experience. A minimum of 50 percent of the required practical experience in which the individual is to be examined shall have been in that same branch of engineering.
3.1(3) Academic transcripts. Completion of post–high school education shall be evidenced by receipt of an applicant’s transcripts directly from the office of the registrar of each institution attended. Transcripts from institutions located outside the boundaries of the United States of America shall be evaluated for authenticity and substantial equivalency with Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology, Inc. (ABET)/Engineering Accreditation Commission (EAC) accredited engineering programs. Such authentication shall be from a recognized foreign credential evaluator satisfactory to the board and at the expense of the applicant.
193C—3.2(542B) Examination application components and due dates.
3.2(1) Fundamentals of Engineering application components and due dates. Applications for the Fundamentals of Engineering examination from college seniors studying an ABET/EAC or Canadian Engineering Accreditation Board (CEAB) approved curriculum are submitted directly to the examination service selected by the board to administer the examinations and must be received on or before September 1 of each year for the examination given in the fall and on or before March 1 of each year for the examination given in the spring. All other applications for the Fundamentals of Engineering examination require a more detailed review and must, therefore, be submitted to the board office, postmarked on or before August 1 of each year for the examination given in the fall and on or before February 1 of each year for the examination given in the spring. The components of this application include: the completed, notarized application form; references; and transcripts.
3.2(2) Fundamentals of Land Surveying application components and due dates. The components of this application include: the completed, notarized application form; references; and transcripts. Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination applications require a detailed review and must, therefore, be submitted to the board office, postmarked on or before August 1 of each year for the examination given in the fall and on or before February 1 of each year for the examination given in the spring.
3.2(3) Principles and Practice examination application components and due dates. The components of the application for the Principles and Practice of Engineering and the Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examinations include: the completed, notarized application form; the ethics questionnaire; references; transcripts; verification of examination records; and the project statement. Principles and Practice of Engineering and Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination applications require a detailed review and must, therefore, be submitted to the board office, postmarked on or before August 1 of each year for the examination given in the fall and on or before February 1 of each year for the examination given in the spring.
193C—3.3(542B) Comity applications.
3.3(1) The components of a comity application include: the completed, notarized application form; the ethics questionnaire; references; transcripts; and verifications, as appropriate. Comity applicants may submit the NCEES record in lieu of providing references, verifications, transcripts, and employment history.
3.3(2) Comity applications will be reviewed and processed as they are completed. Applications that are complete and meet the standard requirements of these rules are processed immediately upon completion and review.
3.3(3) Comity applicants are notified regarding the results of the review of their applications.
3.3(4) Temporary permits. The board does not issue temporary permits. Temporary permits were previously issued to applicants whose applications were reviewed by a board member, who met all requirements, and who were expected to qualify for approval by the full board at the next regularly scheduled board meeting. Since applications that meet these criteria are now routinely processed as they are completed and reviewed, temporary permits are no longer necessary.
193C—3.4(542B) Renewal applications.
3.4(1) Expiration dates. Certificates of licensure expire biennially on December 31. Certificates that were initially issued in even–numbered years expire in odd–numbered years and certificates that were initially issued in odd–numbered years expire in even–numbered years. In order to maintain authorization to practice engineering or land surveying in Iowa, licensees are required to renew their certificates of licensure on or prior to the expiration date. A licen–

see who fails to renew prior to the date the certificate expires shall not be authorized to practice in Iowa unless the certificate is reinstated as provided in these rules. However, the board will accept an otherwise sufficient renewal application which is untimely if the board receives the application and late fee within 30 days of the date of expiration.
3.4(2) Renewal notification. The board typically mails a renewal application to a licensee’s last–known address at least one month prior to the license expiration date. Neither the board’s failure to mail a renewal application nor the licensee’s failure to receive a renewal application shall affect in any way the licensee’s duty to timely renew if the licensee intends to continue practicing in Iowa. Licensees need to contact the board office if they do not receive a renewal application prior to the expiration date.
3.4(3) Renewal process. Upon receipt of a timely and sufficient renewal application, with the proper fee, the board’s executive secretary shall issue a new license reflecting the next expiration date, unless grounds exist for denial of the application.
3.4(4) Notification of expiration. The board shall notify by certified mail, return receipt requested, licensees whose certificates of licensure have expired. The failure of the board to provide this courtesy notification, or the failure of the licensee to receive or sign for the courtesy notification, shall not extend the date of expiration.
3.4(5) Sanction for practicing after expiration. A licensee who continues to practice in Iowa after the license has expired shall be subject to disciplinary action. Such unauthorized activity may also provide grounds to deny a licensee’s application to reinstate.
3.4(6) Timely and sufficient renewal application. Within the meaning of Iowa Code section 17A.18(2), a timely and sufficient renewal application shall be:
a. Received by the board in paper or electronic form, or postmarked with a nonmetered United States Postal Service postmark on or before the expiration date of the certificate;
b. Fully completed; and
c. Accompanied by the proper fee. The fee shall be deemed improper if, for instance, the amount is incorrect, the fee was not included with the application, the credit card number provided by the applicant is incorrect, the date of expiration of a credit card is left off the application or is incorrect, the attempted credit card transaction is rejected, or the applicant’s check is returned for insufficient funds.
3.4(7) Responsibility for accuracy of renewal application. The licensee is responsible for verifying the accuracy of the information submitted on the renewal application regardless of how the application is submitted or by whom it is submitted. For instance, if the office manager of a licensee’s firm submits an application for renewal on behalf of the licensee and that information is incorrect, the licensee will be held responsible for the information and may be subject to disciplinary action.
3.4(8) Denial of renewal application. If the board, upon receipt of a timely, complete and sufficient application to renew a certificate of licensure, accompanied by the proper fee, denies the application, the executive secretary shall send written notice to the applicant by restricted, certified mail,return receipt requested, identifying the basis for denial. Grounds may exist to deny an application to renew a license if, for instance, the licensee has failed to satisfy the continuing education required as a condition for licensure. If the basis for the denial is a pending disciplinary action or a disciplinary investigation which is reasonably expected to culminate in a formal disciplinary action, the board shall utilize the procedures applicable to disciplinary actions, including the initiation of a contested case. If the basis for denial is not related to a pending or imminent disciplinary action, the applicant may contest the board’s decision as provided in 193— 7.40(546,272C).
3.4(9) Continuing education requirement. A licensee who does not satisfy the continuing education requirements for licensure renewal will be denied renewal of licensure in accordance with subrule 3.4(8).
3.4(10) Consent order option. When a licensee appears to be in violation of mandatory continuing education requirements of 193C IAC 7, the board may, in lieu of proceeding to a contested case hearing on the denial of renewal as provided in uniform division rule 193 IAC 7.40(546, 272C), offer the licensee the opportunity to sign a consent order. While the terms of a consent order will be tailored to the specific circumstances at issue, the consent order will typically impose a penalty between $50 and $250, depending on the severity of the violation, and establish deadlines for compliance, and the consent order may impose additional educational requirements upon the licensee. A licensee is free to accept or reject the offer. If accepted, the licensee will be issued a renewed certificate of licensure and, if the terms of the consent order are not complied with, will be subject to disciplinary action. If the offer of settlement is rejected, the matter will be set for hearing, if timely requested by the applicant pursuant to uniform division rule 193 IAC 7.40(546,272C).
3.4(11) Inactive status. Licensees who are not engaged in engineering or land surveying practices that require licensure in Iowa may be granted inactive status. No inactive licensee may practice in Iowa unless otherwise exempted in Iowa Code chapter 542B.
193C—3.5(542B) Reinstatement of licensure.
3.5(1) To reinstate a license that has lapsed for one year or more, the applicant for reinstatement must pay the fee required by 193C IAC 2.1(542B) and must satisfy one of the following requirements:
a. Provide documentation of 45 professional development hours achieved within the current and previous biennium (dual licensees must provide documentation of 30 professional development hours for each profession); or
b. Successfully complete the principles and practice examination within one year immediately prior to application for reinstatement.
3.5(2) To reinstate a license that has lapsed for less than one year, the applicant for reinstatement must pay the fee required by 193C IAC 2.1(542B) and must satisfy one of the following requirements:
a. Provide documentation of 30 professional development hours achieved within the current and previous biennium (dual licensees must provide documentation of 20 professional development hours for each profession); or
b. Successfully complete the principles and practice examination within one year immediately prior to application for reinstatement.
3.5(3) Lapsed licensees may not reinstate to inactive status.
3.5(4) To reinstate from inactive status to active status, the applicant for reinstatement must pay the fee required by 193C IAC 2.1(542B) and must provide documentation of 45 professional development hours achieved within the current and previous biennium (dual licensees must provide documentation of 30 professional development hours for each profession).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Codesections 542B.2, 542B.6, 542B.13, 542B.14, 542B.15, 542B.20, 542B.30, 272C.2 and 272C.3.

CHAPTER 4
ENGINEERING LICENSURE
193C—4.1(542B) Requirements for licensure by examination. The specific requirements for initial licensing in Iowa are established in Iowa Code section 542B.14, and it is the board’s intention to issue initial licensure only when those requirements are satisfied chronologically as set forth in the statute.
4.1(1) First, the applicant for initial licensure in Iowa must satisfy the education requirements as follows:
a. Graduation from an engineering program of four years or more.
(1) If an applicant did not graduate from an Accreditation Board of Engineering and Technology/ Engineering Accreditation Commission (ABET/EAC) or Canadian Engineering Accreditation Board (CEAB) approved curriculum, the applicant must also complete, in addition to the engineering degree, a year of practical experience satisfactory to the board after receiving the engineering degree and prior to taking the Fundamentals of Engineering examination.
(2) An engineering technology curriculum does not constitute an engineering program of four years or more.
b. If an applicant obtained an associate of science degree or a more advanced degree between July 1, 1983, and June 30, 1988, the board shall only require satisfactory completion of a minimum of two years of postsecondary study in mathematics, physical sciences, engineering technology, or engineering at an institution approved by the board and six years of practical experience which, in the opinion of the board, is of satisfactory character to properly prepare the applicant for the Fundamentals of Engineering examination. (Applicants qualifying under this subrule must successfully complete the Fundamentals of Engineering examination by June 30, 2001.)
4.1(2) Second, the applicant must successfully complete the Fundamentals of Engineering examination.
a. An applicant may take the Fundamentals of Engineering examination anytime after the educational requirements as specified above are completed, but the applicant must successfully complete the Fundamentals of Engineering examination prior to taking the Principles and Practice of Engineering examination.
b. College seniors studying an ABET/EAC or CEAB approved curriculum may take the Fundamentals of Engineering examination during the final academic year. Applicants will be permitted to take the examination during the testing period which most closely precedes anticipated grad– uation. However, an official transcript from the applicant’s college or university verifying that the applicant graduated must be sent by the registrar to the board office before an applicant’s examination results will be released.
c. An applicant who graduated from a satisfactory engineering program and has 25 years or more of work experience satisfactory to the board shall not be required to take the Fundamentals of Engineering examination.
d. An applicant who has earned a Doctor of Philosophy degree from an institution in the United States of America with an accredited Bachelor of Science engineering degree program in the same discipline, or a similar doctoral degree in a discipline approved by the board, shall not be required to take the Fundamentals of Engineering examination.
4.1(3) Third, the applicant must successfully complete the Principles and Practice of Engineering examination.
a. To qualify to take this examination, the applicant must present a record of four years or more of practical experience in engineering work which is of a character satisfactory to the board. This experience must have been obtained after the receipt of the qualifying education and prior to the application due date for the examination.
b. An applicant for the Principles and Practice of Engineering examination shall have a minimum of one year of practical experience in the United States of America or a territory under its jurisdiction.
4.1(4) Work project description. An applicant for initial licensure as a professional engineer must include with the application a statement of approximately 200 words describing a significant project on which the applicant worked closely during the previous 12 months. The statement shall describe the applicant’s degree of responsibility for the project and shall identify the project’s owner and its location. The statement shall be signed and dated. Criteria the board shall use in evaluating the acceptability of the project as qualifying experience for the applicant shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
a. The degree to which the project and the experience described have progressed from assignments typical of initial assignments to those more nearly expected of a licensed professional;
b. The scope and quality of the professional tutelage experienced by the applicant;
c. The technical decisions required of the applicant in the project; and
d. The professional decisions required of the applicant.
The board reserves the right to contact the employer and the person providing tutelage on the project for information about the project experience presented to the applicant.
4.1(5) References. References are required for any applicant that must meet an experience requirement prior to taking an examination.
a. An applicant for the Principles and Practice of Engineering examination shall submit five references on forms provided by the board.
(1) At least three of the five references shall be from licensed professional engineers.
(2) If the applicant has had more than one supervisor, at least two of the references shall be from a supervisor of the applicant.
(3) If an applicant has had professional experience under more than one employer, the applicant shall provide references from individuals with knowledge of the work performed under a minimum of two employers.
(4) The board reserves the right to contact employers for information about the applicant’s professional experience and competence or to request additional references.
b. An applicant for the Fundamentals of Engineering examination whose engineering degree is not from an ABET/EAC or CEAB accredited engineering program, must provide a reference from a supervisor on a form provided by the board.
4.1(6) Education and experience requirements. The board will require the minimum number of years set forth on the following chart before an applicant will be permitted to take either the Fundamentals of Engineering or the Principles and Practice of Engineering examination. Column 1 indicates the years of practical experience required prior to the Fundamentals of Engineering examination in addition to the completion of the required educational level. To determine the total years of practical experience required prior to taking the Principles and Practice of Engineering examination, column 2 is added to column 1.

EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS FOR EXAMINATION APPLICANTS
If the applicant’s educational level is:
1
The applicant must have the following additional years of experience prior to taking Fundamentals of Engineering examination:
2*
The applicant must have
the following years of experience after receipt of the qualifying degree and prior to taking Principles and Practice of Engineering examination:
A 4–year bachelor’s degree in an accredited engineering program
0
4
A 4–year bachelor’s degree in mathematics or physical sciences plus a master’s degree* in engineering
0
4
A 4–year bachelor’s degree in technology or architecture plus a master’s degree* in engineering
0
4
A 4–year bachelor’s degree in engineering from a nonaccredited engineering program
1
4
A 4–year bachelor’s degree in engineering from a nonaccredited engineering program plus a master’s degree* in engineering
0
4

*For purposes of this subrule, an applicant’s master’s degree in engineering must be from an institution in the United States of America with an accredited bachelor’s degree in the same curriculum, and the master’s degree candidate must be required to fulfill the requirements for the bachelor’s degree in the same area of specialization.
4.1(7) Practical experience requirements. Practical engineering experience is required prior to licensing. The purpose of this requirement is to ensure that the applicant has acquired the professional judgment, capacity and competence to design engineering works, structures, and systems. The following criteria will be considered by the board in determining whether an applicant’s experience satisfies the statutory requirements.
a. Quality. Experience shall be of such quality as to demonstrate that the applicant has developed technical skill and initiative in the correct application of engineering principles. Such experience should demonstrate the capacity to review the applications of these principles by others and to assume responsibility for engineering work of professional character. To be readily acceptable, an applicant’s experience shall be under the tutelage of a professional engineer. However, an applicant who is an engineer intern and whose tutelage or portion of tutelage has not been under a licensed professional engineer must submit a cover letter to the board requesting consideration of such experience along with the application. The applicant shall also submit a letter of reference from the applicant’s supervisor(s). The letter of reference shall assess the applicant’s performance, development, integrity, and ability to assume responsible charge and shall contain a description of the supervisor’s background in education and experience and the nature of the tutelage provided to the applicant. The board may require the applicant to submit additional letters of reference or other evidence of suitable tutelage. The board may require an oral interview with the applicant or other evidence to verify the applicant’s knowledge and experience in the principles and practice of engineering. The board may conduct interviews with persons providing tutelage to the applicant.
b. Scope. Experience shall be of sufficient breadth and scope to ensure that the applicant has attained reasonably well–rounded professional competence in a basic engineering field, rather than highly specialized skill in a very narrow and limited field.
c. Progression. The record of experience shall indicate successive and continued progress from initial work of simpler character to recent work of greater complexity and a higher degree of responsibility, as well as continued interest and effort on the part of the applicant toward further professional development and advancement.
d. Special work experience. Work experience prior to graduation from college may be accepted toward satisfaction of professional experience requirements only as follows: Cooperative work programs administered by engineering colleges and verified on the transcript and internships with a verifying reference from the internship supervisor will be considered as half–time credit, with a maximum allowance of 6 months (12 months of cooperative work experience or internship) applicable toward the satisfaction of professional experience requirements. An applicant’s advanced education, military experience, or both, will be reviewed in order to determine if they are applicable toward the statutory requirements for experience.
e. Advanced education. An applicant who has earned a Master of Science degree that includes research experience, in addition to writing an associated thesis, from an institution in the United States of America with an accredited Bachelor of Science engineering degree program in the same discipline and has fulfilled the requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree may be granted a maximum of one–half year’s experience credit. An applicant who has earned a Doctor of Philosophy degree from an institution in the United States of America with an accredited Bachelor of Science engineering degree program in the same discipline may be granted a maximum of one year’s experience credit in addition to the one–half year for the master’s degree.
f. Teaching experience. Teaching of engineering subjects at the level of assistant professor or higher in an accredited engineering program may be considered as experience, provided the applicant’s immediate supervisor is a licensed professional engineer in the jurisdiction in which the college or university is located. If the applicant’s immediate supervisor is not a licensed professional engineer, a program of mentoring or peer review by a licensed professional engineer acceptable to the board must be demonstrated. Applicants using teaching or research as experience must have a minimum of four years of acceptable experience in research, industry, or consulting. The board shall consider the complexity of the project(s) presented, the degree of responsibility of the applicant within the project, and other factors the board deems relevant. Academic experience must demonstrate increasing levels of responsibility for the conduct and management of projects involving engineering research, development or application. The board reserves the right to contact employers for information about the applicant’s professional experience and competence.
g. Joint applications. Applicants requesting licensure both as a professional engineer and a land surveyor must submit a history of professional experience in both fields. Such histories will be considered separately on a case–by–case basis. The board does not grant full credit for concurrent experience in both professions.
4.1(8) Required examinations. All examinations are uniform examinations prepared and graded by the National Council of Examiners for Engineering and Surveying (NCEES). The board may negotiate an agreement with an examination service to administer the examinations to applicants approved by the board, in which case applicants shall pay examination fees directly to the service.
a. Fundamentals of Engineering examination (fundamentals examination). The Fundamentals of Engineering examination is a written, eight–hour examination covering general engineering principles and other subjects commonly taught in accredited engineering programs.
b. Principles and Practice of Engineering examination (professional examination). The Principles and Practice of Engineering examination is a written, eight–hour examination designed to determine proficiency and qualification to engage in the practice of professional engineering only in a specific branch. A separate examination shall be required for each branch in which licensure is granted.
c. Passing scores. The board reviews test results for each examination and determines what level shall constitute a minimum passing score for that examination. In making its determination, the board generally is guided by the passing score recommended by the NCEES. The board fixes the passing score for each examination at a level which it concludes is a reasonable indication of minimally acceptable professional competence.
d. Reexamination. An applicant who fails an examination may request reexamination at the next examination period without reapplication to the board. If the applicant intends to retake the examination, the applicant must notify the examination service selected by the board to administer the examinations prior to the application due date for the examination.
e. Failure to appear. An applicant who fails to appear for an examination may sit for the examination the next time it is offered without reapplication provided the application will not be more than one year old at the time of the application due date for the examination and the applicant notifies the examination service selected by the board to administer the examinations prior to the application due date for the examination.
f. Materials permitted in examination room. For security reasons, applicants shall comply with requirements regarding materials permitted in the examination room as issued by the National Council of Examiners for Engineering and Surveying and provided to exam candidates prior to the examination.
193C—4.2(542B) Requirements for licensure by comity. A person holding a certificate of licensure to engage in the practice of engineering issued by a proper authority of a jurisdiction or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia, or any foreign country, based on requirements that do not conflict with the provisions of Iowa Code section 542B.14 and of a standard not lower than that specified in the applicable licensure Act in effect in this jurisdiction at the time such certificate was issued may, upon application, be licensed without further examination. When determining whether the licensing standards satisfied by a comity applicant at the time of foreign licensure are equal or superior to those required in Iowa, the board considers each of the four licensing prerequisites in Iowa Code section 542B.14(1) individually. The licensing standards satisfied by the comity applicant must accordingly have been equal or superior to those required in Iowa for education, fundamentals examination, experience, and professional examination. Unless expressly stated in this chapter, the board will not consider an applicant’s superior satisfaction of one licensing prerequisite, such as a higher level of education than is required in Iowa, as resolving an applicant’s lack of compliance with another prerequisite, such as professional examination. Comity applicants are governed by the same standards as are required of Iowa applicants.
4.2(1) References. An applicant for licensure by comity shall submit three references on forms provided by the board, at least two of which shall be from licensed professional engineers. The board reserves the right to contact employers for information about the applicant’s professional experience and competence.
4.2(2) Basis for evaluation of applications. Applications for licensure by comity will be evaluated on the following basis:
a. The applicant’s record of education, references, practical experience, and successful completion of approved examinations will be reviewed to determine if it currently satisfies the substantive requirements of Iowa Code section 542B.14. In reviewing the education, references, and practical experience of comity applicants, the board will use the same criteria used by the board to determine the eligibility of a candidate for the Principles and Practice of Engineering examination; or
b. The applicant’s licensure in a jurisdiction other than Iowa will be reviewed to determine if it was granted only after satisfaction of requirements equal to or more stringent than those that were required by Iowa Code section 542B.14 at the time the applicant was licensed in the other jurisdiction.
4.2(3) Evaluation of comity application process.
a. First, the applicant for licensure by comity from a jurisdiction other than Iowa must have satisfied the education requirements set forth in Iowa Code section 542B.14 that were in effect at the time that the applicant was licensed initially. In addition, if the applicant did not graduate from an Accreditation Board of Engineering and Technology (ABET)/ Engineering Accreditation Commission (EAC) or Canadian Engineering Accreditation Board (CEAB) approved curriculum, the applicant must have completed a year of practical experience satisfactory to the board prior to taking the Fundamentals of Engineering examination.
b. Second, the applicant must have successfully completed the Fundamentals of Engineering examination.
(1) The applicant may take the Fundamentals of Engineering examination anytime after the practical experience or educational requirements are completed, but the applicant must successfully complete the Fundamentals of Engineering examination prior to taking the Principles and Practice of Engineering examination.
(2) An applicant who graduated from a satisfactory engineering program and who has 25 years or more of work experience satisfactory to the board shall not be required to take the Fundamentals of Engineering examination.
(3) An applicant who has earned a Doctor of Philosophy degree from an institution in the United States of America with an accredited Bachelor of Science engineering degree program in the same discipline, or a similar doctoral degree in a discipline approved by the board, shall not be required to take the Fundamentals of Engineering examination.
c. Third, the applicant must have successfully completed the Principles and Practice of Engineering examination. Prior to taking this examination, the applicant should have had a record of four years or more of practical experience in engineering work which is of a character satisfactory to the board. This experience must have been obtained after the receipt of the appropriate education and prior to taking the Principles and Practice of Engineering examination.
d. While the board will consider evidence presented by a comity applicant on non–NCEES examinations successfully completed in a foreign country, the non–NCEES examination will be compared with the appropriate NCEES examination. A non–NCEES professional examination, for instance, must be designed to determine whether a candidate is minimally competent to practice professional engineering in a specific branch of engineering, such as civil, structural, electrical, or mechanical engineering. The examination must be written, objectively graded, verifiable, and developed and validated in accordance with the testing standards of the American Psychological Association or equivalent testing standards. Free–form essays and oral interviews, while valuable for certain purposes, are not equal or superior to NCEES examinations for reasons including the subjective nature of such procedures, lack of verifiable grading standards, and heightened risk of inconsistent treatment.
4.2(4) Comity licensure for applicants who completed the professional examination before completing the experience requirement.
a. Purpose. Licensure requirements for professional engineers are generally consistent across jurisdictions, but occasionally the board receives an application for comity licensure from an applicant who was allowed to complete the professional engineering examination before completing the practical engineering experience required of Iowa applicants. This subrule is intended to provide a mechanism for comity applicants faced with this situation to become licensed in Iowa without retaking the professional examination.
b. Licensure conditions. If an applicant for comity licensure as a professional engineer satisfies all four of the licensing requirements set forth in Iowa Code section 542B.14(1) (i.e., education, fundamentals examination, four or more years of practical engineering experience of a character satisfactory to the board, and professional examination) at the time of application, but the applicant was permitted by the jurisdiction of initial licensure to complete the professional examination with a shortfall of the practical experience required of professional examination candidates in Iowa, the board may approve the applicant for comity licensure without further written examination pursuant to Iowa Code section 542B.20, if the applicant has had, since initial licensure, additional practical engineering experience of a character satisfactory to the board of at least twice the shortfall. Under no circumstances will the amount of additional experience required be less than six months.
4.2(5) Education and experience requirements. The board will employ the following charts to determine if the applicant’s licensure in a jurisdiction other than Iowa was granted after satisfaction of requirements equal to or more stringent than those which were required by Iowa Code section 542B.14 at the time of the applicant’s original licensure. Column 1 indicates the years of practical experience that were required prior to the Fundamentals of Engineering examination in addition to the completion of the required educational level. To determine the total years of practical experience that were required prior to taking the Principles and Practice of Engineering examination, column 2 is added to column 1.


EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS FOR COMITY APPLICANTS
Who were licensed prior to July 1, 1988
If the applicant’s educational level was:
The applicant must have had the following additional years of experience prior to taking Fundamentals of Engineering examination:
The applicant must have had the following years of experience after receipt of the qualifying degree and prior to taking Principles and Practice of Engineering examination:
No post–high school education
8
4
Postsecondary study in mathematics or physical sciences


One year
7
4
Two years
6
4
Three years
5
4
Four years
3
4
Four–year BS degree in mathematics or physical sciences plus master’s degree* in engineering
0
4
Postsecondary study in engineering technology programs and architecture


One year
7
4
Two years
5.5
4
Three years
4
4
Four–year degree in a nonaccredited engineering technology program or BA in architecture
2.5
4
Four–year degree in an accredited engineering technology program
2
4
Bachelor of architecture, four years or more
2
4
Four–year degree in engineering technology or architecture plus master’s degree* in engineering
0
4
Postsecondary study in a nonaccredited engineering program


One year
7
4
Two years
5
4
Three years
3
4
Four–year BS degree
1
4
Four–year degree in a nonaccredited engineering program plus master’s degree* in engineering
0
4
Postsecondary study in an accredited engineering program


Two years
6
4
Three years
3
4
Four–year degree in an accredited engineering program
0
4


EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS FOR COMITY APPLICANTS
Who were licensed between July 1, 1988, and June 30, 1991
If the applicant’s educational level was:
The applicant must have had the following additional years of experience prior to taking Fundamentals of Engineering examination:
The applicant must have had the following years of experience after receipt of the qualifying degree and prior to taking Principles and Practice of Engineering examination:
College or junior college (mathematics or physical sciences)


Two years
6
4
Three years
5
4
Four–year BS degree
3
4
Four–year BS degree plus MS degree* in engineering
0
4
All engineering technology programs and architecture


Two years
6
4
Three years
5
4
Four–year degree, nonaccredited technology or BA in architecture
3
4
Four–year degree, accredited technology
2
4
Four–year degree or more, bachelor of architecture
2
4
Four–year BS degree, technology or architecture plus master’s degree* in engineering
0
4
Engineering program, nonaccredited


Two years
6
4
Three years
3
4
Four–year BS degree
1
4
Four–year BS degree plus MS degree in engineering
0
4
Engineering program, accredited


Two years
6
4
Three years
3
4
Four–year BS degree
0
4
*For purposes of this subrule, an applicant’s master’s degree in engineering must be from an institution in the United States of America with an accredited bachelor’s degree in the same curriculum, and the master’s degree candidate must be required to fulfill the requirements for the bachelor’s degree in the same area of specialization.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 542B.2, 542B.13, 542B.14, 542B.15 and 542B.20.

CHAPTER 5
LAND SURVEYING LICENSURE
193C—5.1(542B) Requirements for licensure by examination. The specific requirements for initial licensing in Iowa are established in Iowa Code section 542B.14, and it is the board’s intention to issue initial licensure only when those requirements are satisfied chronologically as set forth in the statute.
5.1(1) First, the applicant for initial licensure in Iowa must satisfy the education plus experience requirements as follows: Graduation from a course of two years or more in mathematics, physical sciences, mapping and surveying, or engineering in a school or college and six years of practical experience, all of which, in the opinion of the board, will properly prepare the applicant for the examination in fundamental land surveying subjects.
5.1(2) Second, the applicant must successfully complete the Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination.
a. The applicant may take the Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination anytime after the education and experience requirements described above are completed, but the applicant must successfully complete the Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination prior to taking the Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination.
b. College seniors studying an Accreditation Board of Engineering and Technology (ABET) or Canadian Engineering Accreditation Board (CEAB) approved curriculum may take the Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination during the final academic year; applicants will be permitted to take the examination during the testing period which most closely precedes anticipated graduation. However, an official transcript from the applicant’s college or university verifying that the applicant graduated must be sent by the registrar to the board office before an applicant’s examination results will be released.
5.1(3) Third, the applicant must successfully complete the Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination.
a. To qualify to take this examination, the applicant must present a record of four years or more of practical experience in land surveying work which is of a character satisfactory to the board. This experience must have been obtained after the receipt of the qualifying education and prior to the application due date for the examination. This practical experience is in addition to the initial experience required prior to taking the Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination.
b. An applicant for the Principles and Practices of Land Surveying examination shall have a minimum of one year of practical experience in the United States of America or a territory under its jurisdiction.
5.1(4) Work project description. An applicant for initial licensure as a professional land surveyor must include with the application a statement of approximately 200 words describing a significant project on which the applicant worked closely during the last 12 months. The statement shall describe the applicant’s degree of responsibility for the project and shall identify the project’s owner and its location. The statement shall be signed and dated. Criteria the board shall use in evaluating the acceptability of the project as qualifying experience for the applicant shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
a. The degree to which the project and the experience described has progressed from assignments typical of initial assignments to those more nearly expected of a licensed professional;
b. The scope and quality of the professional tutelage experienced by the applicant;
c. The technical decisions required of the applicant in the project; and
d. The professional decisions required of the applicant.
The board reserves the right to contact the employer and the person providing tutelage on the project for information about the project experience presented to the applicant.
5.1(5) References. References are required for any applicant that must meet an experience requirement prior to taking an examination.
a. An applicant for the Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination shall submit five references on forms provided by the board.
(1) At least three of the five references shall be from licensed professional land surveyors.
(2) If the applicant has had more than one supervisor, at least two of the references shall be from a supervisor of the applicant.
(3) If an applicant has had professional experience under more than one employer, the applicant shall provide references from individuals with knowledge of the work performed under a minimum of two employers.
(4) The board reserves the right to contact employers for information about the applicant’s professional experience and competence or to request additional references.
b. An applicant for the Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination must provide three references on forms provided by the board except that: (1) individuals applying with an ABET/EAC or CEAB accredited engineering or surveying and mapping degree with at least six semester hours of surveying or mapping do not have an experience requirement and, therefore, do not need to provide references; and (2) individuals applying with a non–ABET/EAC four–year surveying and mapping degree must submit only one reference.
5.1(6) Education and experience requirements. The board will require the minimum number of years set forth on the following chart before an applicant will be permitted to take either the Fundamentals of Land Surveying or the Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination. Column 1 indicates the years of practical experience required prior to the Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination in addition to the completion of the required educational level. To determine the total years of practical experience required prior to taking the Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination, column 2 is added to column 1.


EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS FOR EXAMINATION APPLICANTS
If the applicant’s educational level was:
The applicant must have had the following additional years of experience prior to taking Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination:
The applicant must have had the following years of experience after receipt of the qualifying degree and prior to taking Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination:
A college or technology program with fewer than 6 semester hours of surveying


Two–year degree
6
4
Four–year degree
4
4
A college or technology program with 6 or more semester hours of surveying


Two–year degree
6
4
Four–year degree
2
4
Engineering program and 6 semester hours of surveying


Two–year degree
6
4
Four–year BS degree
0
4
Engineering program with less than 6 semester hours of surveying


Two–year degree
6
4
Four–year BS degree
2
4
Nonaccredited surveying and mapping program


Two–year degree
6
4
Four–year BS degree
1
4
Accredited surveying and mapping program


Two–year degree
6
4
Four–year BS degree
0
4


5.1(7) Practical experience requirements. Practical land surveying experience is required prior to licensing. The purpose of this requirement is to ensure that the applicant has acquired the professional judgment, capacity and competence to determine land boundaries. The following criteria will be considered by the board in determining whether an applicant’s experience satisfies the statutory requirements.
a. Quality. Experience shall be of such quality as to demonstrate that the applicant has developed technical skill and initiative in the correct application of surveying principles. Such experience should demonstrate the capacity to review the applications of these principles by others and to assume responsibility for surveying work of a professional character. Up to three years of practical experience obtained after high school graduation and prior to satisfying the education requirement, if under the tutelage of a professional land surveyor, may be accepted toward the additional experience requirement for qualification to take the Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination. A minimum of four years of an applicant’s experience after satisfying the education requirement shall be under the tutelage of a professional land surveyor.
b. Scope. Experience shall be of sufficient breadth and scope to ensure that the applicant has attained reasonably well–rounded professional competence in land surveying.
c. Progression. The record of experience shall indicate successive and continued progress from initial work of simpler character to recent work of greater complexity and higher degree of responsibility, as well as continued interest and effort on the part of the applicant toward further professional development and advancement.
d. Advanced education and military experience. An applicant’s advanced education, military experience, or both will be reviewed in order to determine if they are applicable toward the statutory requirements for experience.
e. Joint applications. Applicants requesting licensure both as professional engineers and land surveyors must submit a history of professional experience in both fields. Such histories will be considered separately on a case–by–case basis. The board does not grant full credit for concurrent experience in both professions.
5.1(8) Required examinations. The board prepares and grades the Iowa State Specific Land Surveying examination administered to professional land surveyor candidates. All other examinations are uniform examinations prepared and graded by the National Council of Examiners for Engineering and Surveying (NCEES). The board may negotiate an agreement with an examination service to administer the examinations to applicants approved by the board, in which case applicants shall pay examination fees directly to the service.
a. Fundamentals examination. The Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination is a written, eight–hour examination covering general surveying principles.
b. Interview. One or more of the land surveyor members of the board must conduct an interview with each applicant for the professional land surveying examination prior to the examination. This interview is to verify the applicant’s knowledge and experience in the principles and practice of land surveying in Iowa. The applicant is required to bring to the oral interview samples of the applicant’s work which include surveying plats, subdivision plats, acquisition plats, corner certificates, and related field notes. The applicant is expected to have knowledge in the following: conduct of original surveys, restoration of obliterated corners, reestablishing of lost corners, retracement work and how to use evidence in restoration of obliterated land lines as well as corners, laws governing riparian rights, accretions, adverse possession, acquiescence, and Iowa laws regarding minimum standards for surveying, platting and corner certification. An applicant will not be permitted to write the examination without successfully verifying experience through the interview process.
c. Professional land surveying examinations. The Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination consists of two examinations. The first is a six–hour examination designed to determine general proficiency and qualification to engage in the practice of land surveying. The second part is a two–hour Iowa State Specific closed–book examination that is designed to determine an applicant’s proficiency and qualification to practice land surveying specifically in Iowa. Each of the two examinations shall be scored separately.
d. Passing scores. The board reviews test results for each examination and determines what level shall constitute a minimum passing score for that examination. In making its determination, the board generally is guided by the passing score recommended by the NCEES. The board fixes the passing score for each examination at a level which it concludes is a reasonable indication of minimally acceptable professional competence.
e. Reexamination. An applicant who fails an examination may request reexamination at the next examination period without reapplication.
(1) If the applicant intends to retake the examination, the applicant must notify the examination service selected by the board to administer the examinations prior to the application due date for the examination.
(2) Applicants failing one or both parts of the professional land surveying examination will be required to retake only the failed portions. An applicant successful in passing one portion of the land surveying examination need not be reexamined for that portion regardless of how much time elapses between the successfully passed portion and any future appearance to retake the failed portion of the examination. A satisfactory score must be obtained on each portion of the examination before the board will grant licensure as a land surveyor.
(3) An applicant for licensure as a land surveyor in Iowa (by comity or examination) that needs to be examined only for the state–specific portion of the professional land surveying examination may take the examination at the board office by appointment in accordance with all other requirements.
f. Failure to appear. An applicant who fails to appear for an examination may sit for the examination the next time it is offered without reapplication provided the application will not be more than one year old at the time of the application due date for the examination and the applicant notifies the board office prior to the application due date for the examination.
g. Materials permitted in examination room. For security reasons, applicants shall comply with certain requirements regarding materials permitted in the examination room as issued by the National Council of Examiners for Engineering and Surveying and provided to exam candidates prior to the examination.
193C—5.2(542B) Requirements for licensure by comity. A person holding a certificate of licensure to engage in the practice of land surveying issued by a proper authority of a jurisdiction or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia, or any foreign country, based on requirements that do not conflict with the provisions of Iowa Code section 542B.14 and of a standard not lower than that specified in the applicable licensure Act in effect in this jurisdiction at the time such certificate was issued may, upon application and successful completion of the Iowa State Specific Land Surveying examination, be licensed without further examination. When determining whether the licensing standards satisfied by a comity applicant at time of foreign licensure are equal or superior to those required in Iowa, the board considers each of the four licensing prerequisites in Iowa Code section 542B.14(1) individually. The licensing standards satisfied by the comity applicant must accordingly have been equal or superior to those required in Iowa for education, fundamentals examination, experience, and professional examination. Unless expressly stated in this chapter, the board will not consider an applicant’s superior satisfaction of one licensing prerequisite, such as a higher level of education than is required in Iowa, as resolving an applicant’s lack of compliance with another prerequisite, such as professional examination. Comity applicants are governed by the same standards as are required of Iowa applicants.
5.2(1) References. An applicant for licensure by comity shall submit three references on forms provided by the board, at least two of which shall be from licensed professional land surveyors. The board reserves the right to contact employers for information about the applicant’s professional experience and competence.
5.2(2) Basis for evaluation of applications. Applications for licensure by comity will be evaluated on the following basis:
a. The applicant’s record of education, references, practical experience, and successful completion of approved examinations will be reviewed to determine if it currently satisfies the substantive requirements of Iowa Code section 542B.14. In reviewing the education, references, and practical experience of comity applicants, the board will use the same criteria used by the board to determine the eligibility of a candidate for the Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination; or
b. The applicant’s licensure in a jurisdiction other than Iowa will be reviewed to determine if it was granted only after satisfaction of requirements equal to or more stringent than those that were required by Iowa Code section 542B.14 at the time the applicant was licensed in the other jurisdiction.
5.2(3) Evaluation of comity application process.
a. First, the applicant for licensure by comity from a jurisdiction other than Iowa must have satisfied the education and experience requirements as set forth in Iowa Code section 542B.14 that were in effect at the time that the applicant was licensed initially.
b. Second, the applicant must have successfully completed the Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination. The applicant may take the Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination anytime after the practical experience and educational requirements are completed, but the applicant must successfully complete the Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination prior to taking the Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination.
c. Third, the applicant must have successfully completed the Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination. Prior to taking this examination, the applicant shall have had a record of four years or more of practical experience in land surveying which is of a character satisfactory to the board.
d. While the board will consider evidence presented by a comity applicant on non–NCEES examinations successfully completed in a foreign country, the non–NCEES examination will be compared with the appropriate NCEES examination. A non–NCEES professional examination, for instance, must be designed to determine whether a candidate is minimally competent to practice professional land surveying. The examination must be written, objectively graded, verifiable, and developed and validated in accordance with the testing standards of the American Psychological Association or equivalent testing standards. Free–form essays and oral interviews, while valuable for certain purposes, are not equal or superior to NCEES examinations for reasons including the subjective nature of such procedures, lack of verifiable grading standards, and heightened risk of inconsistent treatment.
5.2(4) Education and experience requirements. The board will employ the following chart to determine if the applicant’s licensure in a jurisdiction other than Iowa was granted after satisfaction of requirements equal to or more stringent than those that were required by Iowa Code section 542B.14 at the time the applicant was licensed in the other jurisdiction. Column 1 indicates the years of practical experience that were required prior to the Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination in addition to the completion of the required educational level. To determine the total years of practical experience that were required prior to taking the Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination, column 2 is added to column 1.



EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS FOR COMITY APPLICANTS
Who were licensed prior to July 1, 1988
If the applicant’s educational level was:
The applicant must have had the following additional years of experience prior to taking Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination:
The applicant must have had the following years of experience after receipt of the qualifying degree and prior to taking Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination:
No post–high school education
8
4
College or technology program with fewer than 6 semester hours of surveying


One year
7
4
Two years
6
4
Three years
5
4
Four–year degree
4
4
College or technology program with 6 or more semester hours of surveying


One year
7
4
Two years
5.5
4
Three years
4
4
Four–year degree
2.5
4
Engineering program with 6 semester hours of surveying


One year
7
4
Two years
5.5
4
Three years
4
4
Four–year BS degree
1.5
4
Nonaccredited surveying and mapping program


One year
7
4
Two years
5
4
Three years
3
4
Four–year BS degree
1
4
Accredited surveying and mapping program


One year
7
4
Two years
4
4
Three years
2
4
Four–year BS degree
0
4

These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 542B.2, 542B.13, 542B.14, 542B.15 and 542B.20.
CHAPTER 6
SEAL AND CERTIFICATE OF RESPONSIBILITY
193C—6.1(542B) Seal and certificate of responsibility.
6.1(1) Each licensee shall procure a seal with which to identify all engineering and land surveying documents issued by the licensee for use in Iowa as provided in Iowa Code section 542B.16.
6.1(2) Description of seal. The seal shall include the name of the licensee and the words “Professional Engineer” or “Land Surveyor” or “Professional Engineer and Land Surveyor.” The Iowa license number and the word “Iowa” shall be included. The seal shall substantially conform to the samples shown below:

6.1(3) A legible rubber stamp or other facsimile of the seal may be used.
6.1(4) Each engineering or land surveying document submitted to a client or any public agency, hereinafter referred to as the official copy (or official copies), shall contain an information block on the first page or attached cover sheet for application of a seal by the licensee in responsible charge and an information block for application of a seal by each professional consultant contributing to the submission. In lieu of each contributing professional consultant providing an information block on the front page or attached cover sheet for application of a seal, a table shall be provided that identifies the contributing professionals and where their respective information blocks can be found within the document. The seal and original signature shall be applied only to a final submission. Each official copy of a submission shall be stapled, bound or otherwise attached together so as to clearly establish the complete extent of the submission. Each certification block shall display the seal of the licensee and shall designate the portion of the submission for which that licen–see is responsible, so that responsibility for the entire submission is clearly established by the combination of the stated seal responsibilities. Any nonfinal submission of an engineering or land surveying document to a client or public agency shall be clearly labeled “preliminary” or “draft.”
The engineering certification shall conform to the wording in the sample shown below:

SEAL
I hereby certify that this engineering document was prepared by me or under my direct personal supervision and that I am a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa.
_____________________________________
(signature) (date)
Printed or typed name

My license renewal date is December 31,____.

Pages or sheets covered by this seal:
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________


The land surveying certification block shall conform to the sample shown below. For maps or acquisition plats prepared from public records or previous measurements by others, the following land surveying certification block may be modified by removing the phrase “and the related survey work was performed.”

SEAL
I hereby certify that this land surveying document was prepared and the related survey work was performed by me or under my direct personal supervision and that I am a duly licensed Land Surveyor under the laws of the State of Iowa.
_____________________________________
(signature) (date)
Printed or typed name

License number _______________________

My license renewal date is December 31,____.

Pages or sheets covered by this seal:
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________


6.1(5) The information requested in each certification block must be typed or legibly printed in permanent ink except for the signature and date of signature, which shall be an original signature and handwritten date in contrasting ink color on each official copy. The seal implies responsibility for the entire submission unless the area of responsibility is clearly identified in the information accompanying the seal.
6.1(6) It shall be the responsibility of the licensee to forward copies of all revisions to the submission, which shall become a part of the official copy of the submission. Such revisions shall be identified as applicable on a certification block or blocks with professional seals applied so as to clearly establish professional responsibility for the revisions.
6.1(7) The licensee is responsible for the custody and proper use of the seal. Improper use of the seal shall be grounds for disciplinary action.
6.1(8) Computer–generated seals may be used on final original documents.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 542B.13, 542B.15, 542B.20 and 542B.30.

CHAPTER 7
PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
193C—7.1(542B,272C) General statement. Each licensee is required to meet the continuing education requirements of this chapter for professional development as a condition of licensure renewal.
193C—7.2(542B,272C) Definitions. As used in these rules, the following definitions apply:
“College or unit semester or quarter hour” means the unit of credit given for advanced technical and graduate courses from universities with programs accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology, Inc. or other related college course qualified in accordance with this chapter.
“Continuing education” means education obtained by a licensee in order to maintain, improve, or expand skills and knowledge obtained prior to initial licensure or to develop new and relevant skills and knowledge.
“Continuing education unit (CEU)” means the unit of credit customarily granted for continuing education courses. One continuing education unit is given for ten hours of class in an approved continuing education course.
“Course or activity” means any qualifying course or activity with a clear purpose and objective which will maintain, improve, or expand the skills and knowledge relevant to the licensee’s field of practice.
“Professional development hour (PDH)” means a contact hour of instruction or presentation and is the common denominator for other units of credit.
193C—7.3(542B,272C) Professional development hours.
7.3(1) PDH conversion. The following chart illustrates the conversion from other units to PDH:
1 College or unit semester hour
Credit for qualifying college or community college courses will be based upon course credit established by the college.
45 PDH
1 College or unit quarter hour
Credit for qualifying college or community college courses will be based upon course credit established by the college.
30 PDH
1 Continuing Education Unit
10 PDH
1 Hour attendance in a class, course, seminar, or professional or technical presentation made at a meeting, convention or conference. Credit for qualifying seminars and workshops will be based on one PDH unit for each hour of attendance. Attendance at qualifying programs presented at professional or technical society meetings will earn PDH units for the actual time of each program.
1 PDH
per hour
Teaching of a class, course, seminar, or a professional or technical presentation
a. Teaching credit is valid for teaching a course or seminar for the first time only.
b. Teaching credit does not apply to full–time faculty.
2 PDH
per hour
Each published paper, article, or book
Credit for published material is earned in the biennium of publication.
10 PDH
Active participation in a professional or technical society.
Credit for active participation in professional and technical societies is limited to 2 PDH per renewal per organization and requires that a licensee serve as an officer or actively participate in a committee of the organization. PDH credits are earned for a minimum of one year’s service.
2 PDH
per organization per renewal period
Each patent
Credit for patents is earned in the biennium the patent is issued.
10 PDH

7.3(2) Determination of credit. The board has final authority with respect to approval of courses, credit, PDH value for courses, and other methods of earning credit.
193C—7.4(542B,272C) Professional development guidelines. Continuing education activities that satisfy the professional development criteria are those that relate to engineering or land surveying practice or management. It is recognized that an engineer’s specialized skills must have as their foundation a fundamental knowledge of chemistry, physics, mathematics, graphics, computations, communication, and humanities and social sciences. However, continuing education in the fundamentals alone will not be sufficient to maintain, improve, or expand engineering skills and knowledge. For that reason, licensees will be limited in their use of fundamental courses in proportion to ABET criteria for accreditation of engineering curricula. Continuing education activities are classified as:
7.4(1) Group 1 activities. Group 1 activities are intended to maintain, improve, or expand skills and knowledge obtained prior to initial licensure. The following chart illustrates the maximum PDH allowable per renewal period for Group 1 activities:

Type of course/activity
Number of PDH allowed per renewal period
Mathematics and basic sciences
Math beyond Trigonometry
Basic sciences: Chemistry, Physics,
Life sciences, Earth sciences
10 PDH
Engineering sciences
Mechanics, Thermodynamics, Electrical and electrical circuits, Materials science, *Computer science
*Courses in computer science will generally be considered a part of the Engineering Sciences category in the ABET criterion and, therefore, limited to a maximum of 10 PDH per renewal period.
10 PDH
Humanities and social sciences
Philosophy, Religion, History, Literature, Fine arts, Sociology, Psychology, Political science, Anthropology, Economics, Foreign languages, Professional ethics, Social responsibility
5 PDH
Engineering curriculum courses
Accounting, Industrial management, Finance, Personnel administration, Engineering economy, English, Speech, *Computer applications
*Courses in CAD and fundamental computer applications will generally not be applicable in either Group 1 or Group 2 activities. The computer is viewed as a tool available to the engineer or land surveyor, much as a pencil or hand–held calculator is a tool. Only computer courses that have the solution of engineering or land surveying problems as a purpose will be considered acceptable. An example of this might be a course that trains an engineer in the utilization of a specific software package to perform structural analysis. The concept of the computer as a tool does not apply to a computer engineer.
10 PDH

7.4(2) Group 2 activities. Group 2 activities are intended to develop new and relevant skills and knowledge. Credit for participation in activities in the group is unlimited, subject to maximum carryover. Typical areas include postgraduate level engineering science or design, new technology, environmental regulation and courses in management of engineering or land surveying activity (regular work duties do not qualify).
7.4(3) Independent study. Independent study with no real time interaction between the provider and the licensee may be accepted by the board when:
a. A written evaluation process is completed by the independent study provider; and
b. A certificate of satisfactory completion is issued by the provider; and
c. Evaluation assessment is issued to the licensee by the provider; and
d. Documentation supporting such independent studies is maintained by the licensee and provided to the board as required by subrule 7.8(2).
A maximum of six professional development hours of independent study activity will be allowed per biennium per licensee.
7.4(4) Exclusions. Types of continuing education activities which will be excluded from allowable continuing education are those in which it is not evident that the activity relates directly to the licensee’s practice of professional engineering or land surveying or the management of the business concerns of the licensee’s practice, or which do not comply with the board’s administrative rules. Activities that do not qualify as continuing education are as follows:
Regular employment;
Toastmasters club meetings;
Service club meetings or activities;
Personal estate planning;
Banquet speeches unrelated to engineering;
Professional society business meeting portions of technical seminars;
Financial planning/investment seminars;
Foreign travel not related to engineering study abroad;
Personal self–improvement courses;
Real estate licensing courses;
Stress management;
Trade shows;
Peer review;
Accreditation review.
193C—7.5(542B,272C) Biennial requirement. The biennial requirement must be satisfied during the biennium prior to licensure renewal except for the carryover permitted.
7.5(1) The continuing education requirement for biennial licensure renewal is 30 professional development hours for an active licensee in engineering or land surveying. The number of professional development hours that may be carried forward into the next biennium shall not exceed 15.
7.5(2) Inactive licensees are exempt from the continuing education requirements.
7.5(3) Continuing education requirements for licensure in more than one engineering branch are the same as for licensure in a single branch of engineering.
7.5(4) The continuing education requirement for biennial licensure renewal for an individual who is active in both engineering and land surveying is 20 professional development hours in engineering and 20 professional development hours in land surveying. The number of professional development hours that may be carried forward into the next biennium shall not exceed 10 hours for each profession.
7.5(5) A licensee who is active in one profession and inactive in another shall meet the continuing education requirements for licensure in the profession in which active licensure is maintained.
7.5(6) A new licensee shall satisfy one–half the biennial continuing education requirement at the first renewal following initial licensure.
193C—7.6(542B,272C) Exemptions. The continuing edu– cation requirements may be reduced in proportion to the following:
1. Periods of time exceeding 120 consecutive days that the licensee serves honorably on active duty in the military services.
2. Periods of time that the licensee is licensed in another state or district having continuing education requirements for professional engineering or land surveying equal to or more stringent than the requirements of these rules and meets all requirements of that state or district for practice therein.
3. Periods of time exceeding 120 consecutive days that the licensee is an employee working as a professional engineer or land surveyor and assigned to duty outside the United States of America.
193C—7.7(542B,272C) Hardships or extenuating circumstances. The board may, in individual cases involving hardship or extenuating circumstances, grant waivers of the continuing education requirements for a period of time not to exceed one year. No waiver or extension of time shall be granted unless the licensee makes a written request to the board for such action.
193C—7.8(542B,272C) Reports, records, and audits. At the time of application for license renewal, each licensee shall report, on a form provided by the board, the number of professional development hours achieved during the preceding biennium.
7.8(1) Record keeping. Maintaining records to be used to support professional development hours claimed is the responsibility of the licensee. It is recommended that each licensee keep a log showing the type of activity claimed, sponsoring organization, location, duration, instructor’s or speaker’s name, and PDH credits earned.
7.8(2) Compliance review. The board may select licensees for review of compliance with continuing education requirements on a random basis or upon receiving information regarding noncompliance and shall review compliance with continuing education requirements for reinstatement of lapsed or inactive licenses. For each professional development hour claimed, licensees chosen for compliance review shall furnish:
a. Proof of attendance. Attendance verification records in the form of completion certificates, or other documents supporting evidence of attendance;
b. Verification of the hours claimed; and
c. Information about the course content.
7.8(3) Compliance review sanctions. Any discrepancy between the number of PDHs reported and the number of PDHs actually supported by documentation may result in a disciplinary review.
7.8(4) Out–of–state residents. A person licensed to practice engineering or land surveying in Iowa shall be deemed to have complied with the continuing education requirement of this state during the periods that the person is a resident of another state or district which has a continuing education requirement for engineers or land surveyors and the individual meets all requirements of that state or district for practice therein. However, if selected for compliance review, such individuals must provide documentation as specified in 7.8(2).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 272C.2, 272C.3, 542B.6, and 542B.18.

CHAPTER 8
PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT OF LICENSEES
193C—8.1(542B) General statement. In order to establish and maintain a high standard of integrity, skills and practice in the professions of engineering and land surveying, and to safeguard the life, health, property and welfare of the public, the following code of professional conduct shall be binding upon every person holding a certificate of licensure as a professional engineer or land surveyor in this state. The code of professional conduct is an exercise of the police power vested in the board by the Acts of the legislature.
193C—8.2(542B) Code of professional conduct. All persons licensed under Iowa Code chapter 542B are charged with having knowledge of the existence of this code of professional conduct and shall be expected to be familiar with its provisions, to understand them, and abide by them. Such knowledge includes the understanding that the practices of engineering and land surveying are a privilege, as opposed to a right, and the licensee shall be forthright and candid in statements or written response to the board or its representatives on matters pertaining to professional conduct.
8.2(1) Responsibility to the public. Licensees shall conduct their professional practices in a manner that will protect life, health and property and enhance the public welfare. If their professional judgment is overruled under circumstances where safety, health and welfare of the public are endangered, they shall inform their employer or client of the possible consequences, notify such other proper authority as may be appropriate, and withdraw from further services on the project.
Licensees shall neither approve nor certify engineering or land surveying documents that may be harmful to the public health and welfare and that are not in conformity with accepted engineering or land surveying standards.
8.2(2) Competency for assignments. Licensees shall undertake to perform engineering or land surveying assignments only when qualified by education or experience in the specific technical field of professional engineering or land surveying involved. Licensees shall engage experts or advise that experts and specialists be engaged whenever the client or employer’s interests are best served by such service.
Licensees may accept an assignment on a project requiring education or experience outside their field of competence, but only to the extent that their services are restricted to those phases of the project in which they are qualified. All other phases of such projects shall be performed by qualified associates, consultants or employees.
8.2(3) Truth in reports and testimony. Licensees, when serving as expert or technical witnesses before any court, commission, or other tribunal, shall express an opinion only when it is founded upon adequate knowledge of the facts in issue, upon a background of technical competence in the subject matter, and upon honest conviction of the accuracy and propriety of their testimony. Under these circumstances, the licensee must disclose inadequate knowledge.
Licensees shall be objective and truthful in all professional reports, statements or testimony. All relevant and pertinent information shall be included in such reports, statements or testimony. Licensees shall avoid the use of statements containing a material misrepresentation of fact or omitting a material fact.
8.2(4) Conflict of interest. The following guidelines regarding conflict of interest shall apply:
a. Licensees shall not issue statements, criticisms or arguments on engineering or land surveying matters connected with public policy which are influenced or paid for by an interested party, or parties, unless they have prefaced their comments by explicitly identifying themselves, by disclosing the identities of the party or parties on whose behalf they are speaking, and by revealing the existence of any pecuniary interest.
b. Licensees shall avoid all known conflicts of interest with their employers or clients and, when unforeseen conflicts arise, shall promptly inform their employers or clients of any business association, interest, or circumstances that could influence judgment or the quality of services.
c. Licensees shall not accept compensation, financial or otherwise, from more than one party for services on the same project, unless the circumstances are fully disclosed and agreed to by all interested parties.
d. Licensees shall act in professional matters for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees and maintain full confidentiality on all matters in which the welfare of the public is not endangered.
8.2(5) Ethics. Licensees shall conduct their business and professional practices of engineering and land surveying in an ethical manner. In addition to the provisions of this chapter, the board will consider, although not necessarily be bound by, the ethical standards that address public protection issues adopted by a recognized state or national engineering or land surveying organization such as the National Society of Professional Engineers and the National Society of Professional Surveyors.
8.2(6) Unethical or illegal conduct.
a. Business practices. The following guidelines regarding unethical or illegal business practices shall apply:
(1) Licensees shall not pay or offer to pay, either directly or indirectly, any commission, percentage, brokerage fee, political contribution, gift, or other consideration to secure work, except to a bona fide employee or bona fide, established commercial or marketing agency retained by them or to secure positions through employment agencies.
(2) Licensees, as employers, shall not engage in any discriminatory practice prohibited by law and shall, in the conduct of their business, employ personnel upon the basis of merit.
(3) Licensees shall not solicit or accept gratuities, directly or indirectly, from contractors, their agents, or other parties dealing with their clients or employers in connection with work for which they are responsible.
(4) Licensees shall not solicit or accept an engineering or land surveying contract from a governmental body when a principal or officer of their organization serves as a member.
(5) Licensees shall not associate with, or permit the use of their names or firms in a business venture by, any person or firm that they know, or have reason to believe, is engaging in business or professional practice of a fraudulent or dishonest nature.
(6) Brochures or other presentations incident to the solicitation of employment shall not misrepresent pertinent facts concerning employers, employees, associates, firms, joint ventures, or past accomplishments.
b. Individual professional conduct. The following guidelines regarding illegal or unethical individual professional conduct shall apply:
(1) Licensees shall not use association with nonengineers, corporations or partnerships as “cloaks” for unethical acts.
(2) Licensees shall not violate any local, state or federal criminal law in the conduct of professional practice.
(3) Licensees shall not violate licensure laws of any state or territory.
(4) Licensees shall not affix their signatures or seals to any plans, plats or documents dealing with subject matter in which those licensees lack competence, nor to any plan, plat or document not prepared under their direct personal direction and control.
(5) Licensees shall not falsify their qualifications or permit misrepresentation of their or their associates’ qualifications. They shall not misrepresent or exaggerate their responsibility in or for the subject matter of prior assignments.
c. Real property inspection reports.
(1) Licensees shall not represent themselves as licensed land surveyors or professional engineers on real property inspection reports (i.e., mortgage surveys).
(2) Licensees shall not place their firm names, logos, or title blocks on real property inspection reports (i.e., mortgage surveys).
193C—8.3(542B) Reporting of acts or omissions. Licensees shall report acts or omissions by a licensee that constitute negligence or carelessness. For the purposes of these rules, negligence or carelessness means demonstrating unreasonable lack of skill in the performance of engineering or land surveying services by failure of a licensee to maintain a reasonable standard of care in the licensee’s practice of engineering or land surveying. In the evaluation of reported acts or omissions, the board shall determine if the engineer or land surveyor has applied learning, skill and ability in a manner consistent with the standards of the professions ordinarily possessed and practiced in the same profession at the same time. Standards referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall include any minimum standards adopted by this board and any standards adopted by recognized national or state engineering or land surveying organizations.
193C—8.4(542B) Standards of integrity.
1. Licensees shall answer all questions of a duly constituted investigative body of the state of Iowa concerning alleged violations by another person or firm.
2. When proven wrong, licensees shall admit and accept their own errors and shall not distort or alter the facts to justify their own decisions.
3. If licensees know or have reason to believe that another person or firm may be in violation of any Iowa law or rule regarding ethics or conduct of professional engineering or land surveying practice, those licensees shall present such information to the engineering and land surveying examining board in writing and shall cooperate with the board in furnishing further information or assistance required by the board.
4. Licensees shall not assist in the application of an individual they know is unqualified for licensure by reason of education, experience or character.
193C—8.5(542B) Offering of engineering or land surveying services by firms.
8.5(1) For purposes of these rules, “to offer” means to advertise in any medium, or to imply in writing or orally that owners or permanent employees of that firm are performing these services. Nothing in this rule is intended to prevent a firm from truthfully offering services as a project manager, administrator, or coordinator of a multidisciplinary project.
8.5(2) For purposes of these rules, the term “firm” includes corporations, professional corporations, registered limited liability partnerships, partnerships, limited liability companies, private practitioners employing others, persons or entities using fictitious or assumed names, or other business entities.
8.5(3) A firm shall not directly or by implication offer professional engineering services to the public unless it is owned or managed by, or regularly employs, one or more licensed professional engineers who directly control and personally supervise all professional engineering work performed by the firm.
8.5(4) A firm shall not directly or by implication offer land surveying services to the public unless it is owned or managed by, or regularly employs, one or more licensed land surveyors who directly control and personally supervise all land surveying work performed by the firm.
8.5(5) A firm shall not satisfy these requirements by hiring a licensed professional engineer or land surveyor on an as–needed, occasional, or consulting basis, whether an employee or independent contractor.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 542B.6, 542B.21 and 542B.26 and chapter 272C.

CHAPTER 9
COMPLAINTS, INVESTIGATIONS AND DISCIPLINARY ACTION
193C—9.1(542B) Complaints and investigations.
9.1(1) Complaints. The board shall, upon receipt of a complaint in writing, or may, upon its own motion pursuant to other evidence received by the board, review and investigate alleged acts or omissions which reasonably constitute cause under applicable law or administrative rule for licensee discipline.
9.1(2) Form and content. A written complaint shall include the following facts:
a. The full name, address, and telephone number of complainant.
b. The full name, address, and telephone number of respondent.
c. A statement of the facts concerning the alleged acts or omissions.
d. Identification of the statutes and administrative rules allegedly violated.
e. Evidentiary supporting documentation.
The written complaint may be delivered personally or by mail to the secretary of the board. The office address is 1918 S.E. Hulsizer, Ankeny, Iowa 50021.
9.1(3) Investigation of allegations. In order to determine if probable cause exists for a hearing on the complaint, the board may cause an investigation to be made into the allegations of the complaint. It may refer the complaint to a peer review committee or investigator for investigation, review and report to the board.
9.1(4) Informal discussion. If the board considers it advisable, or if requested by the affected licensee, the board may grant the licensee an opportunity to appear before the board or a committee of the board for a voluntary informal discussion of the facts and circumstances of an alleged violation. The licensee may be represented by legal counsel at the informal discussion. The licensee is not required to attend the informal discussion. By electing to attend, the licensee waives the right to seek disqualification, based upon personal investigation of a board member or staff, from participating in making a contested case decision or acting as a presiding officer in a later contested case proceeding. Because an informal discussion constitutes a part of the board’s investigation of a pending disciplinary case, the facts discussed at the informal discussion may be considered by the board in the event the matter proceeds to a contested case hearing and those facts are independently introduced into evidence. The board may seek a consent order at the time of the informal discussion. If the parties agree to a consent order, a statement of charges shall be filed simultaneously with the consent order.
193C—9.2(542B) Ruling on the initial inquiry.
9.2(1) Dismissal. If a determination is made by the board that a complaint is without grounds or merit, the complaint shall be dismissed. A letter of explanation concerning the decision of the board shall be sent to the respondent and the complainant.
9.2(2) Requirement of further inquiry. If determination is made by the board to order further inquiry, the complaint and initial recommendations shall be provided to the investigator(s) along with a statement specifying the information deemed necessary.
9.2(3) Acceptance of the case. If a determination is made by the board to initiate disciplinary action, the board may enter into an informal settlement or recommend formal disciplinary proceedings. The board’s rules regarding informal settlement are found at 193 IAC 7.4(17A,272C).
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 542B.21, 542B.22 and 272C.6.
193C—9.3(542B) Reprimands, probation, license suspension or license revocation. Acts or omissions on the part of a licensee that are grounds for a reprimand, period of probation, license suspension or license revocation are as follows:
9.3(1) Acts or offenses defined in Iowa Code section 542B.21.
9.3(2) Acts or omissions which constitute negligence or carelessness that the licensee must report to the board as defined in 193C—8.3(542B).
9.3(3) Unethical conduct including, but not limited to, violation of the code of professional conduct in 193C— Chapter 8.
9.3(4) Failure to respond within 30 days to written communications from the board and to make available any relevant records with respect to an inquiry or complaint about the licensee’s unprofessional conduct. The period of 30 days shall commence on the date when such communication was sent from the board by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested to the address appearing in the last licensure.
9.3(5) Failure to comply with a warning from the board with respect to licensee behavior.
9.3(6) Any violation as provided in Iowa Code section 272C.10.
193C—9.4(542B) Disciplinary findings and sanctions. The board’s decision may include one or more of the following findings or sanctions:
1. Exoneration of respondent.
2. Revocation of license.
3. Suspension of license until further order of the board or for a specified period.
4. Nonrenewal of license.
5. Prohibition, until further order of the board or for a specific period, of engaging in specified procedures, methods or acts.
6. Probation.
7. Requirement of additional education or training.
8. Requirement of reexamination.
9. Issuance of a reprimand.
10. Imposition of civil penalties.
11. Issuance of citation and warning.
12. Desk review.
13. Other sanctions allowed by law as may be appropriate.
193C—9.5(272C) Civil penalties. In addition to other disciplinary options, the board may assess civil penalties of up to $1000 per violation against licensees who violate any provision of rule 9.3(542B). Factors the board may consider when determining whether and in what amount to assess civil penalties include:
1. Whether other forms of discipline are being imposed for the same violation.
2. Whether the amount imposed will be a substantial economic deterrent to the violation.
3. The circumstances leading to the violation.
4. The severity of the violation and the risk of harm to the public.
5. The economic benefits gained by the licensee as a result of the violation.
6. The interest of the public.
7. Evidence of reform or remedial action.
8. Time elapsed since the violation occurred.
9. Whether the violation is a repeat offense following a prior cautionary letter, disciplinary order, or other notice of the nature of the infraction.
10. The clarity of the issue involved.
11. Whether the violation was willful and intentional.
12. Whether the licensee acted in bad faith.
13. The extent to which the licensee cooperated with the board.
14. Whether the licensee practiced professional engineering or land surveying with a lapsed, inactive, suspended or revoked license.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 542B.22.
193C—9.6(542B) Publication of decisions. In addition to publication requirements found at 193 IAC 7.30(3), the following notifications shall be issued:
1. Following suspension of a land surveyor’s license, notification must be mailed to the county recorders and county auditors of the county of residence and immediately adjacent counties in Iowa.
2. Following revocation of a land surveyor’s license, notification must be mailed to all county auditors in Iowa and the county recorders in the county of residence and immediately adjacent counties in Iowa.
3. Following the suspension or revocation of the license of a professional engineer or land surveyor, notification must be issued to other boards of examiners for engineers and land surveyors under the jurisdiction of the government of the United States. This notification may be made through the National Council of Examiners for Engineering and Surveying or other national organizations recognized by the board. In addition, if the licensee is known to be registered in another nation in North America, the appropriate board(s) shall be notified of the action.
193C—9.7(542B) Disputes between licensees and clients. Reports from the insurance commissioner or other agencies on the results of judgments or settlements of disputes arising from malpractice claims or other actions between professional engineers or land surveyors and their clients may be referred to counsel or peer review committee. The counsel or peer review committee shall investigate the report for violation of the statutes or rules governing the practice or conduct of the licensee. The counsel or peer review committee shall advise the board of any probable violations, any further action required, or recommend dismissal from further consideration.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 17A and sections 542B.2, 542B.22, and 272C.6.

CHAPTER 10
PEER REVIEW
193C—10.1(542B,272C) Peer review committee (PRC). The board may appoint a peer review committee for the investigation of a complaint about the acts or omissions of one or more licensees.
10.1(1) PRC membership. A PRC shall generally consist of three or more licensed engineers or licensed land surveyors or both, as determined by the board, who are selected for their knowledge and experience in the type of engineering or land surveying involved in the complaint. The board may appoint a two–member PRC or a single peer review consultant to perform the function of a PRC when, in the board’s opinion, appointing a committee with three or more members would be impractical, unnecessary or undesirable given the nature of the expertise required, the need for prompt action or the circumstances of the complaint.
An individual shall be ineligible for membership on a PRC in accordance with the standard for disqualification found at 193 IAC 7.14(1). If a PRC member is unable to serve after an investigation has begun, the PRC member must notify the board office.
10.1(2) Authority. The PRC’s investigation may include activities such as interviewing the complainant, the respondent, individuals with knowledge of the alleged violation, and individuals with knowledge of the respondent’s practice in the community; gathering documents; conducting site visits; and performing independent analyses as deemed necessary. Although the board does not become involved in a complaint investigation, the board may give specific instructions to the PRC regarding the scope of the investigation. In the course of the investigation, PRC members shall refrain from advising the complainant or respondent on actions that the board might take.
10.1(3) Term of service. The PRC serves at the pleasure of the board. The board may dismiss any or all members of a PRC or add new members at any time.
10.1(4) Compensation. PRC members may receive per diem compensation equal to that received by board members for performing board duties. Within established budget limitations, PRC members may be reimbursed for reasonable and necessary expenses that are incurred for travel, meals and lodging while performing committee duties. The PRC shall not hire legal counsel, investigators, secretarial help or any other assistance without written authorization from the board.
193C—10.2(542B,272C) Reports. Each PRC shall submit a written report to the board within a reasonable period of time.
10.2(1) Components of the report. The report shall include:
a. A statement of the charge to the PRC;
b. A description of the actions taken by the PRC in its investigation, including but not limited to document review, interviews and site visits;
c. A summary of the PRC’s findings, including (1) the PRC’s opinion as to whether a violation has occurred, (2) citation of the Iowa Code section(s) and Iowa Administrative Code rule(s) violated, and (3) the PRC’s opinion of the seriousness of the violation; and
d. A recommendation.
In the case of a land surveyor PRC report, the report must be plat–specific as to the violations.
10.2(2) Recommended action. The PRC report shall recommend one of the following:
a. Dismissal of the complaint,
b. Further investigation, or
c. Disciplinary proceedings.
If the PRC recommends further investigation or disciplinary proceedings, supporting information must be submitted to the board including citation of the specific Iowa Code section(s) and Iowa Administrative Code rule(s) violated.
10.2(3) Disciplinary recommendations. When recommending disciplinary proceedings, a PRC shall refrain from suggesting a particular form of discipline, but may provide guidance on the severity of the violations that prompted the recommendation and may identify professional areas in which the licensee needs additional education, experience or monitoring in order to safely practice.
193C—10.3(542B,272C) Confidentiality. The PRC shall not discuss its findings and conclusions with any party to the complaint. PRC findings including the name of the complainant shall be kept confidential at all times. The PRC shall not reveal its findings to anyone other than the board (through its report to the board) or board staff. PRC findings shall be used only for the purposes of the board’s possible disciplinary action and not for any other court case, lawsuit, or investigation. PRC reports are not subject to discovery.
193C—10.4(542B,272C) Testimony. PRC members may be required to testify in the event of formal disciplinary proceedings.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 272C.3.

CHAPTER 11
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR PROPERTY SURVEYS
193C—11.1(542B) Scope. Each land surveyor shall comply with the minimum standards for property surveys described by statute or administrative rule. The minimum standards in this chapter shall apply to all property surveys performed in this state except those done for acquisition plats as described in Iowa Code chapter 354.
193C—11.2(542B) Definitions. For the purposes of these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
“Plat” means both a plat of survey and a subdivision plat as those terms are defined in Iowa Code section 355.1.
“Property survey” means any land survey performed for the purpose of describing, monumenting, retracing and establishing boundary lines dividing, subdividing, or platting one or more parcels of land.
“Retrace” means following along a previously established line to logical termini monumented by corners that are found or placed by the surveyor.
193C—11.3(542B) Boundary location. Every property survey shall be made in accordance with the legal description (record title) boundaries as nearly as is practicable. The surveyor shall acquire data necessary to retrace record title boundaries, center lines, and other boundary line locations. The surveyor shall analyze the data and make a careful determination of the position of the boundaries of the parcel being surveyed. The surveyor shall make a field survey, locating and connecting monuments necessary for location of the parcel, and coordinate the facts of such survey with the analysis. The surveyor shall set monuments marking the corners of such parcel unless monuments already exist at such corners.
193C—11.4(542B) Descriptions. Descriptions defining land boundaries written for conveyance or other purposes shall be complete, providing definite and unequivocal identification of lines or boundaries. The description must contain dimensions sufficient to enable the description to be platted and retraced and shall describe the land surveyed either by government lot or by quarter–quarter section or by quarter section and shall identify the section, township, range and county; and by metes and bounds commencing with some corner marked and established in the U.S. Public Land Survey System; or if such land is located in a recorded subdivision or recorded addition thereto, then by the number or other description of the lot, block or subdivision thereof which has been previously tied to a corner marked and established by the U.S. Public Land Survey System. If the parcel is described by metes and bounds, it may be referenced to known lot or block corners in recorded subdivision or additions.
193C—11.5(542B) Plats. A plat shall be drawn for every property survey performed showing information developed by the survey and including the following elements:
11.5(1) The plat shall be drawn to a convenient scale which shall be clearly stated and graphically illustrated by a bar scale on every plat sheet.
11.5(2) The plat shall show the length and bearing of the boundaries of the parcels surveyed. Where the boundary lines show bearing, lengths or locations which vary from those recorded in deeds, abutting plats or other instruments, the following note shall be placed along such lines: “recorded as (show recorded bearing, length or location)”.
11.5(3) The plat shall show and identify all monuments necessary for the location of the parcel and shall indicate whether such monuments were found or placed and shall include an accurate description of each monument consisting of size, shape, material type, capped with license number, and color as applicable.
11.5(4) The plat shall be captioned to identify the person for whom the survey was made and the date of the survey and shall describe the parcel as provided in rule 11.4(542B) above.
11.5(5) The plat shall show that record title boundaries, centerlines, and other boundary lines were retraced to monuments found or placed by the surveyor.  The surveyor shall retrace those exterior lines of a section that divide a metes and bounds–described parcel of land to determine acreage for assessment and taxation purposes.
11.5(6) The plat shall show that the survey is tied to a physically monumented land line which is identified by two U.S. Public Land Survey System corners or by two physically monumented corners of a recorded subdivision. The plat shall show a distance relationship measured by the surveyor between the two corners on the physically monumented land line. The physically monumented land line shall be germane to the survey of the lot, parcel, or tract.
11.5(7) The plat shall bear the signature of the land surveyor, a statement certifying that the work was performed by the surveyor or under the surveyor’s direct personal supervision, the date of signature, and the surveyor’s Iowa license number and legible seal as provided in rule 193C— 6.1(542B).
11.5(8) The surveyor shall record every plat and description with the county recorder no later than 30 days after signature on the plat by the surveyor. The 30–day requirement shall not apply to subdivision plats.
193C—11.6(542B) Measurements.
11.6(1) Measurements shall be made with instruments and methods capable of attaining the required accuracy for the particular problem involved.
11.6(2) Measurements as placed on the plat shall be in conformance with the capabilities of the instruments used.
11.6(3) The unadjusted closure for all closed traverse surveys shall be not greater than 1 in 5,000 and, for subdivision boundaries, 1 in 10,000.
11.6(4) In a closed traverse, the sum of the measured angles shall agree with the theoretical sum by a difference not greater than 30 seconds times the square root of the number of angles.
11.6(5) The unadjusted error of field measurements shall not be greater than 1 in 5,000.
11.6(6) The relative positional tolerance at the 95 percent confidence level shall be as follows:
a. For subdivision boundaries: ±(0.13 feet + 1:10,000)
b. For all other land surveying: ±(0.26 feet + 1:5,000)
11.6(7) Bearings or angles on any property survey plat shall be shown to the nearest one minute; distance shall be shown to the nearest one–tenth foot.
193C—11.7(542B) Monuments. Permanent monuments shall be constructed of reasonably permanent material solidly embedded in the ground and capable of being detected by commonly used magnetic or electronic equipment. The licensed land surveyor shall affix to the top of each monument set by the surveyor a cap of reasonably inert material bearing an embossed or stencil–cut marking of the Iowa license number of the licensed land surveyor. Monuments or marks placed in pavements need not be capped. See rule 11.3(542B).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 355.3 and 542B.2.

CHAPTER 12
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR U.S. PUBLIC LAND SURVEY CORNER CERTIFICATES
193C—12.1(542B) General statement. Each land surveyor shall comply with the minimum standards for preparing a U.S. Public Land Survey Corner Certificate as described by statute or administrative rule. The minimum standards in this chapter shall apply to every corner certificate prepared in this state.
193C—12.2(355) U.S. Public Land Survey Corner Certificate.
12.2(1) A corner is considered a part of the U.S. Public Land Survey System if it has the status of a corner of a:
a. Quarter–quarter section or larger aliquot part of a section.
b. Fractional quarter–quarter section or larger fractional part of a section.
c. Government lot.
12.2(2) A U.S. Public Land Survey Corner Certificate shall be prepared by the surveyor as part of any land surveying which includes the use of a U.S. Public Land Survey System corner if one or more of the following conditions exist:
a. There is no certificate for the corner on file with the recorder of the county in which the corner is located.
b. The surveyor in responsible charge of the land surveying accepts a corner position which differs from that shown in the public records of the county in which the corner is located.
c. The corner monument is replaced or modified in any way.
d. The reference ties in an existing public record are incorrect or missing.
12.2(3) A U.S. Public Land Survey Corner Certificate shall comply with the following requirements:
a. The identity of the corner, with reference to the U.S. Public Land Survey System, shall be clearly indicated.
b. The certificate shall contain a narrative explaining:
(1) The reason for preparing the certificate.
(2) The evidence and detailed procedure used in establishing or confirming the corner position whether found or placed.
(3) The monumentation found or placed perpetuating the corner position with an accurate description of each monument including but not limited to size, shape, material type, capped with license number, and color.
(4) The extent of the search for an existing monument when the corner is reset as obliterated or lost.
c. The certificate shall contain a plan–view drawing depicting:
(1) Relevant monuments including the reference monumentation and an accurate description thereof.
(2) Physical surroundings including highway and street centerlines, fences, structures and other artificial or natural objects as applicable that would facilitate recovery of the corner.
(3) Reference ties in sufficient detail to enable recovery of the corner. There shall be at least three reference ties from the corner to durable physical objects near the corner which are located so that the intersection of any two of the ties will yield a strong corner position recovery. All ties shall be measured to one–hundredth of a foot.
d. The certificate shall contain a certification statement, the seal and signature of the surveyor and the date of the survey in accordance with 193C—Chapter 6.
12.2(4) The surveyor shall record the required U.S. Public Land Survey Corner Certificate and forward a copy to the county engineer of the county in which the corner is located within 30 days after completion of the surveying.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 355.3, 355.11 and 542B.2

CHAPTER 13
CIVIL PENALTIES FOR UNLICENSED PRACTICE
193C—13.1(542B) General statement. The board may impose civil penalties by order against a person who is not licensed as an engineer or land surveyor pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 542B based on the unlawful practices specified in Iowa Code section 542B.27. In addition to the proceduresset forth in Iowa Code section 542B.27, this rule shall apply.
13.1(1) The notice of the board’s intent to impose a civil penalty required by Iowa Code section 542B.27 shall be served upon the nonlicensee by restricted certified mail, return receipt requested, or personal service in accordance with Rule of Civil Procedure 56.1. Alternatively, the nonlicensee may accept service personally or through authorized counsel. The notice shall include the following:
a. A statement of the legal authority and jurisdiction under which the proposed civil penalty would be imposed.
b. A reference to the particular sections of the statutes and rules involved.
c. A short and plain statement of the alleged unlawful practices.
d. The dollar amount of the proposed civil penalty.
e. Notice of the nonlicensee’s right to a hearing and the time frame in which hearing must be requested.
f. The address to which written request for hearing must be made.
13.1(2) Nonlicensees must request a hearing within 30 days of the date the notice is mailed if served through restricted certified mail to the last–known address or within 30 days of the date of service if service is accepted or made in accordance with Rule of Civil Procedure 56.1. A request for hearing must be in writing and is deemed made on the date of the United States Postal Service postmark or the date of personal service.
13.1(3) If a request for hearing is not timely made, the board chair or the chair’s designee may issue an order imposing the civil penalty described in the notice. The order may be mailed by regular first–class mail or served in the same manner as the notice of intent to impose civil penalty.
13.1(4) If a request for hearing is timely made, the board shall issue a notice of hearing and conduct a hearing in the same manner as applicable to a disciplinary case against a licensed engineer or land surveyor.
13.1(5) In addition to the factors set forth in Iowa Code section 542B.27, the board may consider the following when determining the amount of civil penalty to impose, if any:
a. The time elapsed since the unlawful practice occurred.
b. Evidence of reform or remedial actions.
c. Whether the violation is a repeat offense following a prior warning letter or other notice of the nature of the infraction.
d. Whether the violation involved an element of deception.
e. Whether the unlawful practice violated a prior order of the board, court order, cease and desist agreement, consent order, or similar document.
f. The clarity of the issue involved.
g. Whether the violation was willful and intentional.
h. Whether the nonlicensee acted in bad faith.
i. The extent to which the nonlicensee cooperated with the board.
13.1(6) A nonlicensee may waive the right to a hearing and all attendant rights and enter into a consent order imposing a civil penalty at any stage of the proceeding upon mutual consent of the board.
13.1(7) The notice of intent to impose civil penalty and order imposing civil penalty are public records available for inspection and copying in accordance with Iowa Code chapter 22. Copies may be provided to the media, the National Council of Examiners for Engineering and Surveying, and other entities. Hearings shall be open to the public.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 542B.27.
ARC 0840B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 217.6 and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1228, section 13, subsection 2, paragraph “a,” and section 44, and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11, subsection 2, and section 49, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 52, “Payment,” and Chapter 177, “In–Home Health Related Care,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments increase the maximum and flat State Supplementary Assistance (SSA) residential care facility (RCF) and in–home health related care (IHHRC) reimbursement rates and pass along an August 1, 2001, Supplemental Security Income (SSI) cost–of–living adjustment increase in several State Supplementary Assistance (SSA) categories.
The maximum and flat SSA RCF reimbursement rates will be increased retroactively effective June 1, 2001. The maximum RCF reimbursement rate will be increased from $25.14 per day to $33.06 per day for one month effective June 1, 2001, and to $25.92 per day effective August 1, 2001, and ongoing. The flat RCF reimbursement rate will be increased from $17.96 per day to $23.62 per day for one month effective June 1, 2001, and to $18.52 per day effective August 1, 2001, and ongoing. The monthly IHHRC reimbursement rate will be increased from $483.31 per month to $498.29 effective August 1, 2001, and ongoing.
The Seventy–eighth and Seventy–ninth General Assemblies directed that the Department may take actions to meet the federal pass–along requirement mandated by Title XVI of the Social Security Act, Section 1618, if necessary. These rate increases are necessary to meet the federal pass–along requirements for calendar year 2001.
In order to comply with the federal pass–along requirement of $19,575,651 in calendar year 2001 and to make up a shortfall in meeting the federal pass–along requirement of $221,200 in calendar year 2000, Iowa’s total SSA expenditures must be at least $19,796,851. Based on current projections, the Department projects that calendar year 2001 may be short of this required spending level by $851,048. This spending shortfall is attributable to a decline in in–home health–related care and residential care facility usage. Current projections indicate that a 31.50 percent increase in the RCF rates for June 2001, and an ongoing increase of 3.1 percent in the RCF and IHHRC reimbursement rates is necessary to ensure compliance with the pass–along requirement in calendar year 2001. The large retroactive payment in June for RCFs is being adopted to use a state surplus for state fiscal year 2001.
Effective August 1, 2001, the SSI benefit increased to adjust for an error in the January 2000 cost–of–living percentage increase. This change will pass along a $1 increase per month in benefits to clients with a dependent relative and to clients in family life homes.
These amendments do not provide for waiver in specified situations because they confer a benefit on clients in RCFs and IHHRC and clients with a dependent relative and in family life homes and are required to meet the federal pass–along requirement, as mandated by the legislature. Individuals may request a waiver of the monthly IHHRC reimbursement under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule 441—1.8(17A,217).
The substance of these amendments is also Adopted and Filed Emergency and is published herein as ARC 0839B. The purpose of this Notice is to solicit comment on that submission, the subject matter of which is incorporated by reference.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or before August 29, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 249.3(2) and 249.4 and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1228, section 13, subsection 2, paragraph “a,” and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11, subsection 2.
ARC 0873B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 514I.5(8), the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 86, “Healthy and Well Kids in Iowa (HAWK–I) Program,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments revise policy governing the HAWK–I program to:
Remove the description that the HAWK–I program is designed to provide transitional health care coverage to children. The coverage is not transitional. This change is in response to comments received in response to Executive Order Number 8.
Remove the reference that HAWK–I is available to children who are ineligible for other health insurance. The eligibility for other health insurance is not a factor of eligibility. Rather, the criterion is whether or not the child actually has the coverage.
Simplify the process for calculating self–employment income. Instead of following the more complicated rules of the Medicaid program, the HAWK–I program will use information from the income tax return.
Clarify what constitutes family size in situations where absent parents apply for children that do not live with them and in situations where there is shared custody.
Incorporate additional legal references in the policy related to alien status. This change is being made in response to public comments received as part of Executive Order Number 8.
Clarify when a referral is made to the HAWK–I program from the Medicaid program that the third–party administrator does not have to obtain an additional signature when the Department has a signature on file in the county office.
Incorporate the decisions of the HAWK–I Board regarding the imposition of waiting lists. This amendment is necessary in the event the funding for the program is exhausted prior to the end of the fiscal year.
Allow the third–party administrator to automatically select a health plan and enroll the child when the family has not affirmatively made a selection, rather than to deny the application.
Clarify that, in a case of eligibility granted based on false information, only the amount of the premium is subject to recovery.
Clarify what information the health plans provide to the department and what information they provide to the third–party administrator. This amendment is being made pursuant to public comments received in response to Executive Order Number 8.
Add a new rule that establishes a procedure for the use of funds that are donated to the program.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified situations because the amendments are primarily technical in nature and provide policy clarification. Persons may request a waiver of policy under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule 441—1.8(17A,217).
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or before August 29, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 514I.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 441—Chapter 86, preamble, as follows:
These rules define and structure the department of human services healthy and well kids in Iowa (HAWK–I) program. The purpose of this program is to provide transitional health care coverage to uninsured children who are ineligible for Title XIX (Medicaid) assistance or other health insurance. The program is implemented and administered in compliance with Title XXI of the federal Social Security Act. The rules establish requirements for the third–party administrator responsible for the program administration and for the participating health plans that will be delivering services to the enrollees.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—86.2(514I) as follows:
Amend subrule 86.2(2), paragraph “a,” subparagraph (1), numbered paragraph “2,” as follows:
2. Earned income from self–employment. Earned income from self–employment means the net profit determined by comparing gross income with the allowable costs ofproducing the income. The net profit from allowable costsof producing self–employment income shall be deter–mined according to the provisions of 441—subparagraphs 75.57(2)“f”(1) through (7) by the costs allowed for income tax purposes. Additionally, the costs of depreciation of capital assets identified for income tax purposes shall be allowed as a cost of doing business for self–employed persons. A person is considered self–employed when any of the following conditions exist. The person:
Is not required to report to the office regularly except for specific purposes such as sales training meetings, administrative meetings, or evaluation sessions; or
Establishes the person’s own working hours, territory, and methods of work; or
Files quarterly reports of earnings, withholding payments, and FICA payments to the Internal Revenue Service.
Amend subrule 86.2(3), paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. Parents. Any parent living with the child under the age of 19 shall be included in the family size. This includes the biological parent, stepparent, or adoptive parent of the child and is not dependent upon whether the parents are married to each other. In situations where the parents do not live together but share joint legal or physical custody of the children, the family size shall be based on the household in which the child spends the majority of time. If both parents share legal or physical custody equally, either parent may apply for the child and the family size shall be based on the household of the applying parent.
Amend subrule 86.2(7) as follows:
86.2(7) Citizenship and alien status. The child shall be a citizen or lawfully admitted alien. The criteria established under Section 402(a)(2) of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996 8 U.S.C. 1612(a)(2)(A) and the Balanced Budget Act of 1997, subsection 5302, shall be followed when determining whether a lawfully admitted alien child is eligible to participate in the HAWK–I program. The citizenship or alien status of the parents or other responsible person shall not be considered when determining the eligibility of the child to participate in the program.
ITEM 3. Amend subrules 86.3(6), 86.3(7), 86.3(10), and 86.3(11) as follows:
86.3(6) Application not required. An application shall not be required when a child becomes ineligible for Medicaid and the county office of the department makes a referral to the HAWK–I program, in which case, Form 470–3563, HAWK–I Referral, shall be accepted in lieu of an application. The original Medicaid application or the last review form that is on file in the county office of the department, whichever is more current, shall suffice to meet the signature requirements.
86.3(7) Information and verification procedure. The decision with respect to eligibility shall be based primarily on information furnished by the applicant or enrollee. The third–party administrator shall notify the applicant or enrollee in writing of additional information or verification that is required to establish eligibility. This The third–party administrator shall provide this notice shall be provided to the applicant or enrollee personally or by mail or facsimile. Failure of the applicant or enrollee to supply the information or verification or refusal by the applicant or enrollee to authorize the third–party administrator to secure the information shall serve as a basis for rejection of the application or cancellation of coverage. Five The applicant or enrollee shall have ten working days shall be allowed for the applicant or enrollee to supply the information or verification requested by the third–party administrator. The third–party administrator may extend the deadline for a reasonable period of time when the applicant or enrollee is making every effort but is unable to secure the required information or verification from a third party.
86.3(10) Waiting lists. When the department has established that all of the funds appropriated for this purpose program are obligated, pending the third–party administrator shall deny all subsequent applications for HAWK–I coverage shall be denied by the third–party administrator unless Medicaid eligibility exists.
a. A The third–party administrator shall mail a notice of decision shall be mailed by the third–party administrator. The notice shall state that the:
(1) The applicant meets the eligibility requirements but that no funds are available and that the applicant will be placed on a waiting list, or that the
(2) The person does not meet eligibility requirements. In which case, the applicant shall not be put on a waiting list.
b. Prior to an applicant’s being denied or placed on the waiting list, the third–party administrator shall refer the application to the Medicaid program for an eligibility determination. If Medicaid eligibility exists, the department shall approve the child for Medicaid coverage in accordance with 441—86.4(514I).
a c. Applicants shall be entered The third–party administrator shall enter applicants on the waiting list on the basis of the date a completed Form 470–3564 is date–stamped by the third–party administrator. In the event that more than one application is received on the same day, the third–party administrator shall enter applicants shall be entered on the waiting list on the basis of the day of the month of the oldest child’s birthday, the lowest number being first on the list. Any The third–party administrator shall decide any subsequent ties shall be decided by the month of birth of the oldest child,January being month one and the lowest number.
b d. If funds become available, the third–party administrator shall select applicants shall be selected from the waiting list based on the order of the waiting in which their name appears on the list and notified by the third–party administrator shall notify them of their selection.
c. The third–party administrator shall establish that the applicant continues to be eligible for HAWK–I coverage.
d e. After eligibility is reestablished being notified of the availability of funding, the applicant shall have 15 working days to enroll in the program confirm the applicant’s continued interest in applying for the program and to provide any information necessary to establish eligibility. If the applicant does not enroll in confirm continued interest in applying for the program and does not provide any additional information necessary to establish eligibility within 15 working days, the third–party administrator shall delete the applicant’s name shall be deleted from the waiting list and the third–party administrator shall contact the next applicant on the waiting list.
86.3(11) Falsification of information. A person is guilty of falsification of information if that person, with the intent to gain HAWK–I coverage for which that person is not eligible, knowingly makes or causes to be made a false statement or representation or knowingly fails to report to the third–party administrator or the department any change in circumstances affecting that person’s eligibility for HAWK–I coverage in accordance with rule 441—86.2(514I) and rule 441— 86.10(514I).
In cases of founded falsification of information, the department may proceed with disenrollment in accordance with rule 441—86.7(514I) and require repayment for the amount that was paid to a health plan by the department and any amount paid out by the plan while the person was ineligible.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 441—86.4(514I) as follows:
Amend subrule 86.4(2) as follows:
86.4(2) HAWK–I enrollee appears eligible for Medicaid. At the time of the annual review, if it appears the child may be eligible for Medicaid in accordance with the provisions of rule 441—75.1(249A), with the exception of meeting a spenddown under the medically needy program at 441—subrule 75.1(35), the third–party administrator shall make a referral shall be made to the county department office for a determination of Medicaid eligibility as stated in subrule 86.4(1) above. However, the child shall remain eligible for the HAWK–I program pending the Medicaid eligibility determination unless the 12–month certification period expires first.
Amend subrule 86.4(4), paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. The third–party administrator shall date–stamp the referral, notify the family of the referral, and proceed with an eligibility determination under the HAWK–I program. The third–party administrator shall use Form 470–3563, Referral to HAWK–I, shall be used as an application for the HAWK–I program. If needed, the third–party administrator shall obtain copies of supporting documentation and signatures shall be obtained from the case record at the county office of the department.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 86.6(3) as follows:
86.6(3) Failure to select a plan. When more than one plan is available, if the applicant fails to select a plan within ten working days of the written request to make a selection, the application shall be denied unless good cause exists third–party administrator shall select the plan and notify the family of the enrollment. The third–party administrator shall select the plan on a rotating basis to ensure an equitable distribution between participating plans.
If the third–party administrator has assigned a child a plan, the family has 30 days to request enrollment into another participating plan. All changes shall be made prospectively and shall be effective on the first day of the month following the month of the request. If the family has not requested a change of enrollment into another available plan within 30 days, the provisions of 86.6(2) shall apply.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 86.13(2) as follows:
Rescind and reserve paragraph “a.”
Amend paragraph “b” as follows:
b. Outreach materials, application forms, or other materials developed and produced by the department to any organization or individual making a request for the materials. If the request is for quantities exceeding ten, the third–party administrator shall forward the request to Iowa prison industries for dissemination.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 86.15(9) as follows:
Amend paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
a. The plan shall comply with the provisions of rule 441—79.3(249A) regarding maintenance and retention of clinical and fiscal records and shall file a letter with the commissioner of insurance as described in Iowa Code section 228.7. In addition, the plan or subcontractor of the plan, as appropriate, must maintain a medical records system that:
Amend paragraph “b” by rescinding and reserving subparagraphs (2), (3), (4), and (6).
Adopt the following new paragraph “c”:
c. Each plan shall at a minimum provide reports and plan information to the department as follows:
(1) Information regarding the plan’s appeal process.
(2) A plan for a health improvement program.
(3) Periodic financial, utilization and statistical reports as required by the department.
(4) Time–specific reports which define activity for child health care, appeals and other designated activities which may, at the department’s discretion, vary among plans, depending on the services covered or other differences.
(5) Other information as directed by the department.
ITEM 8. Amend 441—Chapter 86 by adopting the following new rule:
441—86.17(514I) Use of donations to the HAWK–I program. If an individual or other entity makes a monetary donation to the HAWK–I program, the department shall deposit the donation into the HAWK–I trust fund. The department shall track all donations separately and shall notcommingle the donations with other moneys in the trust fund. The department shall report the receipt of all donations to the HAWK–I board.
86.17(1) If the donor specifically identifies the purpose of the donation, regardless of the amount, the donation shall be used as specified by the donor as long as the identified purpose is permissible under state and federal law.
86.17(2) If the donation is less than $5,000 and the donor does not specifically identify how it is to be used, the department shall use the moneys in the following order:
a. For the direct benefit of enrollees (e.g., premium payments).
b. For outreach activities.
c. For other purposes as determined by the HAWK–I board.
86.17(3) If the donation is more than $5,000 and the donor does not specify how the funds are to be used, the HAWK–I board shall determine how the funds are to be used.
ARC 0843B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 150, “Purchase of Service,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments continue a cost–of–living increase to the statewide average cost of shelter care which was inadvertently omitted when promulgating the rule to implement the provisions of 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 31, subsection 6. The General Assembly required the continuation of current rates for shelter care in 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate File 537, section 1, subsection 1, paragraph “d,” in accordance with the provisions of 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1221, section 1, subsection 1, paragraph “d.”
Providers will continue to receive the total increase provided for in fiscal year 2001 when combining the per diem paid by the state and the claim to the counties for the difference between the state payment and the statewide actual and allowable cost.
These amendments do not provide for a waiver because the change was mandated by the General Assembly. All shelter care providers should be reimbursed on the same basis.
The substance of these amendments is also Adopted and Filed Emergency and is published herein as ARC 0844B. The purpose of this Notice is to solicit comment on that submission, the subject matter of which is incorporated by reference.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or before August 29, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 234.6 and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 31, subsection 6, and Senate File 537, section 1, subsection 1, paragraph “d.”
ARC 0871B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 10A.104(5), the Department of Inspections and Appeals gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 30, “Food and Consumer Safety,” and Chapter 31, “Food Establishment and Food Processing Plant Inspections,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments are intended to implement 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate File 62, which creates an exemption to the definitions of “food establishment” and “food processing plant.” These amendments state that a residence in which honey is stored, prepared, packaged, labeled, or from which honey is distributed is not a food establishment or food processing plant for which licensure is required under Iowa Code chapter 137F.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions on the proposed amendments on or beforeAugust 28, 2001. Written comments should be addressedto the Director, Department of Inspections and Appeals, Lucas State Office Building, East 12th and Grand Avenue,Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0083. Faxes may be sent to (515) 242–6862; E–mail may be sent to Jennifer.Fiihr@dia.state. ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 137F as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate File 62.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 481—30.2(10A), definition of “food establishment,” by adopting the following new numbered paragraph:
15. The premises of a residence in which honey is stored; prepared; packaged, including by placement in a container; labeled; or from which honey is distributed.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 481—30.2(10A), definition of “food processing plant,” as follows:
“Food processing plant” means a commercial operation that manufactures, packages, labels, or stores food for human consumption and does not provide food directly to a consumer. “Food processing plant” does not include any of the following:
1. A premises covered by a Class “A” beer permit as provided in Iowa Code chapter 123.
2. A premises of a residence in which honey is stored; prepared; packaged, including by placement in a container; labeled; or from which honey is distributed.
ITEM 3. Amend 481—31.1(137F) by adopting the following new subrule:
31.1(17) Section 3–201.11 is amended to allow honey which is stored; prepared, including by placement in a container; or labeled on or distributed from the premises of a residence to be sold in a food establishment.
ARC 0836B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 10A.104(5), the Department of Inspections and Appeals hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 30, “Food and Consumer Safety,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment extends the validity of a temporary food service establishment license for a temporary food service located at a farmers market provided the vendor does not operate more than 14 consecutive days at this location. This change is the result of discussions with farmers market vendors, farmers market managers, the Iowa Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship, local county officials and the state ombudsman. This amendment temporarily clarifies ambiguity in the Iowa Code and administrative rules. This amendment expires January 1, 2002.
The substance of this amendment is also Adopted and Filed Emergency and is published herein as ARC 0837B. The purpose of this Notice is to solicit comment on that submission, the subject matter of which is incorporated by reference.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendment will be accepted on or before August 28, 2001. Interested persons may submit written comments by contacting Jen– nifer Fiihr, Department of Inspections and Appeals, Third Floor, Lucas State Office Building, 321 East 12th Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319, or fax to (515)242–6863. E–mail may be sent to Jennifer.Fiihr@dia.state.ia.us.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 10A.104(5).
ARC 0869B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135B.7 and 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate File 242, the Department of Inspections and Appeals gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 51, “Hospitals,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments are intended to implement 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate File 242, which requires the Department to adopt rules that require hospitals to establish procedures for authentication of medication and standing orders by a practitioner within a period not to exceed 30 days following apatient’s discharge. Prior to the passage of 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate File 242, authentication was required within 72 hours.
Interested persons may make written comments or suggestions on the proposed amendments on or beforeAugust 28, 2001. Written materials should be addressedto the Director, Department of Inspections and Appeals, Lucas State Office Building, East 12th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0083. Faxes may be sent to (515)242–6863; E–mail may be sent to Jennifer.Fiihr@ dia.state. ia.us.
These amendments are not subject to waiver because hospital rules are considered minimum standards.
The Hospital Licensing Board and the Board of Health reviewed these amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 135B and 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate File 242.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 51.14(3) as follows:
51.14(3) Medication orders. All orders for drugs and biologicals must be in writing and signed by the prescribing practitioner within 72 hours of prescribing the drug or biological a period not to exceed 30 days following a patient’s discharge. When telephone, oral or electronic mechanisms are used to transmit medication orders, they must be accepted only by personnel that are authorized to do so by hospital policies and procedures in a manner consistent with federal and state law.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 51.14(4) as follows:
51.14(4) Standing orders. Standing orders for drugs may be used for specified patients when authorized by the prescribing practitioner. These standing orders shall be in accordance with polices and procedures established by the appropriate committee within each hospital. At a minimum, the standing orders shall:
a. Specify the circumstances under which the drug is to be administered;
b. Specify the types of medical conditions of the patients for whom the standing orders are intended;
c. Be reviewed and revised by the prescribing practitioner on a regular basis as specified by hospital policies and procedures;
d. Be specific as to the drug, dosage, route, and frequency of administration; and
e. Be dated, signed by the prescribing practitioner within 72 hours within a period not to exceed 30 days following a patient’s discharge, and included in the patient’s medical record.
ARC 0868B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135B.7, the Department of Inspections and Appeals gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 51, “Hospitals,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This proposed amendment updates language pertaining to anesthesia services. The amendment adds medical staff rules and regulations as a possible location for a hospital to maintain its description of staff eligible to administer anesthesia. During the course of surveys conducted by the Department’s health facility surveyors, it was determined that descriptions of staff eligible to administer anesthesia were frequently maintained in a hospital’s medical staff rules and regulations.
Interested persons may make written comments or sug–gestions on the proposed amendment on or before August 28, 2001. Written materials should be addressed to the Director, Department of Inspections and Appeals, Lucas State Office Building, East 12th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0083. Faxes may be sent to (515)242–6863;E–mail may be sent to Jennifer.Fiihr@dia.state.ia.us.
This amendment is not subject to waiver because hospital rules are considered minimum standards.
This amendment was reviewed by the Hospital Licensing Board and the Board of Health.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 135B.
The following amendment is proposed.

Amend subparagraph 51.28(1)“b”(2) as follows:
(2) Delineation of the qualifications of individuals authorized to administer anesthesia as set out in the hospital’s medical staff bylaws or medical staff rules and regulations.
ARC 0870B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135B.7, the Department of Inspections and Appeals gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 51, “Hospitals,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These proposed amendments update cross references to the administrative rules of the Department of Natural Resources and of the Labor Services Division of the Department of Workforce Development. Item 1 adds an additional subrule to the list of Environmental Protection Commission cross references. Item 2 updates cross references to the Labor Services Division. The Division’s agency number was erroneously referenced.
Interested persons may make written comments or suggestions on the proposed amendments on or before August 28, 2001. Written materials should be addressed to the Director, Department of Inspections and Appeals, Lucas State Office Building, East 12th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0083. Faxes may be sent to (515) 242–6863; E–mail may be sent to Jennifer.Fiihr@dia.state. ia.us.
The variance provisions outlined in subrules 51.50(1) and 51.51(1) are applicable to the rules being amended in this Notice.
These amendments were reviewed by the Hospital Licensing Board and the Board of Health.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 135B.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend paragraph 51.50(4)“b” as follows:
b. Elevators shall comply with division of labor services rules as promulgated under Iowa Code chapter 89A and 347 875 IAC Chapters 71 to 78.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 51.50(6) as follows:
51.50(6) Mechanical requirements. Steam and hot water heating and domestic water heating systems shall comply with division of labor services rules promulgated under Iowa Code chapter 89 and 347 875 IAC Chapters 41 to 49.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 51.50(9) as follows:
51.50(9) Waste processing services—storage and disposal. In lieu of the waste processing service requirements in the “Guidelines for Construction and Equipment of Hospital and Medical Facilities” in paragraph 51.50(2)“a,” space and facilities shall be provided for the sanitary storage and disposal of waste by incineration, mechanical destruction, compaction, containerization, removal or a combination of these techniques. These techniques must comply with the following environmental protection commission rules: 567 IAC rules 64.2(455B) and 64.3(455B); solid waste requirements of 567 IAC rules 101.1(455B,455D), 102.1(455B), 104.1(455B), and Chapters 106, 118 and 119; and air quality requirements of 567 IAC subrules 22.1(1) and 23.4(12). and paragraphs 23.1(2)“tt” and 23.1(5)“b.”
ITEM 4. Amend paragraph 51.51(4)“b” as follows:
b. Elevators shall comply with division of labor services rules as promulgated under Iowa Code chapter 89A and 347 875—Chapters 71 to 77.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 51.51(9) as follows:
51.51(9) Waste processing services—storage and disposal. In lieu of the waste processing service requirements in the “Guidelines for Construction and Equipment of Hospital and Healthcare Facilities” in paragraph 51.51(2)“a,” space and facilities shall be provided for the sanitary storage and disposal of waste by incineration, mechanical destruction, compaction, containerization, removal or a combination of these techniques. These techniques must comply with the following environmental protection commission rules: rules 567— 64.2(455B) and 64.3(455B); solid waste requirements of rules 567—101.1(455B,455D), 102.1(455B), 104.1(455B), and 567—Chapters 106, 118 and 119; and air quality requirements of 567—subrules 22.1(1) and 23.4(12). and paragraphs 23.1(2)“tt” and 23.1(5)“b.”
ARC 0865B
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 505.8, subsection 6, the Insurance Division hereby proposes to amend Chapter 90, “Financial Information Regulation,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These proposed amendments provide guidelines for the use of nonpublic personal health information by an insurer or a producer and include requirements concerning prior approval by the consumer or customer. The proposed amendments include new definitions, an “opt–in” provision for the sharing of nonpublic personal health information, and guidelines for the authorization to disclose nonpublic personal health information. These amendments are consistent with the principles recently adopted by the Governor’s Task Force on Health Privacy.
Any person may make written comments on the proposed amendments on or before August 28, 2001. Comments should be directed to Susan E. Voss, Deputy Commissioner, Insurance Division, 330 Maple, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Comments may also be transmitted by E–mail tosusan.voss@comm6.state.ia.us or may be transmitted via facsimile to (515)281–5692.
A public hearing will be held at 10 a.m. on August 30, 2001, in the office of the Insurance Division, 330 MapleStreet, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Persons wishing to provide oral comments should contact Susan Voss no later than August 29, 2001, to be placed on the agenda.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 505.8, subsection 6.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 191—Chapter 90, title, as follows:

CHAPTER 90
FINANCIAL AND HEALTH INFORMATION REGULATION
ITEM 2. Amend subrules 90.1(1) and 90.1(2) as follows:
90.1(1) This chapter governs the treatment of nonpublic personal financial information and nonpublic personal health information about individuals by all licensees of the insurance division.
90.1(2) This chapter also applies to nonpublic personal financial information and nonpublic personal health information about individuals who obtain or are claimants or beneficiaries of products or services primarily for personal, family or household purposes from licensees. This chapter does not apply to information about individuals or companies that obtain products or services for business, commercial or agricultural purposes.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 191—90.2(505) by adding the following new definitions in alphabetical order:
“Health care” means preventive, diagnostic, therapeutic, rehabilitative, maintenance or palliative care, services, procedures, tests or counseling that relates to the physical, mental or behavioral condition of an individual or affects the structure or function of the human body or any part of the human body including the banking of blood, sperm, organs or any other tissues. “Health care” also means prescribing, dispensing or furnishing to an individual drugs or biologicals or medical devices or health care equipment and supplies.
“Health care provider” means a health care practitioner licensed, accredited or certified to perform specified health services consistent with state law, or a health care facility.
“Health information” means any information or data except age or gender, whether oral or recorded in any form or medium, created by or derived from a health care provider or the consumer that relates to the following:
1. The past, present or future physical, mental or behavioral health or condition of an individual;
2. The provision of health care to an individual; or
3. Payment for the provision of health care to an individual.
“Nonpublic personal health information” means health information that identifies an individual who is the subject of the information or with respect to which there is a reasonable basis to believe that the information could be used to identify an individual.
ITEM 4. Amend 191—Chapter 90 by adopting the following new division title before rule 191—90.3(505):

DIVISION I
RULES FOR FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 5. Amend 191—Chapter 90 by adopting the following new Division II and renumbering existing rules 191—90.17(505) to 191—90.21(505) as 191—90.22(505) to 191—90.26(505):

DIVISION II
RULES FOR HEALTH INFORMATION
191—90.17(505) Disclosure of nonpublic personal health information.
90.17(1) A licensee shall not disclose nonpublic personal health information about a consumer or customer unless an authorization is obtained from the consumer or customer whose nonpublic personal health information is sought to be disclosed.
90.17(2) Nothing in this rule shall prohibit, restrict or require an authorization for the disclosure of nonpublic personal health information by a licensee for the performance of the following insurance functions by or on behalf of the licensee: claims administration; claims adjustment and management; detection, investigation or reporting of actual or potential fraud, misrepresentation or criminal activity; underwriting; policy placement or issuance; loss control; rate–making and guaranty fund functions; reinsurance and excess loss insurance; risk management; case management; disease management; quality assurance; quality improvement; performance evaluation; provider credentialing verification; utilization review; peer review activities; actuarial, scientific, medical or public policy research; grievance procedures; internal administration of compliance, managerial, and information systems; policyholder service functions; auditing; reporting; database security; administration of consumer disputes and inquiries; external accreditation standards; the replacement of a group benefit plan or workers’ compensation policy or program; activities in connection with a sale, merger, transfer or exchange of all or part of a business or operating unit; any activity that permits disclosure without authorization pursuant to the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act privacy rules promulgated by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services; disclosure that is required, or is one of the lawful or appropriate methods, to enforce the licensee’s rights or the rights of other persons engaged in carrying out a transaction or providing a product or service that a consumer requests or authorizes; and any activity otherwise permitted by law, required pursuant to governmental reporting authority, or to comply with legal process. Additional insurance functions may be added with the approval of the commissioner to the extent they are necessary for appropriate performance of insurance functions and are fair and reasonable to the interest of consumers.
191—90.18(505) Authorizations.
90.18(1) A valid authorization to disclose nonpublic personal health information pursuant to the health information rules shall be in written or electronic form and shall contain all of the following:
a. The identity of the consumer or customer who is the subject of the nonpublic personal health information;
b. A general description of the types of nonpublic personal health information to be disclosed;
c. General descriptions of the parties to whom the licensee discloses nonpublic personal health information, the purpose of the disclosure and how the information will be used;
d. The signature of the consumer or customer who is the subject of the nonpublic personal health information or the individual who is legally empowered to grant authority and the date signed; and
e. Notice of the length of time for which the authorization is valid and that the consumer or customer may revoke the authorization at any time and the procedure for making a revocation.
90.18(2) An authorization for the purposes of the health information rules shall specify a length of time for which the authorization shall remain valid, which in no event shall be for more than 24 months.
90.18(3) A consumer or customer who is the subject of nonpublic personal health information may revoke an authorization provided pursuant to the health information rules at any time, subject to the rights of an individual who acted in reliance on the authorization prior to notice of the revocation.
90.18(4) A licensee shall retain the authorization or a copy in the record of the individual who is the subject of nonpublic personal health information.
191—90.19(505) Delivery of authorization request. A request for authorization and an authorization form may be delivered to a consumer or a customer as part of an opt–out notice pursuant to rule 90.8(505), provided that the request and the authorization form are clear and conspicuous. An authorization form is not required to be delivered to the consumer or customer or included in any other notices unless the licensee intends to disclose protected health information pursuant to subrule 90.17(1).
191—90.20(505) Relationship to federal rules. Irrespective of whether a licensee is subject to the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act privacy rules promulgated by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, if a licensee complies with all requirements of the federal rule except for its effective date provision, the licensee shall not be subject to the provisions of these health information rules.
191—90.21(505) Relationship to state laws. Nothing in these health information rules shall preempt or supersede existing state law related to medical records, health or insurance information privacy.
ITEM 6. Adopt the following new subrule:
90.26(4) The rules regarding health information are effective November 7, 2001. However, no administrative action against noncompliance shall be taken until January 1, 2002.
ARC 0846B
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 80B.11, the Iowa Law Enforcement Academy gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 3, “Certification of Law Enforcement Officers,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This proposed amendment clarifies and further defines the time limit within which an officer must achieve certification and provides that if certification is not in fact obtained the officer is not eligible for a law enforcement position for a period of at least one year.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions on this proposed amendment on or before August 28, 2001. Such written materials should be sent to Gene W. Shepard, Director, Iowa Law Enforcement Academy, P.O. Box 130, Johnston, Iowa 50131–0130, or faxed to (515) 242–5471.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed amendment on August 28, 2001, at 9 a.m. in the conference room at the Iowa Law Enforcement Academy, Camp Dodge, Johnston, Iowa, at which time persons may present their views orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendment.
This amendment was approved by the Iowa Law Enforcement Academy Council on June 7, 2001.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 80B.11(2).
The following amendment is proposed.

Amend rule 501—3.1(80B) by adopting the following new subrules:
3.1(5) The time period within which a person must achieve certification as a law enforcement officer in the state of Iowa as specified in rule 501—3.1(80B) shall commence on the day a person is first employed as a regular law enforcement officer in the state of Iowa. Any subsequent changes in a law enforcement officer’s employment status, including transfers to a different employing agency, shall not toll nor otherwise extend the certification period.
3.1(6) Should a person employed as a law enforcement officer fail to achieve certification within the time period or any extensions allowed by rule 501—3.1(80B), that person shall not be eligible for employment as and shall not serve as a regular or a reserve law enforcement officer in the state of Iowa for a period of not less than one year from the date the time period in which to achieve certification specified in rule 501—3.1(80B) expired, or from the date that the person was last employed as a regular law enforcement officer in the state of Iowa.
ARC 0877B
NURSING BOARD[655]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and 147.76, the Board of Nursing hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 5, “Continuing Education,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments:
1. Reduce the continuing education requirement from 45 to 36 contact hours/3.6 CEUs for a three–year license.
2. Eliminate the credit carry–over exception.
3. Eliminate special approval requirements for self–study if the course is recognized by mandatory states or the four nursing accrediting organizations: American Nurses’ Association, National League for Nursing, National Federation of Licensed Practical Nurses, and National Association of Practical Nurse Education and Service.
4. Clarify the special approval requirement for a self–study course, Internet course, or live presentation attended outside Iowa.
5. Add a provision for accepting make–up credit for audit failures.
6. Eliminate the requirement for waiting one year to reapply for provider approval when an approved provider has voluntarily relinquished approved provider status.
The remaining amendments eliminate duplication, clarify the intent, and provide for consistency of terms.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions on or before September 19, 2001. Such written materials should be directed to the Executive Director, Iowa Board of Nursing, RiverPoint Business Park, 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4685. Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact the Executive Director at (515)281–3256, or in the Board office at 400 S.W. 8th Street, by appointment.
There will be a public hearing on September 19, 2001, at5 p.m. in the Ballroom, Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel, Fourth and Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present their views at the public hearing either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed rules.
Item 4, the amendment to subrule 5.2(2), paragraph “c,” was also Adopted and Filed Emergency and is published herein as ARC 0878B.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 655—5.1(152), definition of “approved provider,” to read as follows:
“Approved provider” means those persons, organizations, or institutions that meet the criteria specified in subrule 5.3(2) and are authorized by the board to offer approved continuing education programs. Provider approval applies to all programs regardless of geographic location.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 655—5.1(152), by adding, in alphabetical order, the following new definition:
“In–service” means activities intended to assist nurses to acquire, maintain, or expand nurses’ knowledge and skills in fulfilling the assigned responsibilities specific to the expectations of the employer.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 5.2(2), paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph, to read as follows:
a. Forty–five Thirty–six contact hours or 4.5 3.6 continuing education units (CEUs) shall be required for renewal of a three–year license. Thirty Twenty–four contact hours or 3.0 2.4 CEUs shall be required for renewal of license which was issued for less than three years as a result of one of the following:
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 5.2(2), paragraph “c,” to read as follows:
c. Continuing education credits from a previous license period shall not be used, nor shall credits be accumulated for use in a future licensing period. An exception may be granted to an individual licensee by the board office for continuing education credits earned from the time the licensee has satisfactorily completed the requirements for renewal and before expiration of the license. The continuing education earned during this time may be applied to the next licensure period and shall meet criteria established in this chapter. The licensee who wishes this exception shall submit a written request at the time of license renewal. This exception requires submission of the written request with the requirements for license renewal as specified in 655—subrule 3.7(3). The licensee shall retain the letter granting the exception from the board office, in addition to the certificate of attendance.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 5.2(2), paragraph “e,” to read as follows:
e. To be approved for continuing education credit, formal offerings shall meet the qualifications of appropriate subject matter as specified in subrule 5.3(2), paragraph “a,” or be required as a part of a formal toward meeting the requirements of a nursing education program which extends beyond the education completed for the original nursing license. Questions about whether particular formal offerings will be approved may be directed to the board office. A denial of approval may be appealed to the board within one month of the denial. The licensee shall retain a transcript exhibiting a passing grade for each formal offering or verification of attendance for offerings which are audited.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 5.2(2), paragraph “f,” subparagraph (2), to read as follows:
(2) Informal offerings offered attended outside of Iowa or offered as self–study, including Internet self–study, shall be accepted when approved recognized by other state boards of nursing with mandatory continuing education requirements
or offered by the American Nursesederation of Licensed Practical Nurses, National Association for Practical Nurse Education and Service, Inc. These informal offerings shall be in accordance with the continuing education standards as follows:
1. American Nurses’ Credentialing Center Manual for Accreditation as a Provider of Continuing Education in Nursing in effect in 1986 2001 and the Manual for Accreditation as an Approver of Continuing Education in effect in 1986 2001.
2. National League for Nursing criteria and guidelines of the International Association for Continuing Education and Training, fourth edition, in effect in 1991 2000.
3. National Federation of Licensed Practical Nurses Continuing Education Department policies and procedures in effect in 1986 1997.
4. National Association for Practical Nurse Education and Service, Inc. (NAPNES) Criteria for Approval of Continuing Education in effect in 1986 2000.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 5.2(2), paragraph “f,” subparagraph (3), to read as follows:
(3) Informal offerings offered from nonapproved providers outside of Iowa by a nonapproved provider or an organization not specified in subrule 5.2(2), paragraph “f,” subparagraph (2), whether it be a self–study course, an Internet self–study course, or a live presentation attended outside of Iowa, shall be accepted when specially approved by the board for an individual licensee. A licensee shall obtain special approval from the board office in order to receive credit acceptable to fulfill the requirements. The special approval application form is available from the board office upon request. Special approval requires submission of a completed application and a brochure, advertisement, or course description prior to the completion of the licensure period. Course content shall meet the qualifications of appropriate subject matter as specified in subrule 5.3(2), paragraph “a.” The licensee shall retain the approval letter from the board office, in addition to the certificate of attendance received from the nonapproved provider. A denial of approval may be appealed to the board within one month of the denial.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 5.2(3), paragraph “a,” subparagraph (2), to read as follows:
(2) A licensee, who served on active duty for a portion of a license period but is not on active duty at the time of renewal, shall comply with continuing education requirements of Iowa for the remainder of the license period. The required hours are prorated at 15 12 contact hours per year for each period of 12 consecutive months when not on active duty.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 5.2(3), paragraph “b,” subparagraph (2), to read as follows:
(2) A licensee, who resided out of state for a portion of a license period but is residing in Iowa at the time of renewal, shall comply with continuing education requirements of Iowa for the remainder of the license period. The required hours are prorated at 15 12 contact hours per year for each period of 12 consecutive months of residence in Iowa.
ITEM 10. Amend subrule 5.2(3), paragraph “c,” introductory paragraph, to read as follows:
c. A licensee shall be deemed to have complied with the continuing education requirements during periods that person is a government employee working as a registered nurse or licensed practical nurse and assigned to duty outside of the United States as specified in Iowa Code section 272C.2(3 4). The continuing education credit requirement shall be waived; however, a licensee who claims this exception shall retain evidence of government employment outside the United States to be presented upon request from the board.
ITEM 11. Amend subrule 5.2(3), paragraph “c,” subparagraph (2), to read as follows:
(2) A licensee who is a government employee serving outside the United States for a portion of a license period, but is not in that status at the time of renewal, shall comply with continuing education requirements of Iowa for the remainder of the license period. The required hours are prorated at 15 12 contact hours per year for each period of 12 consecutive months when not in that status.
ITEM 12. Amend subrule 5.2(3), paragraph “d,” subparagraph (2), to read as follows:
(2) A licensee who is serving in such a position for a portion of the license period, but is not in that status at the time of renewal, shall comply with continuing education requirements of Iowa for the remainder of the license period. The required hours are prorated at 15 12 contact hours per year for each period of 12 consecutive months when not in that status.
ITEM 13. Amend subrule 5.2(4), paragraph “c,” subparagraph (1), to read as follows:
(1) To reinstate a license, the licensee shall complete 15 12 contact hours of continuing education as well as other requirements specified in nursing board 655—subrule 3.7(5). The continuing education shall have been earned within 12 months prior to reinstatement.
ITEM 14. Amend subrule 5.2(5) by adding the following new paragraph “c,” and relettering paragraphs “c” to “f” as “d” to “g.”
c. If submitted materials are incomplete or unsatisfactory, the licensee shall be notified. The licensee shall be given the opportunity to submit make–up credit to cover the deficit found through the audit. The deadline for receipt of the documentation for this make–up credit is within 90 days of receipt of the board office notification.
ITEM 15. Amend subrule 5.3(2), paragraph “a,” subparagraph (2), to read as follows:
(2) Professional growth and development related to nursing practice roles and designed to enhance the delivery of patient care and health service.
ITEM 16. Amend subrule 5.3(2), paragraph “b,” subparagraph (9), to read as follows:
(9) Provide notification to licensees of the availability of informal offerings. A brochure or written advertisement shall be developed for all informal offerings other than learner designed self–study and a copy shall be sent to the board prior to each offering. The brochure or advertising shall accurately describe the activities by including the date, time, location, statement of purpose, educational objectives, intended audience, credentials of instructors, costs and items covered by the fee, refund policy, and amount of continuing education credit to be awarded, and, if applicable, costs and items covered by the fee and refund policy. The board–approved provider number shall appear on the brochure or written advertisement.
ITEM 17. Amend subrule 5.3(2), paragraph “b,” subparagraph (11), to read as follows:
(11) Develop policies and procedures for verification of satisfactory completion of the activity by each participant including a system for verification of satisfactory completion, the control methods to ensure completion and a method to inform participants that completion of the offering is required prior to the award of credit. The provider shall not require exchanging an evaluation form for a certificate of completion. The provider may award credit to other members of the providership who attend but do not serve as organizers during the actual offering. The provider may make an exception and award partial credit in extreme emergency conditions. The provider may make an exception and award credit for the portion of time the speaker attended the offering excluding the presentation time; however, full credit may be awarded to a speaker who presents the offering for the first time. The provider may base the verification of satisfactory completion of an extended course on the participant participant’s meeting the course objectives rather than on the number of sessions attended.
ITEM 18. Amend subrule 5.3(2), paragraph “b,” subparagraph (13), to read as follows:
(13) Assign credit according to a uniform measure of credit as defined in subrule 5.2(2), paragraph “d.” Credit shall be granted in increments of half hours or whole hours; however, no No credit shall be awarded for less than one contact hour or .1 CEU.
ITEM 19. Rescind subrule 5.3(2), paragraph “c,” subparagraph (1), and insert in lieu thereof, the following new subparagraph:
(1) Maintain participant records for a minimum of four years from the date of program completion. The participant records shall include the name of licensee, license number, contact hours or CEUs awarded, offering titles, and dates of offerings. The record system shall provide for secure storage and retrieval of the participant records of continuing education. Secure storage shall include limiting employee access and describing security measures. Individual attendance and information regarding each offering shall be available within two weeks upon request from individual nurses or the board. If individual nurses are assessed a fee for this retrieval service, the fee shall be specified.
ITEM 20. Amend subrule 5.3(2), paragraph “c,” subparagraph (3), to read as follows:
(3) A Furnish a certificate shall be furnished to each participant documenting completion of the offering the date the credit was earned. The front of the certificate shall display: participant’s name, provider number, contact hours or continuing education units awarded, starting and ending dates of the offering, subject matter taken, and a reminder to the participant to retain the certificate for four years. A certificate issued by electronic means must be a print–only file.
ITEM 21. Amend subrule 5.3(3), paragraph “a,” subparagraphs (7), (9), (10) and (12), to read as follows:
(7) A policy for record system and maintenance.
A policy regarding the certificate and a sample of the certificate to be used.
A sample of a written agreement for learner designed self–study, if applicable.
(9) Registration A policy for registration procedures and tuition refund.
(10) Tuition refund A policy for the written advertisement.
(12) A policy regarding program participant and provider evaluation.
ITEM 22. Amend subrule 5.3(4), paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph, to read as follows:
a. The board shall send an application for reapproval to an approved provider four six months before the expiration of the current approval. The completed application shall be submitted to the board office no later than two three months prior to the expiration of the current approval. The application requires submission of the following materials:
ITEM 23. Amend subrule 5.3(4), paragraph “b,” subparagraph (3), to read as follows:
(3) If the submitted materials are incomplete or unsatisfactory, the designee shall notify the provider of the decision within two weeks of the committee review. The provider shall be given the opportunity to meet the criteria within two weeks 30 days of the receipt of the board office notification. If the provider is unable to meet the requirements, the designee shall recommend nonapproval at the next regularly scheduled board meeting.
ITEM 24. Amend subrule 5.3(6) by relettering paragraph “b” as “c” and paragraph “c” as “b.”
ITEM 25. Amend subrule 5.3(6), relettered paragraph “c,” to read as follows:
c. The provider whose approved provider status has been voluntarily relinquished may apply no sooner than one year after the relinquishment to become an approved provider by starting the initial approval process specified in subrule 5.3(3).
ARC 0866B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
Notice of Termination
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Physician Assistant Examiners hereby terminates the rule making initiated by its Notice of Intended Action published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on February 7, 2001, as ARC 0450B, amending Chapter 325, “Physician Assistants,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Board approved the termination in a regularly scheduled meeting on July 18, 2001.
The Notice proposed to adopt a new Chapter 325, “Physician Assistants,” which would revise application and licensing rules, remove unnecessary approval processes in the licensure and registration of physician assistants, amend language referring to remote medical clinics, and update free clinic language.
The Board is terminating the rule making commenced in ARC 0450B and may renotice the proposed rule, if determined appropriate following further review.
ARC 0849B
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135.11, the Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to rescind Chapter 4, “Birth Defects Institute,” Iowa Administrative Code, and adopt new Chapter 4 with the same title.
The proposed new chapter provides program explanation for the five programs of the Birth Defects Institute within the Department. The chapter details the activities and responsibilities of the programs as well as the responsibilities of health care providers, county registrars, birthing facilities and drawing laboratories in complying with the programs’ functions and activities.
The chapter is intended to comply with Executive Order Number 8 executed and signed by the Governor on September 14, 1999. The Executive Order directs state agencies to update their administrative rules to ensure that the rules are necessary, reasonable, effective, clear and fair, reflect stakeholder involvement, and are consistent with legislative intent and statutory authority.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions on the proposed rules on or before August 28, 2001. Such written comments should be directed to Tonya Diehn, Community Health Consultant, Birth Defects Institute, Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, 321 E. 12th Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. E–mail may be sent to tdiehn@idph.state.ia.us.
A public hearing will be held over the Iowa Communications Network (ICN) on August 28, 2001, from 11 a.m. to 12 noon in the ICN Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building, 321 E. 12th Street, Sixth Floor, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Additional ICN sites for the hearing are scheduled for the following locations:

Trospar–Hoyt County Services Building
Department of Human Services
822 Douglas St.
Sioux City, Iowa 51101

North Hall Room 107
University of Iowa
(at the end of N. Madison St.)
Iowa City, Iowa 52242

Kimberly Center
1002 W. Kimberly
Davenport, Iowa 52806

North Iowa Area Community College
500 College Drive
Mason City, Iowa 50401

At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the rules. Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may require special accommodations, such as those for hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Department and advise of specific needs.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 136A.
The following amendment is proposed.

Rescind 641—Chapter 4 and adopt the following new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 4
BIRTH DEFECTS INSTITUTE
641—4.1(136A) Program explanation. The birth defects institute within the department of public health consists of the Iowa neonatal metabolic screening program, the expanded maternal serum alpha–fetoprotein screening program, the regional genetic consultation service, the neuromuscular and related genetic disease program and the Iowa birth defects registry. The birth defects advisory committee represents the interests of the people of Iowa and assists in the development of programs that ensure the availability of and access to quality genetic health care services by all residents. The committee advises the director of the department of public health regarding issues related to genetics and hereditary and congenital disorders and makes recommendations about the design and implementation of the institute’s programs. Committee membership is made up of representatives of professional groups, agencies, legislators, consumers and individuals with an interest in promoting genetic services for the residents of Iowa.
641—4.2(136A) Definitions. For the purposes of this chapter, the following definitions shall apply:
“Central laboratory” means the University Hygienic Laboratory.
“Central registry” means the Iowa birth defects registry.
“Committee” means the birth defects advisory committee.
“Department” means the Iowa department of public health.
“Director” means the director of the Iowa department of public health.
“Institute” means the birth defects institute within the Iowa department of public health.
641—4.3(136A) Iowa neonatal metabolic screening program. This program provides comprehensive newborn screening services for hereditary and congenital disorders for the state.
4.3(1) Newborn screening policy. It shall be the policy of the state of Iowa that all newborns shall be screened for hypothyroidism, phenylketonuria (PKU), galactosemia, hemoglobinopathies, congenital adrenal hyperplasia (CAH), and medium–chain acyl–CoA dehydrogenase (MCAD) deficiency.
As new disorders are recognized and new technologies and tests become available, the institute shall follow protocols developed by the department in regard to the addition or deletion of disorders to the screening panel. The state board of health shall provide final approval for the addition of new disorders to the screening panel.
4.3(2) Health care provider responsibility. The licensed attending health care provider shall have the responsibility for ensuring that infants under the provider’s care are screened. A parent or guardian shall be informed of the type of specimen, how it is obtained, the nature of the disorders being screened, and the consequences of treatment and non–treatment. Should a parent or guardian refuse the screening, said refusal shall be documented in writing on the Iowa neonatal metabolic screening program waiver. The parent or guardian and licensed attending health care provider shall sign the waiver. The parent or guardian and the Iowa neonatal metabolic screening program shall be provided with a copy of the waiver. The original copy of the waiver shall become a part of the infant’s medical record.
4.3(3) County registrar responsibility. When a parent or guardian visits a county registrar’s office to register a birth that was not attended by a licensed health care provider, the county registrar shall inform the parent or guardian of the need for a blood test to screen for hereditary and congenital disorders.
4.3(4) Neonatal metabolic screening procedure.
a. Collection of specimens. A filter paper blood specimen shall be collected from the infant at least 24 hours after the infant’s birth, but not later than five days after the infant’s birth.
EXCEPTIONS:
(1) A blood specimen must be collected before any transfusion, even if the infant is less than 24 hours old.
(2) All infants shall be screened prior to discharge even if the infant is less than 24 hours old.
(3) An infant transferred to another medical facility must be screened by the receiving facility unless the infant has already been screened. The transferring facility is responsible for notifying the receiving facility of the status of metabolic screening.
(4) An exception to this time sequence shall be accepted for infants of parents or guardians informed by a county registrar of the need for metabolic screening.
b. Submission of specimens. All specimens shall be forwarded by first–class mail or other appropriate means within 24 hours after collection to the University Hygienic Laboratory, the institute’s designated central laboratory.
c. Processing of specimens. The central laboratory shall process specimens within 24 hours of receipt. The central laboratory shall notify the submitting health care provider, birthing facility or drawing laboratory of an unacceptable specimen and the need for another specimen.
d. Reporting of presumptive positive test results. A presumptive positive test result shall be reported within 24 hours to the consulting physician, or the physician’s designee, who shall then notify the attending health care provider. This initial report shall be followed by a written report to the attending health care provider and the birthing facility.
4.3(5) Consulting physician responsibility. Consulting physicians shall be designated by the institute in collaboration with the central laboratory to provide interpretation of test results and consultation to licensed health care providers. Under the direction of consulting physicians, follow–up programs shall be available for all individuals identified by newborn metabolic screening. The activities shall include consultation, treatment when indicated, case management, education and quality assurance. The follow–up programs shall submit an annual report to the institute summarizing these activities.
4.3(6) Central laboratory responsibility. The central laboratory shall:
a. Process specimens within 24 hours of receipt.
b. Notify the submitting heath care provider, birthing facility or drawing laboratory of an unacceptable specimen and the need for another specimen.
c. Report a presumptive positive test result within 24 hours to the consulting physician or the physician’s designee.
d. Distribute specimen collection forms, screening waivers, and other materials to birthing facilities.
e. Provide educational materials concerning specimen collection procedures.
f. Have available for review and provide to the department a written quality assurance policy covering all aspects of its newborn screening activity.
g. Submit semiannual and annual reports to the institute. These reports shall include (1) number of infants screened by birthing facility, (2) number of repeat screens by birthing facility, (3) number of presumptive positive results by disorder, (4) number of confirmed positive results by disorder, (5) number of rejected specimens by facility, (6) number of waivers received by facility, (7) results of quality assurance testing, and (8) screening activity, fiscal accounting and educational activity details.
h. Act as fiscal agent for program charges encompassing the analytical, technical, administrative, educational, andfollow–up costs for the screening program.
4.3(7) Retention, use and disposition of neonatal metabolic screening specimens.
a. A neonatal metabolic screening specimen collection form consists of dried blood spots on filter paper and attached infant and birthing center information.
b. Specimen collection forms shall be held for one month in a locked area at the central laboratory. After one month, the forms shall be incinerated unless kept for program evaluation or research use.
c. Research use. Only anonymized specimens shall be made available for research purposes.
(1) An anonymized specimen is defined as one which cannot be traced back to or linked with the particular infant from whom the specimen was obtained. Specimens shall be anonymized by removing the dried blood spot portion from the infant information portion of the specimen collection form.
(2) Investigators shall submit proposals to use anonymized specimens to the committee. Any intent to utilize nonidentifiable information associated with the dried blood spot sample for the research study must be clearly delineated in the proposal.
(3) Before research can commence, proposals shall be approved by the appropriate human subjects review committees, the birth defects advisory committee, and the department.
4.3(8) Neonatal metabolic screening fee determination. Sixty days prior to the end of the fiscal year, the central laboratory and the consulting physicians shall submit a combined program proposal and budget to the institute for the coming year. The department shall annually review and determine the fee to be charged for all activities associated with this program. The review and fee determination shall be completed at least one month prior to the beginning of the fiscal year.
641—4.4(136A) Expanded maternal serum alpha–fetoprotein screening program. This program provides comprehensive maternal alpha–fetoprotein screening services for the state.
4.4(1) Maternal screening policy. It shall be the policy of the state of Iowa that all pregnant women are offered expanded maternal serum alpha–fetoprotein screening. If a patient desires this screening test, the specimen shall be drawn and submitted by her health care provider to the University Hygienic Laboratory, the institute’s designated central laboratory.
4.4(2) Expanded maternal serum alpha–fetoprotein screening procedure.
a. Collection of specimens. A serum or clotted blood specimen shall be collected from the patient during 15 to 20 weeks of gestation.
b. Processing of specimens. The central laboratory shall test specimens within three working days of receipt.
c. Reporting of abnormal results. Abnormal test results shall be reported within 24 hours to the consulting physician or the physician’s designee who shall then notify the submitting health care provider. On the next working day, this initial report shall be followed by a written report to the submitting health care provider.
4.4(3) Consulting physician responsibility. A consulting physician shall be designated by the institute in collaboration with the central laboratory to provide interpretation of test results and consultation to the submitting health care provider. This physician shall provide consultation for abnormal test results, assist with questions about management of identified cases, provide education and assist with quality assurance measures. The screening program with assistance from the consulting physician shall submit semiannual and annual reports to the institute detailing program activities.
4.4(4) Central laboratory responsibility. The central laboratory shall:
a. Test specimens within three working days of receipt.
b. Distribute specimen collection kits and other materials to health care providers’ offices and drawing facilities as required.
c. Inform the submitting health care provider or drawing facility of an unacceptable specimen and request another specimen.
d. Provide educational materials concerning specimen collection procedures.
e. Have available for review a written quality assurance program covering all aspects of its screening activity.
f. Submit a monthly report detailing screening activity to the consulting physician. This report shall include (1) number of initial tests, (2) number of repeat tests, and (3) results of quality assurance testing.
g. Act as a fiscal agent for program charges encompassing the analytical, technical, administrative, educational and follow–up costs for the screening program.
4.4(5) Expanded maternal serum alpha–fetoprotein screening fee determination. Sixty days prior to the end of the fiscal year, the central laboratory and the consulting physician shall submit a combined program proposal and budget to the institute for the coming year. The department shall annually review and determine the fee to be charged for activities associated with this program. The review and fee determination shall be completed at least one month prior to the beginning of the fiscal year.
641—4.5(136A) Regional genetic consultation service (RGCS). This program provides comprehensive genetic services statewide through outreach clinics.
4.5(1) Provision of comprehensive genetic services. The department shall contract with the Division of Medical Genetics within the Department of Pediatrics at the University of Iowa to provide genetic health care and education outreach services for individuals and families within Iowa. The contractor shall provide semiannual and annual reports to the department as specified in the contract.
4.5(2) Clinic services. The services provided may include, but are not limited to: diagnostic evaluations, confirmatory testing, consultation by board–certified geneticists, genetic counseling, medical and case management, and referral to appropriate agencies.
4.5(3) Patient fees. A sliding fee scale for clinical services shall be established for patients attending the outreach clinics. The parameters for the sliding fee scale shall be based on federally established percent of poverty guidelines and updated annually.
Families/clients seen in the regional genetic consultation service clinics shall have bills submitted to third–party payers where applicable. Families/clients shall be billed on a sliding fee scale after third–party payment is received. Payments received from receipts of service based on the sliding fee scale or from the third–party payers shall be used only to support the RGCS.
641—4.6(136A) Neuromuscular and other related genetic disease program (NMP). This program provides comprehensive services statewide for individuals and families with neuromuscular disorders through outreach clinics.
4.6(1) Provision of comprehensive services. The department shall contract with the Department of Pediatrics at the University of Iowa to provide neuromuscular health care, case management and education outreach services for individuals and families within Iowa. The contractor shall provide semiannual and annual reports to the department asspecified in the contract.
4.6(2) Clinical services. The services provided mayinclude, but are not limited to: diagnostic evaluations, confirmatory testing, physical therapy, consultation by board–certified neurologists, genetic counseling, medical and case management, supportive services and referral to appropriate agencies.
4.6(3) Patient fees. A sliding fee scale for clinical services shall be established for patients attending the outreach clinics. The parameters for the sliding fee scale shall be based on federally established percent of poverty guidelines and updated annually.
Families/clients seen in neuromuscular outreach clinics shall have bills submitted to third–party payers where applicable. Families/clients shall be billed on a sliding fee scale after third–party payment is received. Payments received from receipts of service based on the sliding fee scale or from the third–party payers shall be used only to support the neuromuscular outreach clinics.
641—4.7(136A) Iowa birth defects registry. The Iowa birth defects registry provides active birth defect surveillance statewide.
4.7(1) Definition. Birth defects shall be defined as any structural or genetic abnormality that may adversely affect a child’s health and development.
4.7(2) Birth defect surveillance policy. It shall be the policy of the state of Iowa that birth defects occurring in Iowa are reportable conditions and that records of these birth defects shall be abstracted pursuant to 641—1.3(139A) and maintained in a central registry.
Birth defects surveillance shall be performed in order to determine the occurrence and trends of birth defects, to conduct thorough and complete epidemiological surveys, to assist in the planning for and provision of services to children with birth defects and their families, and to identify environmental and genetic risk factors for birth defects.
4.7(3) Central registry activities.
a. The institute shall establish an agreement with the University of Iowa to implement the activities of the central registry.
b. The central registry shall use the birth defects coding scheme defined by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) of the United States Public Health Service.
c. The central registry staff shall review hospital records, clinical charts, physician’s records, vital records and prenatal records pursuant to 614—1.3(139A) and any other information that the central registry deems necessary and appropriate for birth defects surveillance.
d. A reportable defect occurring in a fetal death or pregnancy termination may be included in the central registry.
4.7(4) Department responsibility.
a. When a live infant’s medical records are ascertained by the central registry, the department or its designee shall inform the parent or legal guardian by letter that this information has been collected and provide the parent or guardian with information about services for which the child and family may be eligible.
b. The institute and the central registry shall annually release aggregate medical and epidemiological information to medical personnel and appropriate state and local agencies for the planning and monitoring of services for children with birth defects.
4.7(5) Confidentiality and disclosure of information. Reports, records, and other information collected by or provided to the Iowa birth defects registry relating to a person known to have or suspected of having a birth defect are confidential records pursuant to Iowa Code section 22.7.
Personnel of the central registry and the department shall maintain the confidentiality of all information and records used in the review and analysis of birth defects, including information which is confidential under Iowa Code chapter 22 or any other provisions of state law.
Central registry personnel are authorized pursuant to 641—1.3(139A) to gather all information relevant to the review and analysis of birth defects. This information may include, but is not limited to, hospital records, physician’s rec–ords, clinical charts, birth records, death records, fetal death records, prenatal records, vital records, and other reports relevant and necessary for birth defects surveillance.
No individual or organization providing information to the Iowa birth defects registry in accordance with this rule shall be deemed or held liable for divulging confidential information.
4.7(6) Access to information in the central registry. The central registry and the department shall not release confidential information except to the following, under the following conditions:
a. The parent or guardian of an infant or child for whom the report is made.
b. A local birth–to–three coordinator or an agency under contract with the department to administer the children with special health care needs program, upon receipt of written consent from the parent or guardian of the infant or child.
c. A local health care provider, upon receipt of written consent from the parent or guardian of the infant or child.
d. A representative of a federal or state agency, to the extent that the information is necessary to perform a legally authorized function of that agency. The information provided may not include the personal identifiers of an infant or child with a reportable birth defect.
e. Research purposes.
(1) All proposals for research to be conducted using central registry data by persons other than program staff shall first be submitted to and accepted by the researcher’s institutional review board. The department, the central registry director and the central registry’s executive committee may then review and approve the accepted research proposal before the research commences.
(2) The central registry shall submit to the Iowa birth defects registry executive committee, the state coordinator for genetic services, and the birth defects advisory committee for approval a protocol describing any research conducted by the registry in which the registry deems it necessary to contact case subjects and controls.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 136A.
ARC 0850B
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135.11, the Iowa Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to rescind Chapter 25, “State Plumbing Code,” Iowa Administrative Code, and adopt a new Chapter 25 with the same title.
The rules describe the minimum standards for plumbing materials and plumbing methods in Iowa cities.
An ad hoc plumbing code advisory committee was formed to provide guidance to the Department on revising the rules. The advisory committee was composed of plumbing inspectors, building officials, union representatives, builders, engineers, and architects.
Following is a summary of the major changes from the existing rules.
Rule 25.1(135) now references sections of the Uniform Plumbing Code, 2000 Edition. The previous rule referenced the Uniform Plumbing Code, 1994 Edition. The chapter and section references have changed.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on these rules prior to August 28, 2001. Written materials should be directed to Michael Magnant, IowaDepartment of Public Health, 321 E. 12th Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075; fax (515)281–4529; E–mail mmagnant@idph.state.ia.us.
There will be a public hearing on August 28, 2001, at 1 p.m. in Room 518, Lucas State Office Building, 321 E. 12th Street, Des Moines, at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. Any persons who intend to attend a public hearing and have special requirements such as hearing or mobility impairments should contact the Department of Public Health and advise staff of specific needs.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 135.
The following amendment is proposed.

Rescind 641—Chapter 25 and adopt in lieu thereof the following new chapter:

CHAPTER 25
STATE PLUMBING CODE
641—25.1(135) Adoption. Sections of Chapter 1 listed below, Chapters 2 to 10, and Chapters 13 to 15 of the Uniform Plumbing Code, 2000 Edition, as published by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials, 20001 South Walnut Drive, Walnut, California 91789–2825, are hereby adopted by reference with amendments as the state plumbing code authorized by Iowa Code section 135.11(5).
101.3 101.5 103.8
101.4 103.5.3
Local ordinances or rules and regulations may provide for higher but not lower standards than those found in the state plumbing code. Local ordinances or rules and regulations shall be consistent with Iowa Code section 364.3(3).
641—25.2(135) Applicability. The provisions of this code are applicable to the plumbing in buildings or on premises within cities and to plumbing in a building or on premises located outside the corporate limits of any city if the building or premises is served by an individual connection to a municipally owned water distribution system or wastewater collection system.
641—25.3(135) Fuel gas piping. Fuel gas piping shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code, 1999 Edition. Liquefied petroleum gas facilities and appliances shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 58, Standard for the Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases, 2001 Edition.
641—25.4(135) Amendments to the Uniform Plumbing Code.
25.4(1) Section 413.1. Table 4–1. Add the following after the table and before the footnotes:
A restaurant with an occupancy of 50 or less complies with these requirements if it has one restroom with one water closet and one lavatory.
NOTE: The rules of the Iowa department of inspections and appeals require that separate restrooms for males and females be provided in facilities that serve beer or liquor (481—31.9(137F)).
Urinal requirements apply only to male–only restrooms.
The division of occupancy is to be based upon one half being male and one half being female. The number of occupants shall be determined by use and the occupancy class of the state building code or the local building code that is in effect.
The number of fixtures may be graduated within the group. Example: 8:101–200
4 fixtures are required for 100 persons.
5 fixtures are required for 101–125 persons.
6 fixtures are required for 126–150 persons.
7 fixtures are required for 151–175 persons.
8 fixtures are required for 176–200 persons.
Accessibility for the physically disabled shall be provided as required by Iowa Code chapter 103A.
25.4(2) Section 501.0. Delete the second sentence of the section and delete Table 5–1.
25.4(3) Section 510.8. Delete the section.
25.4(4) Section 603.2. Delete subsection 603.2.3.
25.4(5) Section 603.4. Delete the text of subsection 603.4.13 and insert in lieu thereof the following:
The potable water supply to carbonator shall be protected by a stainless steel dual check valve with an atmospheric vent as approved by the administrative authority for the specific use.
25.4(6) Section 604.1.
Add a note to the end of the section:
NOTE: The use of plastic water supply pipe above grade inside certain licensed care facilities is prohibited by the rules of the Iowa department of inspections and appeals [481—subrules 60.11(4) and 61.11(4), Iowa Administrative Code].
25.4(7) Section 604.2. Delete the section and insert in lieu thereof the following:
604.2 Copper tube for water piping shall have a weight of not less than Type M copper tubing.
EXCEPTION: Copper tube for underground water piping shall have a weight of not less than Type K copper tubing.
25.4(8) Section 701.1. Delete subsections 701.1.4 and 701.1.5 and insert in lieu thereof:
701.1.4 Copper tube for underground drainage and vent piping shall have a weight of not less than that of copper drainage tube Type L.
701.1.5 Copper tube for aboveground drainage and vent piping shall have a weight of not less than that of copper drainage tubing Type M.
EXCEPTION: Type DWV may be used in one– and two–family dwellings.
25.4(9) Section 703.1. Add this sentence to the end of the section:
No underground drainage piping shall be less than two inches in diameter.
25.4(10) Section 710.1. Add the following sentences to the end of the section:
The requirement for the installation of a backwater valve shall apply only when it is determined necessary by the administrative authority based on local conditions. When a valve is required by the administrative authority, it shall be a manually operated gate valve or fullway ball valve. An automatic backwater valve may also be installed, but is not required.
25.4(11) Section 710.14. Delete the section.
25.4(12) Section 717.0. Add this sentence to the end of the section:
The minimum diameter for a building sewer shall be four inches.
25.4(13) Section 807.4. Delete the section and insert in lieu thereof the following:
807.4 No domestic dishwashing machine shall be directly connected to a drainage system or food waste disposer without the use of an approved dishwasher air gap fitting on the discharge side of the dishwashing machine, or by looping the discharge line of the dishwasher as high as possible near the flood level of the kitchen sink where the waste disposer is connected. Listed air gap fittings shall be installed with the flood level (FL) marking at or above the flood level of the sink or drainboard, whichever is higher.
25.4(14) Section 903.2. Delete subsections 903.2.1 and 903.2.2 and insert in lieu thereof the following:
903.2.1 Copper tube for underground drainage and vent piping shall have a weight of not less than that of copper drainage tube Type L.
903.2.2 Copper tube for aboveground drainage and vent piping shall have a weight of not less than that of copper drainage tubing Type M.
EXCEPTION: Type DWV may be used in one– and two–family dwellings.
25.4(15) Section 904.1. Delete the third sentence of the section and the exception and insert in lieu thereof the following:
No underground vent piping shall be less than two inches in diameter. Each building shall have a vent stack or main vent equal in size or larger than the required building sewer. The vent stack or main vent shall extend through the roof undiminished in size.
EXCEPTION: In residential buildings of four stories or less, a three–inch vent stack or main vent is permitted. For the purposes of this exception, “residential” includes hotels and motels.
25.4(16) Section 906.7. Change “two (2) inches (50.8 mm)” to “three (3) inches (76.2 mm)”.
25.4(17) Section 908.0. Delete “Vertical” from the section title.
25.4(18) Section 908.1. Delete “vertical” in the first sentence of the section.
25.4(19) Section 1002.2. Delete Table 10–1 and insert in lieu thereof the following:

TABLE 10–1
Horizontal Distance of Trap Arms
(Except for water closets and similar fixtures)*
Trap Arm Size

Distance Trap to Vent
Inches
Millimeters

Feet
Meters
1¼
31.8

5
1.52
1½
38.1

6
1.83
2
50.8

8
2.44
3
76.2

12
3.66
4 and larger
102 and larger

12
3.66
Slope one–fourth (1/4) inch per foot (20.9 mm/m)
*The developed length between the trap of a water closet or similar fixture (measured from the top of the closet ring (closet flange) to the inner edge of the vent) and its vent shall not exceed six (6) feet (1.8 m).
25.4(20) Appendices. Chapter 11 and the appendices in the Uniform Plumbing Code are not approved as part of the Iowa state plumbing code; however, except for Appendix K (private sewage disposal), Chapter 11 and the appendices may be used as a point of reference when circumstances warrant. 567—Chapter 69, Iowa Administrative Code, is the standard for private sewage disposal. Chapter 12 of the Uniform Plumbing Code, 2000 Edition, may be used to govern fuel gas piping except as it conflicts with ANSI/NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code, 1999 Edition, or ANSI/NFPA 58, Standard for the Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases, 2001 Edition.
641—25.5(135) Backflow prevention with containment. Cities with populations of 15,000 or greater as determined by the 1990 census or any subsequent special census shall enact a backflow prevention program with containment by January 1, 1996. The minimum requirements for a program are given in subrules 25.5(1) through 25.5(5). These requirements are in addition to the applicable requirements of Section 603 of the Uniform Plumbing Code, 2000 Edition.
25.5(1) Definitions. The following definitions are added to those in Chapter 2 and Section 603 of the Uniform Plumbing Code, 2000 Edition, or are modified from those definitions for the purposes of rule 641—25.5(135) only.
a. Administrative authority. The administrative authority for this rule is the city council and its designees.
b. Approved backflow prevention assembly for containment. Approved backflow prevention assembly for containment means a backflow prevention assembly which isapproved by the University of Southern California—Foundation for Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic Research. The approval listing shall include the limitations of use based on the degree of hazard. The backflow prevention assembly shall also be listed by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO) or by the American Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE) as having met the requirements of one of the standards listed below.

Standard

Product Covered

ANSI¤/ASSE* 1013–1999
Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers

ANSI¤/ASSE* 1015–1999

Double Check Backflow Prevention Assembly
ANSI¤/ASSE* 1047–1999
Reduced Pressure Detector Backflow Preventer
ANSI¤/ASSE* 1048–1999
Double Check Detector Assembly Backflow Preventer
ANSI¤/AWWAC510–97
Double Check Valve Backflow Prevention Assembly
ANSI¤/AWWA C511–97
Reduced–Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assembly
¤American National Standards Institute, 1819 L Street NW, Washington, DC 20036
*American Society of Sanitary Engineering, 28901 Clemens Road, Suite 100, Westlake, OH 44145
American Water Works Association, 6666 West Quincy Avenue, Denver, CO 80235
c. Approved backflow prevention assembly for containment in a fire protection system. Approved backflow prevention assembly for containment in a fire protection system means a backflow prevention assembly to be used in a fire protection system which meets the requirements of Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) and Underwriters Laboratory (UL) in addition to the requirements of 25.5(1)“b.”
d. Containment. Containment is a method of backflow prevention which requires a backflow prevention assembly on certain water services. Containment requires that the backflow prevention assembly be installed on the water service as close to the public water supply main as is practical.
e. Customer. Customer means the owner, operator or occupant of a building or property which has a water service from a public water system, or the owner or operator of a private water system which has a water service from a public water system.
f. Degree of hazard. Degree of hazard means the rating of a cross connection or a water service which indicates if it has the potential to cause contamination (high hazard) or pollution (low hazard).
g. Water service. Depending on the context, water service is the physical connection between a public water system and a customer’s building, property or private water system, or the act of providing potable water from a public water system to a customer.
25.5(2) Proposed water service.
a. No person shall install, or cause to have installed, a water service to a building, property or private water system before the administrative authority has evaluated the proposed water service for degree of hazard.
b. The administrative authority shall require the submission of plans, specifications and other information deemed necessary for a building, property or private water system to which a water service is proposed. The administrative authority shall review the information submitted to determine if cross connections will exist and the degree of hazard.
c. The owner of a building, property or private water system shall install, or cause to have installed, an approved backflow prevention assembly for containment as directed by the administrative authority before water service is initiated.
d. Reconstruction of an existing water service shall be treated as a proposed water service for the purposes of rule 641—25.5(135).
25.5(3) Existing water services.
a. The administrative authority shall publish the standards which it uses to determine the degree of hazard for a water service. These shall be consistent with standards published by the Iowa department of public health.
b. Each customer shall survey the activities and processes which receive water from the water service and shall report to the administrative authority if cross connections exist and the degree of hazard.
c. The administrative authority may inspect the plumbing of any building, property and private water system which has a water service to determine if cross connections exist and the degree of hazard.
d. If, based on information provided through 25.5(3)“b” and “c,” the administrative authority determines that a water service may contaminate the public water supply, the administrative authority shall require that the customer install the appropriate backflow prevention assembly for containment.
e. If a customer refuses to install a backflow prevention assembly for containment when it is required by the administrative authority, the administrative authority may order that water service to the customer be discontinued until an appropriate backflow prevention assembly is installed.
25.5(4) Backflow prevention assemblies for containment.
a. Backflow prevention assemblies for containment shall be installed immediately following the water meter or as close to that location as deemed practical by the administrative authority.
b. A water service determined to present a high hazard shall be protected by an air gap or an approved reduced–pressure principle backflow prevention assembly.
c. A water service determined to present a low hazard shall be protected by an approved double check valve assembly or as in 25.5(4)“b.”
d. A water service to a fire protection system shall be protected from backflow in accordance with the recommendations of American Water Works Association Manual M14. Where backflow prevention is required for a fire protection system, an approved backflow prevention assembly for containment in a fire protection system shall be used.
25.5(5) Backflow incidents.
a. The customer shall immediately notify the agency providing water service when the customer becomes aware that backflow has occurred in the building, property or private water system receiving water service.
b. The administrative authority may order that a water service be temporarily shut off when a backflow occurs in a customer’s building, property or private water system.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 135.
ARC 0848B
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135.105C, the Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 69, “Renovation, Remodeling, and Repainting—Lead Hazard Notification Process,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This chapter implements a program to require individuals who perform renovation, remodeling, and repainting of target housing for compensation to provide an approved lead hazard information pamphlet to the owner and occupant of the housing prior to commencing the work. Iowa’s law stipulates that the rules could take effect only after the Department of Public Health obtained authorization from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) for its program to require lead hazard notification prior to renovation, remodeling, and repainting. Iowa’s program was authorized by the U.S. EPA on July 13, 1999.
The proposed amendments incorporate new terminology in EPA regulations that were adopted as final on January 5, 2001, and incorporate an EPA requirement that Iowa allow the use of the federal pamphlet in addition to the Iowa pamphlet for compliance with this regulation. In addition, the proposed amendments provide an exemption for minor repair and maintenance activities that disrupt less than 0.1 square feet or less of painted surface since these minor activities are unlikely to cause excessive lead exposure for occupants.
To incorporate the new EPA terminology, the Department has added definitions for “arithmetic mean,” “chewable surface,” “dripline,” “dust lead hazard,” “friction surface,” “hazardous lead–based paint,” “impact surface,” “mid–yard,” “paint–lead hazard,” “play area,” and “soil lead hazard.” The definition of “lead–based paint hazard” has been modified.
The Department has determined that these rules are not subject to waiver or variance because Iowa’s program must be as protective as the U.S. EPA regulations which do not allow variances or waivers.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments received on orbefore August 28, 2001. Such written materials shouldbe sent to the Lead Poisoning Prevention Program, Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319; E–mail to rgergely@idph.state.ia.us; fax (515)281–4529.
Also, there will be a public hearing on August 28, 2001, at 10 a.m. (local Iowa time) over the Iowa Communications Network (ICN) at which time persons may present their views. The sites for the public hearing are as follows:

Department of Human Services
Room 550, 5th Floor
411 3rd Street SE
Cedar Rapids

Keystone Area Education Agency
ICN Classroom
2310 Chaney Road
Dubuque

Mason City National Guard Armory
1160 19th Street SW
Mason City

Matilda J. Gibson Memorial Library
200 W. Howard Street
Creston

Ottumwa Regional Health Center
Conference Room A
1001 E. Pennsylvania
Ottumwa

Sioux City Public Library
529 Pierce Street
Sioux City

Iowa Department of Public Health
ICN Room, Sixth Floor
Lucas State Office Building
321 E. 12th Street
Des Moines

These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 135.105C.
The following amendments are proposed.

Amend 641—Chapter 69 as follows:

CHAPTER 69
RENOVATION, REMODELING, AND REPAINTING— LEAD HAZARD NOTIFICATION PROCESS
641—69.1(135) Applicability. This chapter applies to all persons who perform renovation, remodeling, and repainting for compensation in target housing.
641—69.2(135) Definitions.
“Arithmetic mean” means the algebraic sum of data values divided by the number of data values. For example, the sum of the concentration of lead in several soil samples divided by the number of samples is the arithmetic mean.
“Certificate of mailing” means certified mail with return receipt or its equivalent.
“Chewable surface” means an interior or exterior surface painted with lead–based paint that a young child can mouth or chew.
“Common area” means a portion of the building that is generally accessible to all occupants. This includes, but is not limited to, hallways, stairways, laundry and recreational rooms, playgrounds, community centers, garages, and boundary fences.
“Components” means specific design or structural elements or fixtures of a building, residential dwelling, or child–occupied facility that are distinguished from each other by form, function, and location. These include, but are not limited to, interior components such as ceilings, crown moldings, walls, chair rails, doors, door trim, floors, fireplaces, radiators and other heating units, shelves, shelf supports, stair treads, stair risers, stair stringers, newel posts, railing caps, balustrades, windows and trim (including sashes, window heads, jambs, sills or stools and troughs), built–in cabinets, columns, beams, bathroom vanities, countertops, and air conditioners; and exterior components such as painted roofing, chimneys, flashing, gutters and downspouts, ceilings, soffits, fascias, rake boards, cornerboards, bulkheads, doors and door trim, fences, floors, joists, latticework, railings and railing caps, siding, handrails, stair risers and treads, stair stringers, columns, balustrades, windowsills or stools and troughs, casing, sashes and wells, and air conditioners.
“Department” means the department of public health.
“Dripline” means the area within three feet surrounding the perimeter of a building.
“Dust–lead hazard” means surface dust in residential dwellings or child–occupied facilities that contains a mass–per–area concentration of lead equal to or exceeding 40 micrograms per square foot on floors, 250 micrograms per square foot on interior windowsills, and 400 micrograms per square foot on window troughs based on wipe samples. A dust–lead hazard is present in a residential dwelling or child–occupied facility when the weighted arithmetic mean lead loading for all single–surface or composite samples of floors and interior windowsills is equal to or greater than 40 micrograms per square foot on floors, 250 micrograms per square foot on interior windowsills, and 400 micrograms per square foot on window troughs based on wipe samples. A dust–lead hazard is present on floors, interior windowsills, or window troughs in an unsampled residential dwelling in a multifamily dwelling if a dust–lead hazard is present on floors, interior windowsills, or window troughs, respectively, in at least one sampled residential unit on the property. A dust–lead hazard is present on floors, interior windowsills, or window troughs in an unsampled common area in a multifamily dwelling if a dust–lead hazard is present on floors, interior windowsills, or window troughs, respectively, in at least one sampled common area in the same common area group on the property.
“Dwelling unit” means a single, unified combination of rooms designed for use as a dwelling by one family.
“Emergency renovation, remodeling, and repainting” means renovation, remodeling, and repainting activities necessitated by nonroutine failures of equipment that were not planned but resulted from a sudden, unexpected event that, if not immediately attended to, presents a safety or public health hazard or threatens equipment or property with significant damage.
“Friction surface” means an interior or exterior surface that is subject to abrasion or friction including, but not limited to, certain window, floor, and stair surfaces.
“Hazardous lead–based paint” means lead–based paint that is present on a friction surface where there is evidence of abrasion or where the dust–lead level on the nearest horizontal surface underneath the friction surface (e.g., the windowsill or floor) is equal to or greater than the dust–lead hazard level, lead–based paint that is present on an impact surface that is damaged or otherwise deteriorated from impact, lead–based paint that is present on a chewable surface, or any other deteriorated lead–based paint in any residential building or child–occupied facility or on the exterior of any residential building or child–occupied facility.
“Impact surface” means an interior or exterior surface that is subject to damage by repeated sudden force such as certain parts of door frames.
“Lead–based paint” means paint or other surface coatings that contain lead equal to or in excess of 1.0 milligram per square centimeter or more than 0.5 percent by weight.
“Lead–based paint hazard” means any condition that causes exposure to lead from lead–contaminated dust, lead–contaminated soil, or lead–based paint that is deteriorated or present in accessible surfaces, friction surfaces, and impact surfaces that would result in adverse human health effects hazardous lead–based paint, a dust–lead hazard, or a soil–lead hazard.
“Living area” means any area of a residential dwelling used by at least one child six years of age or less including, but not limited to, living rooms, kitchen areas, dens, playrooms, and children’s bedrooms.
“Mid–yard” means an area of a residential yard approximately midway between the dripline of a residential building and the nearest property boundary or between the driplines of a residential building and another building on the same property.
“Multifamily dwelling” means a structure that contains more than one separate residential dwelling unit, which is used or occupied, or is intended to be used or occupied, in whole or in part, as the home or residence of one or more persons.
“Play area” means an area of frequent soil contact by children of less than six years of age as indicated by, but not limited to, factors including the following: the presence of play equipment (sandboxes, swing sets, and sliding boards), toys, or other children’s possessions, observations of play patterns, or information provided by parents, residents, caregivers, or property owners.
“Renovation, remodeling, repainting” means modifying any existing structure or portion of a structure where painted surfaces are disturbed, unless the activity fits the criteria of lead abatement as defined in 641—70.2(135) and is performed by a certified lead abatement contractor as defined in 641—70.2(135). This includes, but is not limited to, removing walls, ceilings, and other painted building components; window replacement; floor refinishing; and sanding, scraping, stripping, water blasting, or otherwise removing paint.
“Residential dwelling” means (1) a detached single–family dwelling unit, including the surrounding yard, attached structures such as porches and stoops, and detached buildings and structures including, but not limited to, garages, farm buildings, and fences, or (2) a single–family dwelling unit in a structure that contains more than one separate residential dwelling unit, which is used or occupied, or intended to be used or occupied, in whole or part, as the home or residence of one or more persons.
“Soil–lead hazard” means bare soil on residential real property or on the property of a child–occupied facility that contains total lead in excess of 400 parts per million for the dripline, mid–yard, and play areas. A soil–lead hazard is present in a dripline, mid–yard, or play area when the soil–lead concentration from a composite sample of bare soil is equal to or greater than 400 parts per million.
“Target housing” means housing constructed prior to 1978 with the exception of housing for the elderly or for persons with disabilities, unless at least one child, six years of age or less under the age of six years, resides or is expected to reside in the housing, and housing which does not contain a bedroom.
641—69.3(135) Notification required. Beginning on June 1, 1999, individuals who perform renovation, remodeling, and repainting of target housing for compensation, except for emergency renovation, remodeling, and repainting of target housing, and except for minor repair and maintenance activities that disrupt less than 0.1 square feet or less of painted surface, must do the following no more than 60 days prior to commencing the work:
69.3(1) Provide the pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families, or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home, to the owner and adult occupant of each dwelling unit where renovation, remodeling, and repainting will be performed.
69.3(2) Obtain a signed, dated acknowledgment from the owner and known adult occupant of each dwelling unit where renovation, remodeling, and repainting will be performed affirming that they have received the pamphlet and are aware of the potential health hazards from remodeling, renovating, or repainting housing containing lead–based paint. If a written acknowledgment cannot be obtained from an adult occupant, the individual must certify in writing that the pamphlet has been delivered to the dwelling and that a written acknowledgment could not be obtained from an adult occupant. Such certification must include the address of the unit to be remodeled, renovated, or repainted, the date and method of delivery of the pamphlet, name of the person delivering the pamphlet, reason for lack of acknowledgment (e.g., occupant refuses to sign, no adult occupant available), the signature of the person conducting the renovating, remodeling, or repainting, and the date of signature.
a. The acknowledgment shall include the following language:
I have received the pamphlet entitled Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home and am aware of the potential health risk associated with remodeling, renovating, or repainting housing containing lead–based paint or lead–based paint hazards.
b. to e. No change.
69.3(3) and 69.3(4) No change.
641—69.4(135) Notification required in multifamily housing. Beginning on June 1, 1999, individuals who perform renovation, remodeling, and repainting of common areas for compensation, except for emergency renovation, remodeling, and repainting of target housing, and except for minor repair and maintenance activities that disrupt less than 0.1 square feet or less of painted surface, must do the following no more than 60 days prior to commencing the work:
69.4(1) Provide the pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families, an approved lead hazard information pamphlet or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home, to the owner of the multifamily target housing where renovation, remodeling, and repainting will be performed.
69.4(2) Obtain a signed, dated acknowledgment from the owner of the multifamily target housing where renovation, remodeling, and repainting will be performed affirming that the owner has received the pamphlet and is aware of the potential health hazards from remodeling, renovating, or repainting housing containing lead–based paint.
a. The acknowledgment shall include the following language:
I have received the pamphlet entitled Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home, and am aware of the potential health risk associated with remodeling, renovating, or repainting housing containing lead–based paint or lead–based paint hazards.
b. to e. No change.
f. Notify each occupant of the multifamily housing, in writing, of the intended remodeling, repainting, or renovation, and make the pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families, or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home, available upon request. At a minimum, this notification shall be accomplished by distributing written notice to each occupant of the target housing. The notice shall describe:
(1) The general nature and location of the planned renovation, remodeling, and repainting activity.
(2) The expected starting and ending dates of the planned renovation, remodeling, and repainting activity.
(3) A statement of how the owners and occupants can obtain the pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families, or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home, at no charge from the individual conducting the renovation, remodeling, and repainting activity.
g. These activities shall be conducted by the individual planning to perform the renovation, remodeling, and repainting, or by the owner on behalf of this individual.
h. The individual planning to perform the renovation, remodeling, and repainting must prepare, sign, and date a statement describing the steps performed to notify all occupants of the intended renovation, remodeling, and repainting, and to provide the pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families, or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home, at no charge upon request. Regardless of who performs the notification activities required in this subrule, the individual planning to conduct the renovation, remodeling, and repainting shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with this subrule and shall be liable for any failures to comply with the notification requirements in this subrule.
69.4(3) and 69.4(4) No change.
641—69.5(135) Emergency renovation, remodeling, and repainting. Beginning on June 1, 1999, individuals who perform emergency renovation, remodeling, and repainting of target housing for compensation, except for minor repair and maintenance activities that disrupt less than 0.1 square feet or less of painted surface, must do the following:
69.5(1) Provide the pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families, an approved lead hazard information pamphlet or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home, to the owner of the target housing where renovation, remodeling, and repainting are performed.
69.5(2) Notify each owner and occupant of the target housing, in writing, of the remodeling, repainting, or renovation, and make the pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families, or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home, available upon request. At a minimum, this notification shall be accomplished by distributing written notice to each owner and occupant of the target housing. The notice shall describe:
a. The general nature and location of the renovation, remodeling, and repainting activity.
b. The starting and ending dates of the renovation, remodeling, and repainting activity.
c. A statement of how the owners and occupants can obtain the pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families, or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home, at no charge from the individual conducting the renovation, remodeling, and repainting activity.
69.5(3) These activities shall be conducted by the individual performing the renovation, remodeling, and repainting, or by the owner on behalf of this individual. The individual planning to perform the renovation, remodeling, and repainting must prepare, sign, and date a statement describing the steps performed to notify all occupants of the intended renovation, remodeling, and repainting, and to provide the pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families, or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home, at no charge upon request. Regardless of who performs the notification activities required in this subrule, the individual conducting the renovation, remodeling, and repainting shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with this rule and shall be liable for any failures to comply with the notification requirements in this rule.
641—69.6(135) Certification of attempted delivery. When an adult occupant is unavailable for signature or refuses to sign the acknowledgment of receipt of the pamphlet, the individual conducting the renovating, remodeling, or repainting is permitted by subrule 69.3(2) to certify delivery for each instance. The certification shall include the address of the unit undergoing renovation, remodeling or repainting, the date and method of delivery of the pamphlet, names of the persons delivering the pamphlet, reason for lack of acknowledgment (e.g., occupant refuses to sign, no adult occupant available), the signature of the individual conducting the renovation, remodeling, and repainting, and the date of signature.
69.6(1) Unavailable for signature.
a. If an adult occupant is unavailable for signature, the certification shall contain the following language:
I certify that I have made a good–faith effort to deliver the pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families, or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home, to the unit listed below at the dates and times indicated, and that an adult occupant was unavailable to sign the acknowledgment. I further certify that I have left a copy of the pamphlet at the unit with the occupant.
b. Below the statement, the certification shall require the printed name and signature of the individual conducting the renovating, remodeling, or repainting, the address of the unit, the attempted delivery dates and times, and the date of signature.
69.6(2) Refused to sign.
a. If the occupant refuses to sign the acknowledgment, the certification shall contain the following language:
I certify that I have made a good–faith effort to deliver the pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families, or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home, to the unit listed below at the dates and times indicated, and that the occupant refused to sign the acknowledgment. I further certify that I have left a copy of the pamphlet at the unit.
b. Below the statement, the certification shall require the printed name and signature of the individual conducting the renovating, remodeling, or repainting, the address of the unit, the attempted delivery dates and times, the location where the pamphlet was left at the unit (e.g., taped to the door, slipped under the door), and the date of signature.
641—69.7(135) to 641—69.9(135) No change.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement section 135.105C.
ARC 0851B
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135.105A, the Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 70, “Lead Professional Certification,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Iowa Code section 135.105A directs the Department of Public Health to establish a program for the training and certification of lead inspectors and lead abaters and states that a person shall not perform lead abatement or lead inspections unless the person has completed a training program approved by the Department and has obtained certification. Property owners are required to be certified only if the property in which they will perform lead inspections or lead abatement is occupied by a person other than the owner or a member of the owner’s immediate family while the measures are being performed. A person may be certified as both a lead inspector and a lead abater. However, a person who is certified as both shall not provide both inspection and abatement services at the same site unless a written consent or waiver, following full disclosure by the person, is obtained from the owner or manager of the site. Iowa’s law stipulates that rules could take effect only after the Department obtained authorization from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) for its program to train and certify lead inspectors and abaters. Iowa’s program was authorized by the EPA on July 13, 1999.
The proposed amendments incorporate new EPA regulations that were adopted as final on January 5, 2001. Iowa is required to incorporate these new EPA regulations into Iowa rules. In addition, the title of the discipline known as “visual risk assessor” has been changed to “sampling technician,” which is now the title used in most states for this discipline. Finally, a provision has been added to require that the abatement report be completed no later than 30 days after an abatement project passes clearance. This provision has been added since the Department found during compliance inspections of certified abatement contractors that these reports were not yet completed several months after the completion of the project.
To incorporate the new EPA regulations, the Department has added definitions for “arithmetic mean,” “chewable surface,” “common area group,” “concentration,” “dripline,” “dust–lead hazard,” “friction surface,” “hazardous lead–based paint,” “impact surface,” “loading,” “mid–yard,” “paint–lead hazard,” “play area,” “residential building,” “room,” “soil–lead hazard,” “soil sample,” “weighted arithmetic mean,” “window trough,” and “wipe sample.” The definitions of “clearance levels,” “deteriorated paint,” “lead abatement,” “lead–based paint,” and “lead–based paint hazard” have been modified. Standards for conducting risk assessments, lead abatement, and clearance testing have been modified. The following are the substantial changes that result from incorporating the new EPA regulations:
1. The previous definition of “lead–based paint hazard” included intact lead–based paint present on friction and impact surfaces. The new definition includes lead–based paint on a friction surface only where there is evidence of abrasion or where the dust–lead level on the nearest horizontal surface underneath the friction surface (e.g., the windowsill or floor) is equal to or greater than the dust–lead hazard level. Lead–based paint that is present on an impact surface is defined as a lead–based paint hazard only if it is damaged or otherwise deteriorated from impact.
2. Dust–lead hazard levels and clearance levels have been reduced. The dust–lead hazard and clearance level for floors has been reduced from 100 micrograms per square foot to 40 micrograms per square foot. The dust–lead hazard level and clearance level for windowsills has been reduced from 500 micrograms per square foot to 250 micrograms per square foot. The dust–lead hazard and clearance level for window troughs has been reduced from 800 micrograms per square foot to 400 micrograms per square foot.
3. The dust–lead hazard levels and clearance levels for composite–surface samples have changed. Previously, these levels were the same for composite–surface samples as for single–surface samples. Now, the dust–lead hazard and clearance level for a composite–surface sample is the level for a single–surface sample divided by half the number of subsamples in the composite sample. This reduces the dust–lead hazard level and clearance level when composite–surface samples are used.
The Department has determined that these rules are not subject to waiver or variance because Iowa’s program must be as protective as the EPA regulations which do not allow variances or waivers.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments received on orbefore August 28, 2001. Such written materials shouldbe sent to the Lead Poisoning Prevention Program, Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319; E–mail to rgergely@idph.state.ia.us; fax (515)281–4529.
Also, there will be a public hearing on August 28, 2001, at 10 a.m. (local Iowa time) over the Iowa Communications Network (ICN) at which time persons may present their views. The sites for the public hearing are as follows:

Department of Human Services
Room 550, Fifth Floor
411 3rd Street SE
Cedar Rapids

Keystone Area Education Agency
ICN Classroom
2310 Chaney Road
Dubuque

Mason City National Guard Armory
1160 19th Street SW
Mason City

Matilda J. Gibson Memorial Library
200 W. Howard Street
Creston

Ottumwa Regional Health Center
Conference Room A
1001 E. Pennsylvania
Ottumwa

Sioux City Public Library
529 Pierce Street
Sioux City

Iowa Department of Public Health
ICN Room, Sixth Floor
Lucas State Office Building
321 E. 12th Street
Des Moines

These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 135.105A.
The following amendments are proposed.

Amend 641—Chapter 70 as follows:

CHAPTER 70
LEAD PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION
641—70.1(135) Applicability. Prior to March 1, 2000, this chapter applies to all persons who are certified lead professionals in Iowa. Beginning March 1, 2000, this chapter applies to all persons who are lead professionals in Iowa. While this chapter requires lead professionals to be certified and establishes specific requirements for how to perform lead–based paint activities if a property owner, manager, or occupant chooses to undertake them, nothing in this chapter requires a property owner, manager, or occupant to undertake any particular lead–based paint activity.
641—70.2(135) Definitions.
“Adequate quality control” means a plan or design which ensures the authenticity, integrity, and accuracy of samples, including dust, soil, and paint chip or paint film samples. Adequate quality control also includes provisions for representative sampling.
“Approved course” means a course that has been approved by the department for the training of lead professionals.
“Arithmetic mean” means the algebraic sum of data values divided by the number of data values. For example, the sum of the concentration of lead in several soil samples divided by the number of samples is the arithmetic mean.
“Certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency” means an agency that has met the requirements of 641—70.5(135) and that has been certified by the department.
“Certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor” means a person who has met the requirements of 641—70.5(135) for certification or interim certification and who has been certified by the department.
“Certified firm” means a firm that has met the requirements of 641—70.5(135) for certification and has been certified by the department.
“Certified lead abatement contractor” means a person who has met the requirements of 641—70.5(135) for certification or interim certification and who has been certified by the department.
“Certified lead abatement worker” means a person who has met the requirements of 641—70.5(135) and who has been certified by the department.
“Certified lead inspector/risk assessor” means a person who has met the requirements of 641—70.5(135) for certification or interim certification and who has been certified by the department.
“Certified lead professional” means a person who has been certified by the department as a lead inspector/risk assessor, elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor, lead abatement contractor, lead abatement worker, project designer, or visual risk assessor sampling technician.
“Certified project designer” means a person who has met the requirements of 641—70.5(135) for certification or interim certification and who has been certified by the department.
“Certified visual risk assessor sampling technician” means a person who has met the requirements of 641—70.5(135) and who has been certified by the department.
“Chewable surface” means an interior or exterior surface painted with lead–based paint that a young child can mouth or chew.
“Child–occupied facility” means a building, or portion of a building, constructed prior to 1978, visited by the same child under the age of six years on at least two different days within any week (Sunday through Saturday period, provided that each day’s visit lasts at least three hours and the combined weekly visits last at least six hours). Child–occupied facilities may include, but are not limited to, day–care centers, preschools, and kindergarten classrooms.
“Clearance levels level” means values the value that indicate indicates the maximum amount of lead permitted in dust on a surface following completion of an abatement activity. These values are 100 micrograms per square foot on floors, 500 micrograms per square foot on windowsills, and 800 micrograms per square foot on window troughs. The value for a single–surface sample from a floor is 40 micrograms per square foot. The value for a single–surface sample from an interior windowsill is 250 micrograms per square foot. The value for a single–surface sample from a window trough is 400 micrograms per square foot.
“Clearance testing” means an activity conducted following interim controls, lead abatement, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation to determine that the hazard reduction activities are complete and that no lead–contaminated soil–lead hazards or lead–contaminated dust–lead hazards exists exist in the dwelling unit or worksite. Clearance testing includes a visual assessment, the collection and analysis of environmental samples, the interpretation of sampling results, and the preparation of a report.
“Common area” means a portion of the building that is generally accessible to all occupants. This includes, but is not limited to, hallways, stairways, laundry and recreational rooms, playgrounds, community centers, garages, and boundary fences.
“Common area group” means a group of common areas that are similar in design, construction, and function. Common area groups include, but are not limited to, hallways, stairwells, and laundry rooms.
“Component” or “building component” means specific design or structural elements or fixtures of a building, residential dwelling, or child–occupied facility that are distinguished from each other by form, function, and location. These include, but are not limited to, interior components such as ceilings, crown moldings, walls, chair rails, doors, door trim, floors, fireplaces, radiators and other heating units, shelves, shelf supports, stair treads, stair risers, stair stringers, newel posts, railing caps, balustrades, windows and trim (including sashes, window heads, jambs, sills or stools and troughs), built–in cabinets, columns, beams, bathroom vanities, countertops, and air conditioners; and exterior components such as painted roofing, chimneys, flashing, gutters and downspouts, ceilings, soffits, fascias, rake boards, cornerboards, bulkheads, doors and door trim, fences, floors, joists, latticework, railings and railing caps, siding, handrails, stair risers and treads, stair stringers, columns, balustrades, windowsills or stools and troughs, casings, sashes and wells, and air conditioners.
“Composite sample” means the collection of more than one sample of the same medium (e.g., dust, soil, or paint) from the same type of surface (e.g., floor, interior windowsill, or window trough) such that multiple samples can be analyzed as a single sample.
“Concentration” means the relative content of a specific substance contained within a larger mass, such as the amount of lead (in micrograms per grams or parts per million of weight) in a sample of soil or dust.
“Containment” means a process to protect workers andthe environment by controlling exposures to the lead–contaminated dust–lead hazards and debris created during an abatement.
“Course agenda” means an outline of the key topics to be covered during a training course, including the time allotted to teach each topic.
“Course test” means an evaluation of the overall effectiveness of the training which shall test the trainees’ knowledge and retention of the topics covered during the course.
“Course test blueprint” means written documentation identifying the proportion of course test questions devoted to each major topic in the course curriculum.
“Department” means the Iowa department of public health.
“Deteriorated paint” means any interior or exterior paint or other coating that is cracking, flaking, chipping, peeling, or chalking, or any paint or coating located on an interior or exterior surface that is otherwise separating damaged or separated from the substrate of a building component.
“Discipline” means one of the specific types or categories of lead–based paint activities identified in this chapter for which individuals may receive training from approved courses and become certified by the department. For example, “lead inspector/risk assessor” is a discipline.
“Distinct painting history” means the application history, as indicated by its visual appearance or a record of application, over time, of paint or other surface coatings to a component or room.
“Documented methodologies” means methods or protocols used to sample for the presence of lead in paint, dust, and soil.
“Dripline” means the area within three feet surrounding the perimeter of a building.
“Dust–lead hazard” means surface dust in residential dwellings or child–occupied facilities that contains a mass–per–area concentration of lead equal to or exceeding 40 micrograms per square foot on floors, 250 micrograms per square foot on interior windowsills, and 400 micrograms per square foot on window troughs based on wipe samples. A dust–lead hazard is present in a residential dwelling or child–occupied facility when the weighted arithmetic mean lead loading for all single–surface or composite samples of floors and interior windowsills is equal to or greater than 40 micrograms per square foot on floors, 250 micrograms per square foot on interior windowsills, and 400 micrograms per square foot on window troughs based on wipe samples. A dust–lead hazard is present on floors, interior windowsills, or window troughs in an unsampled residential dwelling in a multifamily dwelling if a dust–lead hazard is present on floors, interior windowsills, or window troughs, respectively, in at least one sampled residential unit on the property. A dust–lead hazard is present on floors, interior windowsills, or window troughs in an unsampled common area in a multifamily dwelling if a dust–lead hazard is present on floors, interior windowsills, or window troughs, respectively, in at least one sampled common area in the same common area group on the property.
“Elevated blood lead (EBL) child” means any child who has had one venous blood lead level greater than or equal to 20 micrograms per deciliter or at least two venous blood lead levels of 15 to 19 micrograms per deciliter.
“Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection” means an inspection to determine the sources of lead exposure for an elevated blood lead (EBL) child and the provision within ten working days of a written report explaining the results of the investigation to the owner and occupant of the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility being inspected and to the parents of the elevated blood lead (EBL) child.
“Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency” means an agency that employs or contracts with individuals who perform elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections. Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agencies may also employ or contract with individuals who perform other lead–based paint activities.
“Encapsulant” means a substance that forms a barrier between lead–based paint and the environment using a liquid–applied coating (with or without reinforcement materials) or an adhesively bonded coating material.
“Encapsulation” means the application of an encapsulant.
“Enclosure” means the use of rigid, durable construction materials that are mechanically fastened to the substrate in order to act as a barrier between lead–based paint and the environment.
“Firm” means a company, partnership, corporation, sole proprietorship, association, or other business entity, other than an elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency, that performs or offers to perform lead–based paint activities.
“Friction surface” means an interior or exterior surface that is subject to abrasion or friction including, but not limited to, certain window, floor, and stair surfaces.
“Guest instructor” means an individual designated by the training program manager or principal instructor to provide instruction specific to the lecture, hands–on work activities, or work practice components of a course.
“Hands–on skills assessment” means an evaluation which tests the trainees’ ability to satisfactorily perform the work practices and procedures identified in 641—70.6(135), as well as any other skill taught in a training course.
“Hazardous lead–based paint” means lead–based paint that is present on a friction surface where there is evidence of abrasion or where the dust–lead level on the nearest horizontal surface underneath the friction surface (e.g., the windowsill or floor) is equal to or greater than the dust–lead hazard level, lead–based paint that is present on an impact surface that is damaged or otherwise deteriorated from impact, lead–based paint that is present on a chewable surface, or any other deteriorated lead–based paint in any residential building or child–occupied facility or on the exterior of any residential building or child–occupied facility.
“Hazardous waste” means any waste as defined in 40 CFR 261.3.
“Impact surface” means an interior or exterior surface that is subject to damage by repeated sudden force such as certain parts of door frames.
“Interim controls” means a set of measures designed to temporarily reduce human exposure or likely exposure to lead–based paint hazards, including repairing deteriorated lead–based paint, specialized cleaning, maintenance, painting, temporary containment, ongoing monitoring of lead–based paint hazards or potential hazards, and the establishment and operation of management and resident education programs.
“Interior windowsill” means the portion of the horizontal window ledge that protrudes into the interior of the room.
“Lead abatement” means any measure or set of measures designed to permanently eliminate lead–based paint hazards in a residential dwelling or child–occupied facility. Abatement includes, but is not limited to, (1) the removal of lead–based paint and lead–contaminated dust dust–lead hazards, the permanent enclosure or encapsulation of lead–based paint, the replacement of lead–painted surfaces or fixtures, and the removal or covering of lead–contaminated soil soil–lead hazards and (2) all preparation, cleanup, disposal, and postabatement clearance testing activities associated with such measures. Lead abatement specifically includes, but is not limited to, (1) projects for which there is a written contract or other documentation, which provides that an individual will be conducting activities in or to a residential dwelling or child–occupied facility that shall result in or are designed to permanently eliminate lead–based paint hazards, (2) projects resulting in the permanent elimination of lead–based paint hazards that are conducted by firms or individuals certified under 641—70.5(135), (3) projects resulting in the permanent elimination of lead–based paint hazards that are conducted by firms or individuals who, through their company name or promotional literature, represent, advertise, or hold themselves out to be in the business of performing lead–based paint abatement, and (4) projects resulting in the permanent elimination of lead–based paint that are conducted in response to an abatement order. Abatement does not include renovation, remodeling, landscaping, or other activities, when such activities are not designed to permanently eliminate lead–based paint hazards, but, instead, are designed to repair, restore, or remodel a given structure or dwelling, even though these activities may incidentally result in a reduction or elimination of lead–based paint hazards. Furthermore, abatement does not include interim controls, operations and maintenance activities, or other measures and activities designed to temporarily, but not permanently, reduce lead–based paint hazards.
“Lead–based paint” means paint or other surface coatings that contain lead equal to or in excess of 1.0 milligram per square centimeter or more than 0.5 percent by weight. Lead–based paint is present on any surface that is tested and found to contain lead equal to or in excess of 1.0 milligram per square centimeter or more than 0.5 percent by weight and on any surface like a surface tested in the same room equivalent that has a similar painting history and that is found to be lead–based paint.
“Lead–based paint activities” means, in the case of target housing and child–occupied facilities, lead inspection, elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection, lead hazard screen, risk assessment, lead abatement, visual risk assessment, clearance testing conducted after lead abatement, and clearance testing conducted after interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1340.
“Lead–based paint hazard” means any condition that causes exposure to lead from lead–contaminated dust, lead–contaminated soil, or lead–based paint that is deteriorated or present in accessible surfaces, friction surfaces, and impact surfaces that would result in adverse human health effects hazardous lead–based paint, a dust–lead hazard, or a soil–lead hazard.
“Lead–contaminated dust” means surface dust in residential dwellings or child–occupied facilities that contains in excess of 100 micrograms per square foot on floors, 500 micrograms per square foot on windowsills, and 800 micrograms per square foot on window troughs. For lead–based paint activities conducted pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1340, the standards specified by 24 CFR 35.1340 for lead–contaminated dust shall apply.
“Lead–contaminated soil” means bare soil on residential real property and on the property of a child–occupied facility that contains lead in excess of 400 parts per million for areas where child contact is likely and in excess of 2,000 parts per million if child contact is not likely.
“Lead hazard screen” means a limited risk assessment activity that involves limited paint and dust sampling.
“Lead inspection” means a surface–by–surface investigation to determine the presence of lead–based paint and a determination of the existence, nature, severity, and location of lead–based paint hazards in a residential dwelling or child–occupied facility and the provision of a written report explaining the results of the investigation and options for reducing lead–based paint hazards to the person requesting the lead inspection.
“Lead professional” means a person who conducts lead abatement, lead inspections, elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections, lead hazard screens, risk assessments, visual risk assessments, clearance testing after lead abatement, or clearance testing after interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1340.
“Living area” means any area of a residential dwelling used by at least one child under the age of six years, including, but not limited to, living rooms, kitchen areas, dens, playrooms, and children’s bedrooms.
“Loading” means the quantity of a specific substance present per unit of surface area, such as the amount of lead in micrograms contained in the dust collected from a certain surface area divided by the surface area in square feet or square meters.
“Mid–yard” means an area of a residential yard approximately midway between the dripline of a residential building and the nearest property boundary or between the driplines of a residential building and another building on the same property.
“Multifamily dwelling” means a structure that contains more than one separate residential dwelling unit, which is used or occupied, or intended to be used or occupied, in whole or in part, as the home or residence of one or more persons.
“Occupant protection plan” means a plan developed bya certified lead abatement contractor prior to the commencement of lead abatement in a residential dwelling or child–occupied facility that describes the measures and management procedures that will be taken during lead abatement to protect the building occupants from exposure to any lead–based paint hazards.
“Ongoing lead–based paint maintenance” means the maintenance of housing assisted by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1355.
“Paint–lead hazard” means the presence of hazard–ous lead–based paint in a residential dwelling or a child–occupied facility.
“Paint stabilization” means repairing any physical defect in the substrate of a painted surface that is causing paint deterioration, removing loose paint and other material from the surface to be treated, and applying a new protective coating or paint.
“Permanently covered soil” means soil which has been separated from human contact by the placement of a barrier consisting of solid, relatively impermeable materials, such as pavement or concrete. Grass, mulch, and other landscaping materials are not considered permanent covering.
“Play area” means an area of frequent soil contact by children of less than six years of age as indicated by, but not limited to, factors including the following: the presence of play equipment (sandboxes, swing sets, and sliding boards), toys, or other children’s possessions, observations of play patterns, or information provided by parents, residents, caregivers, or property owners.
“Principal instructor” means the individual who has the primary responsibility for organizing and teaching a particular course.
“Recognized laboratory” means an environmental laboratory recognized by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency pursuant to Section 405(b) of the federal Toxic Substance Control Act as capable of performing an analysis for lead compounds in paint, soil, and dust.
“Reduction” means measures designed to reduce or eliminate human exposure to lead–based paint hazards through methods including interim controls and abatement.
“Refresher training course” means a course taken by a certified lead professional to maintain certification in a particular discipline.
“Rehabilitation” means the improvement of an existing structure through alterations, incidental additions, or enhancements. Rehabilitation includes repairs necessary to correct the results of deferred maintenance, the replacement of principal fixtures and components, improvements to increase the efficient use of energy, and installation of security devices.
“Residential building” means a building containing one or more residential dwellings.
“Residential dwelling” means (1) a detached single–family dwelling unit, including the surrounding yard, attached structures such as porches and stoops, and detached buildings and structures including, but not limited to, garages, farm buildings, and fences, or (2) a single–family dwelling unit in a structure that contains more than one separate residential dwelling unit, which is used or occupied, or intended to be used or occupied, in whole or part, as the home or residence of one or more persons.
“Risk assessment” means an investigation to determine the existence, nature, severity, and location of lead–based paint hazards in a residential dwelling or child–occupied facility and the provision of a written report explaining the results of the investigation and options for reducing lead–based paint hazards to the person requesting the risk assessment.
“Room” means a separate part of the inside of a building, such as a bedroom, living room, dining room, kitchen, bathroom, laundry room, or utility room. To be considered a separate room, the room must be separated from adjoining rooms by built–in walls or archways that extend at least six inches from an intersecting wall. Half walls or bookcases count as room separators if built–in. Movable or collapsible partitions or partitions consisting solely of shelves or cabinets are not considered built–in walls. A screened–in porch that is used as a living area is a room.
“Soil–lead hazard” means bare soil on residential real property or on the property of a child–occupied facility that contains total lead in excess of 400 parts per million for the dripline, mid–yard, and play areas. A soil–lead hazard is present in a dripline, mid–yard, or play area when the soil–lead concentration from a composite sample of bare soil is equal to or greater than 400 parts per million.
“Soil sample” means a sample collected in a representative location using ASTM E1727, “Standard Practice for Field Collection of Soil Samples by Atomic Spectrometry Techniques,” or equivalent method.
“Standard treatments” means a series of hazard reduction measures designed to reduce all lead–based paint hazards in a dwelling unit without the benefit of a risk assessment or other evaluation.
“State certification examination” means a discipline–specific examination approved by the department to test the knowledge of a person who has completed an approved training course and is applying for certification in a particular discipline. The state certification examination may not be administered by the provider of an approved course.
“Target housing” means housing constructed prior to 1978 with the exception of housing for the elderly or for persons with disabilities and housing which does not contain a bedroom, unless at least one child under the age of six years resides or is expected to reside in the housing for the elderly or persons with disabilities or housing which does not contain a bedroom.
“Training hour” means at least 50 minutes of actual learning, including, but not limited to, time devoted to lecture, learning activities, small group activities, demonstrations, evaluations, or hands–on experience.
“Training manager” means the individual responsible for administering an approved course and monitoring the performance of principal instructors and guest instructors.
“Training program” means a person or organization sponsoring a lead professional training course.
“Visual inspection for clearance testing” means the visual examination of a residential dwelling or a child–occupied facility following lead abatement or following interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1340 to determine whether or not the lead abatement, interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation has been successfully completed.
“Visual risk assessment” means a visual assessment to determine the presence of deteriorated paint or other potential sources of lead–based paint hazards in a residential dwelling or child–occupied facility and the provision of a written report explaining the results of the assessment to the person requesting the visual risk assessment.
“Weighted arithmetic mean” means the arithmetic mean of sample results weighted by the number of subsamples in each sample. Its purpose is to give influence to a sample relative to the surface area it represents. A single surface dust sample is comprised of a single dust subsample. A composite dust sample may contain from two to four dust subsamples of the same area as each other and of each single surface dust sample in the composite. The weighted arithmetic mean is obtained by summing, for all dust samples, the product of the dust sample’s result multiplied by the number of dust subsamples in the dust sample, and dividing the sum by the total number of dust subsamples contained in all dust samples. For example, the weighted arithmetic mean of a single surface dust sample containing 60 micrograms per square foot (g/ft2), a composite dust sample (three dust subsamples) containing 100 g/ft2, and a composite dust sample (four dust subsamples) containing 110 g/ft2 is 100 g/ft2. This result is based on the equation [60+(3?100)+(4?100)] / (1+3+4).
“Window trough” means, for a typical double–hung window, the portion of the exterior windowsill between the interior windowsill (or stool) and the frame of the storm window. If there is no storm window, the window trough is the area that receives both the upper and lower window sashes when they are both lowered. The window trough is sometimes referred to as the window well.
“Wipe sample” means a sample collected by wiping a representative surface of known area, as determined by ASTM E1728, “Standard Practice for Field Collection of Settled Dust Samples Using Wipe Sampling Methods for Lead Determination by Atomic Spectrometry Techniques,” or equivalent method, with an acceptable wipe material as defined in ASTM E1792, “Standard Specification for Wipe Sampling Materials for Lead in Surface Dust.”
“X–ray fluorescence analyzer (XRF)” means an instrument that determines lead concentrations in milligrams per square centimeter (mg/cm2) using the principle of X–ray fluorescence.
641—70.3(135) Certification. Prior to March 1, 2000, lead professionals may be certified by the department. Beginning March 1, 2000, lead professionals and firms must be certified by the department in the appropriate discipline before they conduct lead abatement, clearance testing after lead abatement, lead inspections, elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections, lead hazard screens, risk assessments, and visual risk assessments, except persons who perform these activities within residential dwellings that they own, unless the residential dwelling is occupied by a person other than the owner or a member of the owner’s immediate family while these activities are being performed. In addition, elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections shall be conducted only by certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessors employed by or under contract with a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency. Beginning September 15, 2000, clearance testing after interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, and rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1340 shall be conducted only by certified visual risk assessors sampling technicians, certified lead inspector/risk assessors, or certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspectors. Lead professionals and firms shall not state that they have been certified by the state of Iowa unless they have met the requirements of rule 70.5(135) and been issued a certificate by the department. Prior to March 1, 2000, elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agencies may be certified by the department. Beginning March 1, 2000, elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agencies must be certified by the department. Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agencies shall not state that they have been certified by the state of Iowa unless they have met the requirements of rule 70.5(135) and been issued a certificate by the department.
641—70.4(135) Course approval and standards. Prior to March 1, 1999, lead professional training courses for initial certification and refresher training may be approved by the department. Beginning March 1, 1999, lead professional training courses for initial certification and refresher training must be approved by the department. Training programs shall not state that they have been approved by the state of Iowa unless they have met the requirements of rule 70.4(135) and been issued a letter of approval by the department.
70.4(1) Training courses shall meet the following requirements:
a. to o. No change.
p. A training program shall notify the department in writing at least 30 days in advance of offering an approved course. The notification shall include the date(s), time(s), and location(s) where the approved course will be held.
q. A training program shall provide the following information to the department in writing within 30 days of the conclusion of an approved course for each student who has taken the approved course:
(1) Name, address, and social security number.
(2) Course completion certificate number.
(3) Test score.
70.4(2) and 70.4(3) No change.
70.4(4) To be approved for the training of lead inspector/risk assessors who have already completed an approved visual risk assessor sampling technician course, a course must be at least 20 training hours with a minimum of 8 hours devoted to hands–on training activities. The training course shall cover at least the following subjects (requirements ending in an asterisk (*) indicate areas that require hands–on activities as an integral component of the course):
a. to k. No change.
70.4(5) and 70.4(6) No change.
70.4(7) To be approved for the training of elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessors who have already completed an approved visual risk assessor sampling technician course, a course must be at least 28 training hours with a minimum of 8 hours devoted to hands–on training activities. The training course shall cover at least the following subjects (requirements ending in an asterisk (*) indicate areas that require hands–on activities as an integral component of the course):
a. to l. No change.
70.4(8) to 70.4(10) No change.
70.4(11) To be approved for the training of visual risk assessors sampling technicians prior to September 15, 2000, a course must be at least 16 training hours with a minimum of 4 hours devoted to hands–on activities. Beginning September 15, 2000, a course must be at least 20 training hours with a minimum of 4 hours devoted to hands–on training activities. The training course shall cover at least the following subjects (requirements ending in an asterisk (*) indicate areas that require hands–on activities as an integral component of the course):
a. Role and responsibilities of a visual risk assessor sampling technician.
b. to q. No change.
70.4(12) to 70.4(14) No change.
70.4(15) To be approved for refresher training of visual risk assessors sampling technicians, lead abatement contractors, lead abatement workers, and project designers, a course must be at least 8 training hours. To be approved for refresher training of lead inspector/risk assessors who completedan approved 24–hour training course or elevated bloodlead (EBL) inspector/risk assessors who completed an approved 32–hour training course, a course must be at least 8 training hours to meet the recertification requirements of subrule 70.5(3). To be approved for refresher training of lead inspector/risk assessors and elevated blood lead (EBL)inspector/risk assessors to meet the recertification requirements of subrule 70.5(6), a course must be at least 16 training hours. All refresher courses shall cover at least the following topics:
a. to e. No change.
70.4(16) and 70.4(17) No change.
641—70.5(135) Certification, interim certification, and recertification.
70.5(1) No change.
70.5(2) Beginning September 1, 1999, to become certified by the department as a lead professional, an applicant must meet the education and experience requirements for the appropriate discipline:
a. to c. No change.
d. Visual risk assessors Sampling technicians must meet one of the following requirements:
(1) Associate’s degree.
(2) High school diploma and one year of related experience (e.g., lead, environmental health, public health, housing inspection, building trades).
(3) Certification as an industrial hygienist, professional engineer, registered architect, registered sanitarian, registered environmental health specialist, or registered nurse.
e. No change.
70.5(3) Certifications issued prior to September 1, 1999, shall expire on February 29, 2000. By March 1, 2000, lead professionals certified prior to September 1, 1999, must be recertified by submitting the following:
a. to d. No change.
e. For lead abatement contractors, lead abatement workers, project designers, and visual risk assessors sampling technicians, if the date on which the applicant completed an approved training course is three years or more before the date of recertification, a certificate showing that the applicant has successfully completed an approved refresher training course for the appropriate discipline.
f. and g. No change.
70.5(4) By September 15, 2000, visual risk assessors sampling technicians certified prior to July 1, 2000, must be recertified by submitting a certificate showing the completing of additional training hours in an approved course to meet the total training hours required by subrule 70.4(11) and the completion of an 8–hour refresher course.
70.5(5) to 70.5(8) No change.
641—70.6(135) Work practice standards for conducting lead–based paint activities in target housing and child–occupied facilities.
70.6(1) No change.
70.6(2) A certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/ risk assessor must conduct lead inspections according to the following standards. Beginning March 1, 2000, lead inspections shall be conducted only by a certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor.
a. When conducting an inspection, the certified leadinspector/risk assessor or elevated blood lead (EBL)inspector/risk assessor shall use the documented methodologies, including selection of rooms and components for sampling or testing, specified in Chapter 7 of the Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development).
b. Paint shall be sampled using adequate quality control by X–ray fluorescence or by laboratory analysis using a recognized laboratory to determine the presence of lead–based paint on a surface. If sampling by X–ray fluorescence, the certified lead inspector/risk assessor or elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor shall use the documented methodologies specified in the Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development). If sampling by laboratory analysis, the certified leadinspector/risk assessor or elevated blood lead (EBL)inspector/risk assessor shall collect paint samples using the documented methodologies specified in guidance documents issued by the department.
c. If lead–based paint is identified through an inspection, the certified lead inspector/risk assessor or elevated blood (EBL) lead inspector/risk assessor must conduct a visual inspection to determine the presence of lead–based paint hazards and any other potential lead hazards.
d. No change.
70.6(3) A certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor must conduct elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections according to the following standards. Beginning March 1, 2000, elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections shall be conducted only by a certified elevated blood lead (EBL)inspector/risk assessor.
a. No change.
b. Paint shall be sampled using adequate quality control by X–ray fluorescence or by laboratory analysis using a recognized laboratory to determine the presence of lead–based paint on a surface. If sampling by X–ray fluorescence, the certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor shall use the documented methodologies specified in the Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development). If sampling by laboratory analysis, the certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor shall collect paint samples using the documented methodologies specified in guidance documents issued by the department.
c. to e. No change.
70.6(4) A certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor must conduct lead hazard screens according to the following standards. Beginning March 1, 2000, lead hazard screens shall be conducted only by a certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor.
a. Background information regarding the physical characteristics of the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility and occupant use patterns that may cause lead–based paint exposure to at least one child under the age of six years shall be collected.
b. A visual inspection of the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility shall be conducted to determine if any deteriorated paint is present and to locate at least two dust sampling locations.
c. If deteriorated paint is present, each surface with deteriorated paint which is determined to have a distinct painting history must be tested for the presence of lead. In addition, friction surfaces where there is evidence of abrasion and impact surfaces that are damaged or otherwise deteriorated from impact and that have a distinct painting history shall be tested for the presence of lead.
d. In residential dwellings, a minimum of two composite or single–surface dust samples shall be collected. One sample shall be collected from the floors and the other from the window well and window trough interior windowsills in rooms, hallways, or stairwells where at least one child under the age of six years is most likely to come in contact with dust.
e. In multifamily dwellings and child–occupied facilities, a single–surface or composite dust sample samples shall also be collected from common areas where at least one child under the age of six years is likely to come in contact with dust.
f. Dust samples shall be collected using the documented methodologies specified in the Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development) guidance documents issued by the department. Dust samples shall be analyzed by a recognized laboratory to determine the level of lead.
g. Soil samples shall be collected and analyzed for lead content in exterior play areas and dripline areas where bare soil is present. In addition, soil samples shall be collected and analyzed for lead content from any other areas of the yard where bare soil is present. Soil and paint samples shall be collected using the documented methodologies specified in guidance documents issued by the department and shall be analyzed by a recognized laboratory to determine the level of lead.
g h. Paint shall be sampled using adequate quality control by X–ray fluorescence or by laboratory analysis using a recognized laboratory to determine the presence of lead–based paint on a surface. If sampling by X–ray fluorescence, the certified lead inspector/risk assessor or elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor shall use the documented methodologies specified in the Guidelines for the Evalua–tion and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development). If sampling by laboratory analysis, the certifiedlead inspector/risk assessor or elevated blood lead (EBL)inspector/risk assessor shall collect paint samples using the documented methodologies specified in guidance documents issued by the department.
i. The following standards shall be used to determine whether a residential dwelling or child–occupied facility fails a lead hazard screen:
(1) A residential dwelling or child–occupied facility shall fail a lead hazard screen if any deteriorated paint or paint on friction or impact surfaces is found to be lead–based paint.
(2) A residential dwelling shall fail a lead hazard screen if any floor dust lead level in a single–surface or composite–surface dust sample is greater than 25 micrograms per square foot.
(3) A residential dwelling shall fail a lead hazard screen if any interior windowsill dust lead level in a single–surface or composite–surface dust sample is greater than 125 micrograms per square foot.
(4) A residential dwelling or child–occupied facility shall fail a lead hazard screen if any bare soil is found to be a soil–lead hazard.
h j. A certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor shall prepare a written report for each residential dwelling or child–occupied facility where a lead hazard screen is conducted and shall provide a copy of this report to the person requesting the lead hazard screen. A certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/ risk assessor shall maintain a copy of each written report for no fewer than three years. The report shall include, at least:
(1) Date of each lead hazard screen;
(2) Address of building;
(3) Date of construction;
(4) Apartment numbers (if applicable);
(5) The name, address, and telephone number of the owner or owners of each residential dwelling or child–occupied facility;
(6) Name, signature, and certification number of each certified lead inspector/risk assessor or certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor conducting the investigation;
(7) Name, address, and telephone number of each recognized laboratory conducting an analysis of collected samples;
(8) Results of the visual inspection;
(9) Each testing method and device and sampling procedure employed for paint analysis, including quality control data and, if used, the serial number of any X–ray fluorescence (XRF) device;
(10) Specific locations of each painted component tested for the presence of lead–based paint;
(11) All results of laboratory analysis of collected paint, dust, and soil samples;
(12) Any other sampling results;
(13) Background information collected regarding the physical characteristics of the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility and occupant use patterns that may cause lead–based paint exposure to at least one child under the age of six years; and
(14) Whether the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility passed or failed the lead hazard screen and Recommendations recommendations, if warranted, for a follow–up lead inspection or risk assessment, and, as appropriate, any further actions.
70.6(5) A certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/ risk assessor must conduct risk assessments according to the following standards. Beginning March 1, 2000, risk assessments shall be conducted only by a certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor.
a. to c. No change.
d. Accessible, friction, and impact surfaces Friction surfaces where there is evidence of abrasion and impact surfaces that are damaged or otherwise deteriorated from impact and that having have a distinct painting history shall be tested for the presence of lead.
e. In residential dwellings, dust samples shall be collected from the interior windowsill, window trough, and floor in all living areas where at least one child is most likely to come in contact with dust. Dust samples shall be analyzed for lead concentration and may be either composite or single–surface samples.
f. In multifamily dwellings and child–occupied facilities, dust samples shall also be collected from interior windowsills, window troughs, and floors in common areas adjacent to the sampled residential dwellings or child–occupied facility and in other common areas where the certified lead inspector/risk assessor or certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor determines that at least one child under the age of six years is likely to come in contact with dust. Dust samples shall be analyzed for lead concentration and may be either composite or single–surface samples.
g. In child–occupied facilities, dust samples shall be collected from the interior window well windowsill, window trough, and floor in each room, hallway, or stairwell utilized by one or more children, under the age of six years, and in other common areas where the certified lead inspector/risk assessor or certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor determines that at least one child under the age of six years is likely to come in contact with dust. Dust samples shall be analyzed for lead concentration and may be either composite or single–surface samples.
h. Soil samples shall be collected and analyzed for lead content in exterior play areas and drip line/foundation dripline areas where bare soil is present. In addition, soil samples shall be collected and analyzed for lead content from any other areas of the yard where bare soil is present.
i. Dust samples, soil, and paint samples shall be collected using the documented methodologies specified in the Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development) guidance documents issued by the department. Dust and soil samples shall be analyzed by a recognized laboratory to determine the level of lead.
j. and k. No change.
70.6(6) A certified lead abatement contractor or certified lead abatement worker must conduct lead abatement according to the following standards. Beginning March 1, 2000, lead abatement shall be conducted only by a certified lead abatement contractor or a certified lead abatement worker.
a. to e. No change.
f. Soil abatement shall be conducted using one of the following methods:
(1) If soil is removed, the lead–contaminated soil that is a soil–lead hazard shall be replaced with soil that is not lead–contaminated by soil with a lead concentration as close to the local background as practicable, but no greater than 400 parts per million. The soil that is removed shall not be used as topsoil at another residential property or child–occupied facility.
(2) If soil is not removed, the lead–contaminated soil that is a soil–lead hazard shall be permanently covered.
g. Postabatement clearance procedures shall be conducted by a certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor using the following procedures:
(1) Following an abatement, a visual inspection shall be performed to determine if deteriorated paint surfaces or visible amounts of dust, debris, or residue are still present. If deteriorated paint surfaces or visible amounts of dust, debris, or residue are present, these conditions must be eliminated prior to the continuation of the clearance procedures.
(2) Following the visual inspection and any requiredpostabatement cleanup, clearance sampling for lead–contaminated lead in dust shall be conducted. Clearance sampling may be conducted by employing single–surface sampling or composite dust sampling.
(3) Dust samples shall be collected a minimum of one hour after the completion of final postabatement cleanup activities.
(4) Dust samples shall be collected using the documented methodologies specified in the Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development) guidance documents issued by the department. Dust samples shall be analyzed by a recognized laboratory to determine the level of lead.
(5) The following postabatement clearance activities shall be conducted as appropriate based upon the extent or manner of abatement activities conducted in the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility:
1. After conducting an abatement with containment between abated and unabated areas, three dust samples shall be taken from each of no fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells within the containment area. one dust sample Dust samples shall be taken from one interior windowsill and from one window trough (if available), and one dust sample shall be taken from the floor of each of no fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells within the containment area. In addition, one dust sample shall be taken from the floor outside the containment area. If there are fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells within the containment area, then all rooms, hallways, and stairwells shall be sampled.
2. After conducting an abatement with no containment between abated and unabated areas, two three dust samples shall be taken from each of no fewer than four rooms,hallways, or stairwells in the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility. One dust Dust samples shall be taken from one interior windowsill and from one window trough (if available), and one dust sample shall be taken from the floor of each room, hallway, or stairwell selected. If there are fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells within the containment area in the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility, then all rooms, hallways, and stairwells shall be sampled.
3. Following an exterior abatement, a visual inspection shall be conducted. All horizontal surfaces in the outdoor living area closest to the abated surface shall be found to be cleaned of visible dust and debris. In addition, a visual inspection shall be conducted to determine the presence of paint chips on the drip line dripline or next to the foundation below any exterior surface abated. If visible dust, debris, or paint chips are present, they must be removed from the site and properly disposed of according to all applicable federal, state, and local standards.
(6) The rooms, hallways, and stairwells selected for sampling shall be selected using the documented methodologies specified in the Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development).
(7) The certified lead inspector/risk assessor or certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor shall compare the residual lead level as determined by the laboratory analysis from each single–surface dust sample with applicable single–surface clearance levels for lead in dust on floors, interior windowsills, and window troughs. If the residual lead levels level in a single–surface dust sample exceed exceeds the applicable clearance levels level, then all the components represented by the failed single–surface dust sample shall be recleaned and retested until clearance levels are met.
(8) The certified lead inspector/risk assessor or certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor shall compare the residual lead level as determined by the laboratory analysis from each composite dust sample with applicable single–surface clearance levels for lead in dust on floors, interior windowsills, and window troughs divided by half the number of subsamples in the composite sample. If the residual lead level in a composite dust sample exceeds the applicable clearance level divided by half the number of subsamples in the composite sample, then all the components represented by the failed composite dust sample shall be recleaned and retested until clearance levels are met.
h. No change.
i. The certified lead abatement contractor or a certified project designer shall prepare an abatement report containing the following information:
(1) to (6) No change.
j. The abatement report shall be completed no later than 30 days after the abatement project passes clearance testing.
(7) k. The certified lead abatement contractor shall Maintain maintain all reports and plans required in this subrule for a minimum of three years.
(8) l. The certified lead abatement contractor shall Provide provide a copy of all reports required by this subrule to the building owner who contracted for the lead abatement.
70.6(7) A certified lead inspector/risk assessor, a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor, or a certified visual risk assessor sampling technician must conduct visual risk assessments according to the following standards. Beginning March 1, 2000, visual risk assessments shall be conducted only by a certified lead inspector/risk assessor, a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor, or a certified visual risk assessor sampling technician.
a. Background information regarding the physical characteristics of the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility and occupant use patterns that may cause lead–based paint exposure to at least one child under the age of six years shall be collected.
b. A visual inspection for risk assessment shall be undertaken to locate the existence of deteriorated paint and other potential lead lead–based paint hazards and to assess the extent and causes of the paint deterioration.
c. A certified lead inspector/risk assessor, a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor, or a certified visual risk assessor sampling technician shall prepare a written report for each residential dwelling or child–occupied facility where a visual risk assessment is conducted and shall provide a copy of the report to the person requesting the visual risk assessment. A certified lead inspector/risk assessor, a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor, or a certified visual risk assessor sampling technician shall maintain a copy of the report for no fewer than three years. The report shall include, at least:
(1) Date of each visual risk assessment;
(2) Address of building;
(3) Date of construction;
(4) Apartment numbers (if applicable);
(5) The name, address, and telephone number of the owner or owners of each residential dwelling or child–occupied facility;
(6) Name, signature, and certification number of each certified visual risk assessor sampling technician, certified lead inspector/risk assessor, or certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor conducting the visual risk assessment;
(7) Specific locations of painted components identified as likely to contain lead–based paint and likely to be lead–based paint hazards; and
(8) Information for the owner and occupants on how toreduce lead hazards in the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility.
70.6(8) A certified lead inspector/risk assessor, a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/ risk assessor, or a certified visual risk assessor sampling technician must conduct clearance testing according to the following standards. Beginning March 1, 2000, clearance testing followinglead abatement shall be conducted only by a certified leadinspector/risk assessor or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor. Beginning September 15, 2000, clearance testing after interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, and rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1340 shall be conducted only by certified visual risk assessors sampling technicians, certified lead inspector/risk assessors, or certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspectors.
a. Clearance testing following abatement shall be conducted according to paragraph 70.6(6)“g.”
b. Clearance testing after interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, and rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1340 shall be conducted according to the following standards:
(1) A certified visual risk assessor sampling technician shall perform clearance testing only for a single–family property or for individual dwelling units and associated common areas in a multiunit property. A visual risk assessor sampling technician shall not perform clearance testing using random sampling of dwelling units or common areas in multifamily properties unless the clearance testing is approved by a certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor and the report is signed by a certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor.
(2) A visual inspection shall be performed to determine if deteriorated paint surfaces or visible amounts of dust, debris, or residue are still present. Both exterior and interior painted surfaces shall be examined for the presence of deteriorated paint. If deteriorated paint surfaces or visible amounts of dust, debris, or residue are present, these conditions must be eliminated prior to the continuation of the clearance testing. However, elimination of deteriorated paint is not required if it has been determined through a lead–based paint inspection that the deteriorated paint is not lead–based paint. If exterior painted surfaces have been disturbed by the interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation, the visual inspection shall include an assessment of the ground and any outdoor living areas close to the affected exterior painted surfaces. Visual dust or debris in living areas shall be cleaned up and visible paint chips on the ground shall be removed and properly disposed of according to all applicable federal, state, and local standards.
(3) Following the visual inspection and any required cleanup, clearance sampling for lead–contaminated lead in dust shall be conducted. Clearance sampling may be conducted by employing single–surface sampling or composite dust sampling.
(4) Dust samples shall be collected a minimum of one hour after the completion of final cleanup activities.
(5) Dust samples shall be collected using the documented methodologies specified in the Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development) guidance documents issued by the department. Dust samples shall be analyzed by a recognized laboratory to determine the level of lead.
(6) The following clearance activities shall be conducted as appropriate based upon the extent or manner of interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation conducted in the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility:
1. After conducting interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation, with containment between treated and untreated areas, three dust samples shall be taken from each of no fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells within the containment area. one dust Dust samples shall be taken from one interior windowsill and from one window trough (if available), and one dust sample shall be taken from the floor of each of no fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells within the containment area. In addition, one dust sample shall be taken from the floor outside the containment area. If there are fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells within the containment area, then all rooms, hallways, and stairwells shall be sampled.
2. After conducting interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation, with no containment between treated and untreated areas, two three dust samples shall be taken from each of no fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells in the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility. One dust Dust samples shall be taken from one interior windowsill and from one window trough (if available), and one dust sample shall be taken from the floor of each room, hallway, or stairwell selected. If there are fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells within the containment area in the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility, then all rooms, hallways, and stairwells shall be sampled.
(7) The rooms, hallways, and stairwells selected for sampling shall be selected using the documented methodologies specified in the Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development).
(8) The certified lead inspector/risk assessor, certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor, or certified visual risk assessor shall compare the residual lead level as determined by the laboratory analysis from each dust sample with applicable clearance levels for lead in dust on floors, and window troughs. If the residual lead levels in a dust sample exceed the clearance levels, then all the components represented by the failed dust sample shall be recleaned and retested until clearance levels are met.
(8) The certified lead inspector/risk assessor, certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor, or certified sampling technician shall compare the residual lead level as determined by the laboratory analysis from each single–surface dust sample with applicable single–surface clearance levels for lead in dust on floors, interior windowsills, and window troughs. If the residual lead level in a single–surface dust sample exceeds the applicable clearance level, then all the components represented by the failed single–surface dust sample shall be recleaned and retested until clearance levels are met.
(9) The certified lead inspector/risk assessor, certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor, or certified sampling technician shall compare the residual lead level as determined by the laboratory analysis from each composite dust sample with applicable single–surface clearance levels for lead in dust on floors, interior windowsills, and window troughs divided by half the number of subsamples in the composite sample. If the residual lead level in a composite dust sample exceeds the applicable clearance level divided by half the number of subsamples in the composite sample, then all the components represented by the failed composite dust sample shall be recleaned and retested until clearance levels are met.
c. to e. No change.
f. The clearance standards in 24 CFR 35.1320(b)(2) shall apply. If the results of clearance testing equal or exceed the standards, the dwelling unit, work site, or common area represented by the sample fails the clearance testing.
g. All surfaces represented by a failed clearance sample shall be recleaned or treated by interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation, and retested until the applicable clearance level in 24 CFR 35.1320(b)(2) is met.

h f. Clearance testing shall be performed by persons or entities independent of those performing interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation, unless the designated party uses qualified in–house employees to conduct clearance testing. An in–house employee shall not conduct both interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation and the clearance examination for this work.
70.6(9) No change.
70.6(10) A person may be certified as a lead inspector/risk assessor, visual risk assessor sampling technician, or elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor and as a lead abatement contractor or lead abatement worker. Except as specified by paragraph 70.6(8)“h,” “f,” a person who is certified both as a lead inspector/risk assessor, visual risk assessor sampling technician, or elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor and as a lead abatement contractor or lead abatement worker shall not provide both lead inspection or visual risk assessment and lead abatement services at the same site unless a written consent or waiver, following full disclosure by the person, is obtained from the owner or manager of the site.
70.6(11) Any paint chip, dust, or soil samples collected pursuant to the work practice standards contained in subrules 70.6(2) to 70.6(6) shall be collected by persons certified as a lead inspector/risk assessor or an elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor. Any paint chip, dust, or soil samples collected pursuant to the work practice standards contained in subrule 70.6(8) for clearance testing following leadabatement shall be collected by persons certified as a leadinspector/risk assessor or an elevated blood lead (EBL)inspector/risk assessor. Any paint chip, dust, or soil samples collected pursuant to the work practice standards contained in subrule 70.6(8) for clearance testing after interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, and rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1340 shall be conducted only by certified visual risk assessors sampling technicians, certified lead inspector/risk assessors, or certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspectors. Any paint chip, dust, or soil samples collected pursuant to the work practice standards contained in rule 70.6(135) shall be analyzed by a recognized laboratory.
70.6(12) Composite dust sampling shall be conducted only in the situations specified in subrules 70.6(4) to 70.6(6) and 70.6(8). If composite sampling is conducted, it shall meet the following requirements:
a. to c. No change.
d. The results of composite dust samples shall be evaluated by comparing the residual lead level as determined by the laboratory analysis from each composite dust sample with applicable single–surface dust–lead hazard or clearance levels for lead in dust on floors, interior windowsills, and window troughs divided by half the number of subsamples in the composite sample.
641—70.7(135) to 641—70.10(135) No change.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement section 135.105A.
ARC 0847B
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 135.100 to 135.105, the Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 72, “Lead Abatement Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Iowa Code sections 135.100 to 135.105 establish a childhood lead poisoning prevention program within the Iowa Department of Public Health and direct the Department to implement and review programs necessary to eliminate childhood lead poisoning in Iowa in a year for which funds are appropriated to the Department for this purpose.
The proposed amendments change the name of the chapter and the name of the program from “lead abatement program” to “childhood lead poisoning prevention program.” This change was made to Iowa Code sections 135.100 to 135.105 by the General Assembly in 1999. The definitions for “abatement,” “blood lead action level,” and “contamination action level” have been deleted. The Department has added definitions for “capillary,” “certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection,” “certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency,” “certified elevated blood lead (EBL)inspector/risk assessor,” “chelation,” “lead–based paint hazard,” and “venous.” These changes have been made to reflect current terminology specified in 641—Chapter 70, “Lead Professional Certification,” Iowa Administrative Code. The provisions of subrule 72.2(4) have been changed to reflect these definitions and the current standards for childhood lead poisoning prevention programs as set by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
These rules are subject to waiver pursuant to the Department’s variance and waiver provisions contained at 641— Chapter 178. For this reason, the Department has not provided a specific provision for waiver of these particular rules.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments received on or before August 28, 2001. Such written materials should be sent to the Lead Poisoning Prevention Program, Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319; E–mail rgergely@idph.state.ia.us; fax (515) 281–4529.
Also, there will be a public hearing on August 28, 2001, at 10 a.m. (local Iowa time) over the Iowa Communications Network (ICN), at which time persons may present their views. The sites for the public hearing are as follows:

Department of Human Services
Room 550, 5th Floor
411 3rd Street SE
Cedar Rapids

Keystone Area Education Agency
ICN Classroom
2310 Chaney Road
Dubuque

Mason City National Guard Armory
1160 19th Street SW
Mason City

Matilda J. Gibson Memorial Library
200 W. Howard Street
Creston

Ottumwa Regional Health Center
Conference Room A
1001 E. Pennsylvania
Ottumwa

Sioux City Public Library
529 Pierce Street
Sioux City

Iowa Department of Public Health
ICN Room, Sixth Floor
Lucas State Office Building
321 E. 12th Street
Des Moines

These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 135.100 to 135.105.
The following amendments are proposed.

Amend 641—Chapter 72 as follows:

CHAPTER 72
CHILDHOOD LEAD ABATEMENT
POISONING PREVENTION PROGRAM
641—72.1(72GA,HF169 135) Definitions.
“Abatement” means, at a minimum, treatment of contaminated areas to eliminate accessible and chewable lead paint on surfaces. It shall consist of covering or removal of the lead paint from surfaces from which it is chipping or flaking or otherwise accessible for ingestion.
“Blood action level” means a blood level in a child of over 25 ug/dl of lead.
“Capillary” means a blood sample taken from the finger or heel for lead analysis.
“Certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency” means an agency that has met the requirements of 641— 70.5(135) and that has been certified by the department.
“Certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/riskassessor” means a person who has met the requirements of 641— 70.5(135) for certification or interim certification and who has been certified by the department.
“Chelation” means the administration of medication that binds lead so that it can be removed from the body.
“Contamination action level” means a lead contamination level in a household of 1 mg/cm2 or higher as measured by an X–ray fluorescence analyzer. (This level is established by the Department of Housing and Urban Development of the federal government and may be changed according to any changes required by HUD.)
“Department” means the Iowa department of public health.
“Elevated blood lead (EBL) child” means any child who has had one venous blood lead level greater than or equal to 20 micrograms per deciliter or at least two venous blood lead levels of 15 to 19 micrograms per deciliter.
“Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection” means an inspection to determine the sources of lead exposure for an elevated blood lead (EBL) child and the provision within ten working days of a written report explaining the results of the investigation to the owner and occupant of the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility being inspected and to the parents of the elevated blood lead (EBL) child.
“Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency” means an agency that employs or contracts with individuals who perform elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections. Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agencies may also employ or contract with individuals who perform other lead–based paint activities.
“Laboratory” means a laboratory satisfactorily participating in the proficiency testing program of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention/University of Wisconsin or other specific proficiency testing program for erythrocyte protoporphyrin and lead for blood lead analysis.
“Lead–based paint hazard” means hazardous lead–based paint, a dust–lead hazard, or a soil–lead hazard as defined in 641—Chapter 70.
“Local board” means a county, district, or city board of health.
“Venous” means a blood sample taken from a vein in the arm for lead analysis.
641—72.2(72GA,HF169 135) Applicant eligibility and application process.
72.2(1) All local boards of health are eligible to apply for grants under this program.
72.2(2) Local boards wishing to participate in this program shall make application to the Iowa department of public health. Requests for funds must follow the “Request for Proposals” format which will be made available from the Maternal and Child Health Bureau Lead Poisoning Prevention Program, Iowa Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075. All materials submitted as part of the grant application are public records.
72.2(3) Applicants must demonstrate a need for financial assistance for the program.
72.2(4) Applicants must satisfactorily describe their intent to meet the following activities and authority within the first year of the program in order to be eligible for initial and continued funding.
1 a. A public education program about lead poisoning and dangers of lead poisoning to children.
2 b. An effective outreach effort to ensure availability of services in geographic area to be served.
3 c. A blood screening lead testing program for children, with emphasis on children less than five years of age. Blood screening lead testing should be done in conformance with “Preventing Lead Poisoning in Young Children,” a statement by the Center for Disease Control, January 1985 the department’s statewide blood lead testing plan, available on request from the department.
4 d. Provision of laboratory services, in conformance with the above–cited reference.
5 e. A program of referral of identified children for assessment and treatment which should be developed in association with the Child Health Specialty Clinics of the University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics to ensure that children identified with blood lead levels greater than or equal to 10 micrograms per deciliter receive services appropriate for the blood lead level including, but not limited to, confirmatory venous blood lead testing, follow–up capillary or venous blood lead testing, nutrition counseling, a home nursing visit, a developmental evaluation, a medical evaluation, and chelation.
6 f. Conducting An environmental assessment of suspect an elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection in dwelling units associated with an elevated blood lead (EBL) child. Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections shall be conducted by certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessors employed by or under contract with a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency.
7 g. Abatement surveillance Follow up to ensure correction of the identified hazardous settings that lead–based paint hazards identified in dwelling units associated with an elevated blood lead (EBL) child are corrected.
8 h. A local code which provides adequate authority to require abatement control of lead–based paint hazards found in dwelling units associated with an elevated blood lead (EBL) child.
i. Development of a community coalition to address childhood lead poisoning prevention.
j. Management of blood lead and case management using the Strategic Tracking of Elevated Lead Levels and Remediation (STELLAR) program.
9 k. A plan of intent to continue the program on a maintenance basis after the grant is discontinued.
641—72.3(72GA,HF169 135) Selection process.
72.3(1) Proposed childhood lead abatement poisoning prevention programs will be prioritized by the department, with highest priority given to geographic areas having children with elevated blood lead levels, as identified by surveys completed by the department the results of blood lead testing reported to the department.
72.3(2) Contract agencies are selected on the basis of the grant applications submitted to the Iowa department of public health in relation to the review criteria. Copies of review criteria are available from Bureau Chief, Maternal and Child Health Bureau Lead Poisoning Prevention Program, Iowa Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075, (515)281–4911.
72.3(3) In the case of competing applications, the contracts will be awarded to the agencies that score the highest number of points in a review.
641—72.4(72GA,HF169 135) Funding.
72.4(1) Grant recipients will be required to provide matching contributions according to the following formula:
1 a. The grantee will provide one dollar for each every three dollars awarded for each of the first two years and then one dollar for each dollar identified for a maximum of two additional years.
2 b. Local contributions may be in the form of in–kind matching.
3 c. No project can qualify for more than $50,000 per year of state funds.
72.4(2) The contract period shall be from July 1 to June 30 annually; however, contracts may be subject to termination.
72.4(3) Agencies which have been awarded a grant for the first year must apply for renewal for each subsequent year.
72.4(4) Projects may negotiate for services or equipment with any firm, bearing in mind that according to Iowa Code section 193.7, the law requires the promotion of equal opportunity in all state contracts and services and the prohibition of discriminatory and unfair practices within any program receiving or benefiting from financial assistance in whole or in part.
72.4(5) The lead abatement childhood lead poisoning prevention grant program shall continue for so long as funds are appropriated to the department for that purpose.
641—72.5(72GA,HF169 135) Appeals. No change.
These rules are intended to implement 1987 Iowa Acts, House File 169 Iowa Code sections 135.100 to 135.105.
ARC 0863B
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 99D.7 and 99F.4, the Racing and Gaming Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 6, “Occupational and Vendor Licensing,” and Chapter 9, “Harness Racing,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 amends a rule to reflect current practice regarding sanctions for falsification.
Item 2 rescinds a provision regarding registration certificates being filed in the office that would be in conflict with the United States Trotting Association uniform rules.
Any person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments on or before August 28, 2001. Written material should be directed to the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa 50309. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact the Commission office at (515)281–7352.
Also, there will be a public hearing on August 28, 2001, at 9 a.m. in the office of the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may pre–sent their views at the public hearing either orally or in writing.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 99D and 99F.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 6.5(1), paragraph “n,” as follows:
n. A license shall be denied if the applicant falsifies the application form and would be ineligible for licensure under paragraphs “a” through “m” above. In other cases of falsification, a license may be issued and the applicant shall be subject to a suspension, fine, or both.
ITEM 2. Rescind and reserve subrule 9.4(5), paragraph “m.”
ARC 0862B
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.17(19) and 422.68, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 52, “Filing Returns, Payment of Tax and Penalty and Interest,” and Chapter 58, “Filing Returns, Payment of Tax, Penalty and Interest, and Allocation of Tax Revenues,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 provides that, prior to January 1, 2001, the eligible housing business tax credit is limited to 10 percent of $120,000 for each home or unit of a multiple dwelling and, effective January 1, 2001, is limited to 10 percent of $140,000 for each home or unit of a multiple dwelling.
Item 2 updates an implementation clause.
Item 3 provides that the eligible housing business tax credit is available to franchise tax filers based on the pro–rata share of the Iowa eligible housing business tax credit from a partnership, limited liability company, estate or trust which has been approved as an eligible housing business by the Iowa Department of Economic Development.
The proposed amendments will not necessitate additional expenditures by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract with political subdivisions.
Any person who believes that the application of the discretionary provisions of these amendments would result in hardship or injustice to that person may petition the Department for a waiver of the discretionary provisions, if any.
The Department has determined that these proposed amendments may have an impact on small business. The Department has considered the factors listed in Iowa Code section 17A.4A. The Department will issue a regulatory analysis as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4A if a written request is filed by delivery or by mailing postmarkedno later than September 10, 2001, to the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines, Iowa 50306. The request may be made by the Administrative Rules Review Committee, the Administrative Rules Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing that request who each qualify as a small business or an organization representing at least 25 such persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on these proposed amendments on or before September 7, 2001. Such written comments should be directed to the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines, Iowa 50306.
Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, at (515)281–4250 or at the Department of Revenue and Finance offices on the fourth floor of the Hoover State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by August 31, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 15E as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1213, and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 349.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 701—52.15(15E) by adopting the following new unnumbered paragraph:
Prior to January 1, 2001, the tax credit cannot exceed 10 percent of $120,000 for each home or individual unit in a multiple dwelling unit building. Effective January 1, 2001, the tax credit cannot exceed 10 percent of $140,000 for each home or individual unit in a multiple dwelling unit building.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 701—52.15(15E), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1179 Code section 15E.193B as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 349.
ITEM 3. Amend Chapter 58 by adopting the following new rule:
701—58.8(15E) Eligible housing business tax credit. For tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, a financial institution may claim on the franchise tax return the pro–rata share of the Iowa eligible housing business tax credit from a partnership, limited liability company, estate or trust which has been approved as an eligible housing business by the department of economic development.
An eligible housing business may receive a tax credit of up to 10 percent of the new investment which is directly related to the building or rehabilitating of homes in an enterprise zone. The tax credit may be taken on the tax return for the tax year in which the home is ready for occupancy. The portion of the credit claimed by the taxpayer shall be in the same ratio as the taxpayer’s pro–rata share of the earnings of the partnership, limited liability company or estate or trust. Any eligible housing business tax credit in excess of the franchise tax liability must be carried forward for seven years or until it is used, whichever is the earlier.
Prior to January 1, 2001, the tax credit cannot exceed 10 percent of $120,000 for each home or individual unit in a multiple dwelling unit building. Effective January 1, 2001, the tax credit cannot exceed 10 percent of $140,000 for each home or individual unit in a multiple dwelling unit building.
New investment which is directly related to the building or rehabilitating of homes includes but is not limited to the following costs: land, surveying, architectural services, building permits, inspections, interest on a construction loan, building materials, roofing, plumbing materials, electrical materials, amounts paid to subcontractors for labor and materials provided, concrete, labor, landscaping, appliances normally provided with a new home, heating and cooling equipment, millwork, drywall and drywall materials, nails, bolts, screws, and floor coverings.
New investment does not include the machinery, equipment, hand or power tools necessary to build or rehabilitate homes.
If the eligible housing business fails to maintain the requirements of Iowa Code section 15E.193B to be an eligible housing business, the taxpayer may be required to repay all or a part of the tax incentives the business received. Irrespective of the fact that the statute of limitations to assess the taxpayer for repayment of the income tax credit may have expired, the department may proceed to collect the tax incentives forfeited by failure to maintain the requirements of Iowa Code section 15E.193B. This is because it is a recovery of an incentive, rather than an adjustment to the taxpayer’s tax liability.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 15E.193B as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1213, and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 349.
ARC 0872B
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 47.1, the Secretary of State hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 21, “Election Forms and Instructions,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed new rule formalizes standards for measuring the accessibility of polling places. The rule includes a survey form and the process and procedures for requesting a temporary waiver of accessibility requirements under emergency circumstances and where no accessible place is available.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on this proposed rule on or before August 28, 2001. Such written suggestions or comments should be directed to Sandy Steinbach, Director of Elections, First Floor, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact the Secretary of State’s office at (515)281–5823 or at the Secretary of State’s offices on the first floor of the Lucas State Office Building. Requests for a public hearing must be received by August 27, 2001.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 49.21, the U.S. Voting Accessibility for the Elderly andHandicapped Act, and the Americans with Disabilities Act.
The following new rule is proposed.
721—21.50(49) Polling place accessibility standards.
21.50(1) Inspection required. Before any building may be designated for use as a polling place, the county commissioner of elections or the commissioner’s designee shall inspect the building to determine whether it is accessible to persons with disabilities.
21.50(2) Frequency of inspection. Polling places that have been inspected using the Polling Place Accessibility Survey Form prescribed in subrule 21.50(4) shall be reinspected if structural changes are made to the building or if the location of the polling place inside the building is changed.
21.50(3) Review of accessibility. Not less than 90 days before each primary election, the commissioner shall determine whether each polling place needs to be reinspected.
21.50(4) Standards for determining polling place accessibility. The following survey form shall be used to evaluate polling places for accessibility to persons with disabilities.

Polling Place Accessibility Survey Form
County: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
Polling place name or number:_________________________________________________________________________
Polling place address/location:
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTIONS
Purpose. This form shall be used to evaluate the accessibility of polling places to persons with disabilities.
How to use this form. Inspect each potential polling place by going from the parking area to the voting area. You will need a yardstick, a tape measure and about 30 minutes.
Answer every question on the form by marking either “YES,” “NO,” or “N/A” (NOT APPLICABLE), as appropriate. Items on the survey with clear (unshaded) boxes are required. If a required item is marked “NO,” the polling place is inaccessible. The survey questions in shaded boxes are recommended. If a recommended item is marked “NO,” the polling place is accessible, but inconvenient, if all other responses are “YES” or “N/A.”
Polling places may be inaccessible for more than one reason. Please respond to every item and summarize the responses by category on the back page.

1. Name, address, and telephone number of person(s) completing this form:



2. Date of inspection: _________________________________________

Category I: Parking

YES

NO

N/A

1. Are there off–street parking spaces either permanently or temporarily designated for the
handicapped?




2. Accessible off–street parking:

a. Are parking spaces at least 13 feet wide (Parking space = 8 ft., aisle = 5 ft.)?




b. Are parking spaces on level ground (with a slope no greater than a rise of 1 foot in 50 feet)?




c. Is the parking area paved (concrete, asphalt, macadam, etc.)?




d. Are the parking places within a reasonable travel distance (200 feet maximum) from the building?




e. Is there a curb cut to connect these parking spaces to an accessible walk or to the building entrance?




f. Are these parking spaces designated by post–mounted signs bearing the symbol of accessibility?




3. Is there a relatively level passenger drop–off zone at least 4 feet wide with a curb cut connecting it to
an accessible walk or to the building entrance?




End of Category I
Please go to next category





Category II: Walkways or pathways to the building

YES

NO

N/A

1. Is the walkway or pathway to the building paved (concrete, asphalt, macadam, etc.)?




2. Is the walkway or pathway to the building at least 48 inches wide?




3. Are all curbs along the pathway to the building cut or ramped with at least 36 inches clear width and
with slopes of no more than a 1–inch rise in 8 inches?




4. Are all stairs or steps along the walkway or pathway to the building either ramped (with a slope of no
more than a 1–foot rise in 20 feet) or else provided with a suitable alternative means of access?




5. Do stairsteps along the walkway or pathway to the building have non–slip surfaces and handrails?




6. Is the walkway or pathway to the building entrance:

a. Free of protrusions (such as fire hydrants, tree trunks, or other obstacles) which narrow the passage
to less than 48 inches?




b. Free of any abrupt edges or breaks in the surface where the difference is over 1/4 inch in height
(such as where it crosses a driveway, parking lot, or another walkway, etc.)?




c. Free of any overhanging objects (such as tree branches, signs, etc.) which hang lower than 80 inches?




d. Free of any slopes or inclines greater than a 1–foot rise in 30 feet?




e. Free of any grating with openings of over 1/2 inch wide?




7. Are walkways always well–lighted?




8. Are provisions made to ensure that walkways are free of such hazards as ice, snow, leaves, or other
debris on the day of election?




9. Are there signs which identify the accessible route of travel if that route is different from the primary
route of travel to the building?




End of Category II
Please go to next category




Category III: Ramps and elevators entering or inside the building

YES

NO

N/A

1. Are building stairs or steps which are over 3/4 inches high (either at the entrance or between the
entrance and the voting area) provided either with a ramp, with an elevator, or with an alternative means of unassisted passage (such as a chairlift or an alternative route of travel)?




2. Ramps:

a. Do all ramps have a slope no greater than a rise of 1 foot in 12 feet?




b. Are ramps provided with non–slip surfaces?




c. Is a handrail provided for any ramp rising more than 6 inches or longer than 72 inches?




d. Are handrails at least 32 inches above ramp surface?




e. Can handrails be gripped?




f. Are ramps and landing areas with drop–offs provided with at least a 2–inch curb at the side to prevent
slipping off the ramps?




g. If there is a door at the top of a ramp, is there a level space of at least 5 feet by 5 feet where a
wheelchair can rest while the door is opened (if the door opens toward the ramp)?




3. Elevators (if elevators are the only accessible route):

a. Is the elevator cab at least 68 inches by 51 inches wide?




b. Do elevator doors provide at least 36 inches clear width?




c. Are elevator controls less than 54 inches high (i.e., can a person in a chair operate the controls)?




d. Are control panels marked with raised lettering?




e. Is the elevator in close proximity to the entrance of the building?




End of Category III
Please go to next category




Category IV: Other architectural features

YES

NO

N/A

1. Doors along the route of travel:

a. Do all doors have an opening which clears at least 32 inches wide?




b. Are all door thresholds less than 1/2 inch high (3/4 inch if the building was erected before 1979)?




c. Are all doors equipped with either arch or lever–type handles, pushplates, or automatic openers
(so that twisting a doorknob is not required)?




d. Where an automatic door is used, does the door remain open at least 3 seconds?




e. Are glass doors marked with safety seals?




2. Stairs along the route:

a. Do stairs have non–slip surfaces?




b. Do stairs have handrails at least 34 to 38 inches above the step level?




c. Can handrails be gripped?




d. Do all steps have risers (the vertical wall at the back of each step)?




e. Do all steps have tread areas at least 11 inches deep?




f. Are all steps less than 7 inches in height?




g. Are stairs well–lighted?




h. Are stairs free of obstacles?




3. Corridors:

a. Is the corridor at least 44 inches wide?




b. Is the corridor free of obstacles or protrusions (such as boxes, water fountains, etc.) which extend
more than 12 inches from the wall?




c. Is there sufficient lighting at all points along the route?




d. In any corridor longer than 30 feet, is there a seating or rest area?




e. Does the corridor have a non–slip surface?




f. Are all rugs and mats securely fastened?



End of Category IV
Please go to next category




Category V: Features within the voting area

YES

NO

N/A

1. Are instructions for voting printed in 14–point or larger type, in simple language, and plainly
displayed?




2. Is there sufficient space for reasonable movement of voters in wheelchairs?




3. Can all necessary parts of the voting equipment be reached by a person seated in a chair or, at least, is an alternative means of casting a ballot provided?




4. Are magnifying devices available for those who request them?




5. Is there adequate lighting in the voting area?




6. Is seating available for elderly or handicapped voters awaiting their turn to vote?




End of Category V
Please go to next category




Category VI: If there are other reasons for inaccessibility, please describe:
You may attach additional sheets, if necessary.


Please complete the summary of accessibility on the next page.


Summary of Accessibility by Categories

Please review the responses within each category on the previous pages and indicate below whether each category is:
INACCESSIBLE (if there is a “NO” response in any unshaded box in the category)
ACCESSIBLE, BUT INCONVIENENT (if all “NO” responses in the category are only in shaded boxes and all the responses in the unshaded boxes are either “YES” or “N/A”)
FULLY ACCESSIBLE (if all responses in the category are either “YES” or “N/A”)

Category

Inaccessible
Accessible, but
inconvenient
Fully
accessible
I. Parking



II. Walkways or pathways to the building



III. Ramps and elevators entering or inside the building



IV. Other architectural features



V. Features within the voting area



VI. Other



Overall determination of polling place accessibility

If one or more of the categories are marked “INACCESSIBLE,”
then the polling place is ........................................................................................................................... INACCESSIBLE j

If no category is marked “INACCESSIBLE,” but one or more are marked
“ACCESSIBLE, BUT INCONVENIENT,” then the polling place is .............. ACCESSIBLE, BUT INCONVENIENT j

If all categories above are marked “FULLY ACCESSIBLE,”
then the polling place is ................................................................................................................. FULLY ACCESSIBLE j
Disposition of inaccessible polling place
If the polling place is INACCESSIBLE YES NO

A. Has an alternative accessible facility been sought?



B. Are permanent or temporary alterations planned to render the polling place accessible
in the coming election?



21.50(5) Temporary waiver of accessibility requirements. Notwithstanding the waiver provisions of 721— Chapter 10, if the county commissioner is unable to provide an accessible polling place for any precinct, the commissioner shall apply for a temporary waiver of accessibility requirements pursuant to this subrule. Applications shall be filed with the secretary of state not later than 60 days before the date of any scheduled election. If a waiver is granted, it shall be valid for two years from the date of approval by the secretary of state.
a. Each application shall include the following documents:
(1) Application for Temporary Waiver of Accessibility Requirements.
(2) A copy of the Polling Place Accessibility Survey Form for the polling place to be used.
(3) A copy of the Polling Place Accessibility Survey Forms for any other buildings that were surveyed and rejected as possible polling place sites for the precinct.
b. If an accessible place becomes available at least 30 days before an election, the commissioner shall change polling places and shall notify the secretary of state. The notice shall include a copy of the Polling Place Accessibility Survey Form for the new polling place.
21.50(6) Emergency waivers. During the 60 days preceding an election, if a polling place becomes unavailable for use due to fire, flood, or changes made to the building, or for other reasons, the commissioner must apply for an emergency waiver of accessibility requirements in order to move the polling place to an inaccessible building. Emergency waiver applications must be filed with the secretary of state as soon as possible before election day. To apply for an emergency waiver, the commissioner shall send the following documents:
a. Application for Temporary Waiver of Accessibility Requirements.
b. A copy of the Polling Place Accessibility Survey Form for the polling place selected.
c. A copy of the Polling Place Accessibility Survey Forms for any other buildings that were surveyed and rejected as possible polling place sites for this precinct.
21.50(7) Application form. The following form shall be used to apply for a temporary waiver of accessibility requirements.


State of Iowa Application for

Temporary Waiver of Accessibility Requirements
Instructions
Send a separate application for each precinct. Do not list more than one precinct on a waiver form.
Include copies of surveys. With each application you must send copies (you keep the originals) of the Polling Place Accessibility Survey Form for the polling place you would like to use, as well as for any buildings you surveyed and rejected.
Complete section A or section B, but not both.
Section A. No Accessible Place. If you cannot provide an accessible polling place for a precinct because no accessible buildings are available and no available building can be modified to be accessible on election day, you must apply for a temporary waiver of accessibility requirements.
1. Describe why you are unable to provide an accessible polling place for the precinct. Include the reasons that the polling
place you have selected cannot be made accessible for the next election.
2. List other potential polling places you examined and rejected. Enclose a copy of the Polling Place Accessibility Survey
Form for each place you list. You keep the original copy of the survey form.
3. List the name and address of the polling place you propose to use. Enclose a copy of the Polling Place Accessibility Survey
Form for this place. You keep the original survey form.
4. If a waiver is granted, it will apply to all elections held for two years after the date the waiver is approved by the Secretary
of State.
Section B. Emergency Use. Use this section to report changes in polling places during the two months before a federal election. For example, you may need to change from an accessible polling place to an inaccessible one because the building has become unusable due to an emergency, such as a fire or flood.
1. Describe the emergency that made it necessary to move the polling place to an inaccessible site.
2. List the name and address of the polling place you propose to use. Enclose a copy of the Polling Place Accessibility Survey
Form for this place. You keep the original survey form.

Review the application form carefully, sign and date it.


State of Iowa Application for

Temporary Waiver of Accessibility Requirements

County: ___________________________________ Precinct: ________________________________________


___________________________________________________________________________________

Section A—No Accessible Place.
I have surveyed all potential polling places in the precinct listed above and hereby certify that no accessible place is available in or for the precinct. I further certify that this county is unable to make a polling place temporarily accessible in the precinct for the following reasons:

Other potential polling places that have been surveyed and rejected as inaccessible are:

I request permission to use the following building as a polling place until an accessible place becomes available, or for two years, whichever is sooner:


Section B—Emergency Use.
Due to emergency conditions, no accessible polling place will be available for the precinct listed above for the next election. The emergency conditions are as follows:



I request permission to use the following building as a polling place for the election to be held on ___/___/20___:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Statement by Commissioner:
Copies of the surveys for all polling places examined and rejected and for the polling place that will be used are included. Any voters with disabilities who are assigned to this precinct and who are unable to enter the polling place will be provided with ballots delivered to their vehicles by the two election officials selected to assist voters. I hereby apply for a determination from the State Commissioner of Elections that an inaccessible polling place may be used in this precinct for the period requested above.

Signed:______________________________________________________, County Auditor and Commissioner of Elections

Date: _______________________________

21.50(8) Evaluation of waivers. When the secretary of state receives waiver applications, the applications shall be reviewed carefully. A response shall be sent to the commissioner within one week by E–mail or by fax to notify the commissioner when the waiver request was received and whether additional information is needed.
21.50(9) Granting waivers. If the secretary of state determines from the documents filed with the waiver request that conditions justify the use of a polling place that does not meet accessibility standards, the secretary of state shall grant the waiver of accessibility requirements. If the secretary of state determines from the documents filed with the waiver request that all potential polling places have been surveyed and no accessible place is available, and the available building cannot be made temporarily accessible, the waiver shall be granted.
21.50(10) Notice required. Each notice of election published pursuant to Iowa Code section 49.53 shall clearly describe which polling places are inaccessible. The notice shall include a description of the services available to persons with disabilities who live in precincts with inaccessible polling places. The notice shall be in substantially the following form:
Any voter who is physically unable to enter a polling place has the right to vote in the voter’s vehicle. For further information, please contact the countyauditor’s office at the telephone or TTY number orE–mail address listed below:
Telephone: _____________ TTY: ______________ E–mail address: ______________________________
21.50(11) Denial of waiver requests. The secretary of state shall review each waiver request. The secretary of state shall consider the totality of the circumstances as shown by the information on the waiver request, information contained in previous applications for waivers for the same precinct and for other precincts in the county, and other relevant available information. The waiver request may be denied if it appears that the commissioner has not made a good–faith effort to find an accessible polling place. If the waiver request is denied, the secretary of state shall notify the commissioner in writing of the reason for denying the request.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 49.21.

ARC 0859B
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 12.1 and 17A.9A, the Treasurer of State hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt Chapter 19, “Waiver and Variance Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The purpose of this new chapter is to comply with Iowa Code section 17A.9A and Executive Order Number 11 which provides for the waiver or variance of administrative rules by state agencies. These rules are based on the Attorney General’s uniform waiver rules.
Public comments concerning the proposed rules will be accepted until 4:30 p.m. on August 29, 2001. Interested persons may submit written, oral or electronic comments. Comments may be addressed to Bret L. Mills, Deputy Treasurer, State Capitol Building, Room 114, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Comments may be faxed to Bret Mills at (515)281–7562 or E–mailed to bmills@tos.state.ia.us.
The agency will hold a public hearing to receive public comments on these amendments on August 29, 2001, at9 a.m. in Room 114, State Capitol Building, Des Moines, Iowa.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 17A.9A.
The following new chapter is proposed.

CHAPTER 19
WAIVER AND VARIANCE RULES
781—19.1(17A) Definition. For purposes of this chapter, a “waiver” or “variance” means action by the agency which suspends in whole or in part the requirements or provisions of a rule as applied to an identified person on the basis of the particular circumstances of that person. For simplicity, the term “waiver” shall include both a “waiver” and a “variance.”
781—19.2(17A) Scope of chapter. This chapter outlines generally applicable standards and a uniform process for the granting of individual waivers from rules adopted by the agency in situations where no other more specifically applicable law provides for waivers. To the extent another more specific provision of law governs the issuance of a waiver from a particular rule, the more specific provision shall supersede this chapter with respect to any waiver from that rule.
781—19.3(17A) Applicability. The agency may grant a waiver from a rule only if the agency has jurisdiction over the rule and the requested waiver is consistent with applicable statutes, constitutional provisions, or other provisions of law. The agency may not waive requirements created or duties imposed by statute.
781—19.4(17A) Criteria for waiver or variance. In response to a petition completed pursuant to rule 19.6(17A), the agency may in its sole discretion issue an order waiving in whole or in part the requirements of a rule if the agency finds, based on clear and convincing evidence, all of the following:
1. The application of the rule would impose an undue hardship on the person for whom the waiver is requested;
2. The waiver from the requirements of the rule in the specific case would not prejudice the substantial legal rights of any person;
3. The provisions of the rule subject to the petition for a waiver are not specifically mandated by statute or another provision of law; and
4. Substantially equal protection of public health, safety, and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that prescribed in the particular rule for which the waiver is requested.
781—19.5(17A) Filing of petition. A petition for a waiver must be submitted in writing to the agency as follows:
19.5(1) License or authorization application. If the petition relates to a license or authorization application, the petition shall be made in accordance with the filing requirements for the license or authorization in question.
19.5(2) Contested cases. If the petition relates to a pending contested case, the petition shall be filed in the contested case proceeding, using the caption of the contested case.
19.5(3) Other. If the petition does not relate to a license application or a pending contested case, the petition shall be submitted in writing to the treasurer of state’s office.
781—19.6(17A) Content of petition. A petition for waiver shall include the following information where applicable and known to the requester:
1. The name, address, and telephone number of the entity or person for whom a waiver is being requested and the case number of any related contested case.
2. A description and citation of the specific rule from which a waiver is requested.
3. The specific waiver requested, including the precise scope and duration.
4. All relevant facts that the petitioner believes would justify a waiver under each of the four criteria described in rule 19.4(17A). This statement shall include a signed statement from the petitioner attesting to the accuracy of the facts provided in the petition and a statement of reasons that the petitioner believes will justify a waiver.
5. A history of any prior contacts between the agency and the petitioner relating to the regulated activity, license, or authorization affected by the proposed waiver, including a description of each affected license or authorization held by the requester, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or investigative reports relating to the regulated activity or license within the last five years.
6. All information known to the requester regarding the agency’s treatment of similar cases.
7. The name, address, and telephone number of any public agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question or which might be affected by the granting of a waiver.
8. The name, address, and telephone number of any entity or person who would be adversely affected by the granting of a petition.
9. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver.
10. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with knowledge regarding the request to furnish the agency with information relevant to the waiver.
781—19.7(17A) Additional information. Prior to issuing an order granting or denying a waiver, the agency may request additional information from the petitioner relative to the petition and surrounding circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested case, the agency may, on its own motion or at the petitioner ’s request, schedule a telephonic or in–person meeting between the petitioner and the treasurer of state, or their designees, a committee of the agency, or a quorum of the agency.
781—19.8(17A) Notice. The agency shall acknowledge a petition upon receipt. The agency shall ensure that, within 30 days of the receipt of the petition, notice of the pendency of the petition and a concise summary of its contents have been provided to all persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law. In addition, the agency may give notice to other persons. To accomplish this notice provision, the agency may require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law and provide a written statement to the agency attesting that notice has been provided.
781—19.9(17A) Hearing procedures. The provisions of Iowa Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case hearings shall apply to any petition for a waiver filed within a contested case and shall otherwise apply to agency proceedings for a waiver only when the agency so provides by rule or order or is required to do so by statute.
781—19.10(17A) Ruling. An order granting or denying a waiver shall be in writing and shall contain a reference to the particular person and rule or portion thereof to which the order pertains, a statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the action is based, and a description of the precise scope and duration of the waiver if one is issued.
19.10(1) Agency discretion. The final decision on whether the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver shall be made at the sole discretion of the agency, upon consideration of all relevant factors. Each petition for a waiver shall be evaluated by the agency based on the unique, individual circumstances set out in the petition.
19.10(2) Burden of persuasion. The burden of persuasion rests with the petitioner to demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that the agency should exercise its discretion to grant a waiver from an agency rule.
19.10(3) Narrowly tailored exception. A waiver, if granted, shall provide the narrowest exception possible to the provisions of a rule.
19.10(4) Administrative deadlines. When the rule from which a waiver is sought establishes administrative deadlines, the agency shall balance the special individual circumstances of the petitioner with the overall goal of uniform treatment of all similarly situated persons.
19.10(5) Conditions. The agency may place any condition on a waiver that the agency finds desirable to protect the public health, safety, and welfare.
19.10(6) Time period of waiver. A waiver shall not be permanent unless the petitioner can show that a temporary waiver would be impracticable. If a temporary waiver is granted, there is no automatic right to renewal. At the sole discretion of the agency, a waiver may be renewed if the agency finds that grounds for a waiver continue to exist.
19.10(7) Time for ruling. The agency shall grant or deny a petition for a waiver as soon as practicable but, in any event, shall do so within 120 days of its receipt unless the petitioner agrees to a later date. However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the agency shall grant or deny the petition no later than the time at which the final decision in that contested case is issued.
19.10(8) When deemed denied. Failure of the agency to grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall be deemed a denial of that petition by the agency. However, the agency shall remain responsible for issuing an order denying a waiver.
19.10(9) Service of order. Within seven days of its issuance, any order issued under this chapter shall be transmitted to the petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains and to any other person entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
781—19.11(17A) Public availability. All orders granting or denying a waiver petition shall be indexed, filed, and available for public inspection as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.3. Petitions for a waiver and orders granting or denying a waiver petition are public records under Iowa Code chapter 22. Some petitions or orders may contain information the agency is authorized or required to keep confidential. The agency may accordingly redact confidential information from petitions or orders prior to public inspection.
781—19.12(17A) Summary reports. Semiannually, the agency shall prepare a summary report identifying the rules for which a waiver has been granted or denied, the number of times a waiver was granted or denied for each rule, a citation to the statutory provisions implemented by these rules, and a general summary of the reasons justifying the agency’s actions on waiver requests. If practicable, the report shall detail the extent to which the granting of a waiver has affected the general applicability of the rule itself. Copies of this report shall be available for public inspection and shall be provided semiannually to the administrative rules coordinator and the administrative rules review committee.
781—19.13(17A) Cancellation of a waiver. A waiver issued by the agency pursuant to this chapter may be withdrawn, canceled, or modified if, after appropriate notice and hearing, the agency issues an order finding any of the following:
1. The petitioner or the person who was the subject of the waiver order withheld or misrepresented material facts relevant to the propriety or desirability of the waiver; or
2. The alternative means for ensuring that the public health, safety and welfare will be adequately protected after issuance of the waiver order have been demonstrated to be insufficient; or
3. The subject of the waiver order has failed to comply with all conditions contained in the order.
781—19.14(17A) Violations. Violation of a condition in a waiver order shall be treated as a violation of the particular rule for which the waiver was granted. As a result, the recipient of a waiver under this chapter who violates a condition of the waiver may be subject to the same remedies or penalties as a person who violates the rule at issue.
781—19.15(17A) Defense. After the agency issues an order granting a waiver, the order is a defense within its terms and the specific facts indicated therein for the person to whom the order pertains in any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be invoked.
781—19.16(17A) Judicial review. Judicial review of the agency’s decision to grant or deny a waiver petition may be taken in accordance with Iowa Code chapter 17A.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 17A.9A.



FILED EMERGENCY
ARC 0876B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the Board of Educational Examiners hereby amends Chapter 14, “Issuance of Practitioner’s Licenses and Endorsements,” Chapter 15, “Requirements for Special Education Endorsements,” Chapter 16, “Occupational and Postsecondary Endorsements and Licenses,” Chapter 17, “Renewal of Licenses,” and Chapter 18, “Conversion Information,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments bring selected rules and subrules within these several chapters into conformity with the new licensure framework which becomes effective on August 31, 2001. There are no substantive rule or subrule changes included in these amendments. These amendments also clarify the fees for licensure and the relationship between the new framework and other licensure areas as well as the renewal and conversion of licenses.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Board finds that notice and public participation are unnecessary and contrary to the public interest. These amendments provide continuity in the licensure framework and eliminate any potential confusion with regard to the new licensure framework and related elements of the licensure system.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), the Board finds that these amendments confer benefits and remove restrictions on the public, such that the normal effective date of these amendments should be waived and the amendments should be made effective upon publication on August 8, 2001.
The Board of Educational Examiners adopted these amendments on June 15, 2001.
These amendments will become effective August 8, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 272.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 282—14.101(272) by adopting the following new subrules:
14.101(1) Effective October 1, 2000, an initial applicant will be required to submit a completed fingerprint packet that accompanies the application to facilitate a national criminal history background check. The fee for the evaluation of the fingerprint packet will be assessed to the applicant.
14.101(2) Effective October 1, 2000, an Iowa division of criminal investigation background check will be conducted on initial applicants. The fee for the evaluation of the DCI background check will be assessed to the applicant.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 282—14.106(272) as follows:
282—14.106(272) Adding endorsements to licenses. After the issuance of a teaching, administrative, or school service personnel license, an individual may add other endorsements to that license upon proper application, provided current requirements for that endorsement, as listed in 282— 14.140(272) and 282—14.141(272), have been met. An updated license with expiration date unchanged from the original or renewed license will be prepared.
In addition to the requirements listed in 282— 14.140(272) and 282—14.141(272), applicants for endorsements shall have completed a methods class appropriate for teaching the general subject area of the endorsement added.
Practitioners who are adding a secondary teaching endorsement and have not student taught on the secondary level shall complete a teaching practicum appropriate for teaching at the level of the new endorsement.
Practitioners holding the K–6 endorsement in the content area of the 7–12 endorsement being added may satisfy the requirement for a teaching practicum by completing all required coursework and presenting verification of competence. This verification of competence shall be signed by a licensed evaluator who has observed and formally evaluated the performance of the applicant at the secondary level.
14.106(1) To add an endorsement, the applicant must follow one of these options:
Option l. Identify with a recognized Iowa teacher preparing institution, meet that institution’s current requirements for the endorsement desired, and receive that institution’s recommendation.
Option 2. Identify with a recognized Iowa teacher education institution and receive a statement that the applicant has completed the equivalent of the institution’s approved program for the endorsement sought.
Option 3. Identify with a recognized teacher education institution and receive a statement that based on the institution’s evaluation of the individual’s preparation the applicant has completed all of the Iowa requirements for the endorsement sought.
14.106(2) Appeal. If an applicant believes the Iowa requirements have been met but cannot obtain an equivalent statement from an institution, the applicant may file the transcripts for review. The rejection from the institution must be in writing. In this situation, the staff of the board of educational examiners shall review the preparation in terms of the Iowa requirements. If an applicant cannot obtain a recommendation for an endorsement from an institution, and if the applicant can document that all of the Iowa requirements have been met, the applicant may apply for the endorsement by filing transcripts and supporting documentation for review. The application must be accompanied by a letter of rejection from an institution that offers the endorsement. Upon receipt of all materials, the staff of the board of educational examiners will review documents to determine if all Iowa requirements have been met.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 282—14.110(272) as follows:
282—14.110(272) Licenses. The following licenses will be issued effective August 31, 2001:
1. Initial.
2. Continuing. Standard.
3. Advanced. Master educator.
4. Professional administrator.
5. Conditional.
6. Substitute.
7. Area education agency administrator.
8. Alternative preparation.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 282—14.111(272) as follows.
282—14.111(272) Requirements for an initial license. An initial license valid for two years may be issued to an applicant who:
1. to 6. No change.
Renewal requirements for this license will be developed. are set out in 282—Chapter 17.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 282—14.112(272) as follows:
282—14.112(272) Requirements for a continuing standard license. A continuing standard license valid for five years may be issued to an applicant who:
1. Completes items “1” to “5” listed under 282— 14.111(272).
2. Shows evidence of successful completion of a state–approved induction program or an approved alternative option or two years’ successful teaching experience based on a local evaluation process.
3. Meets the recency requirement of 14.115“3.”
Renewal requirements for this license will be developed. are set out in 282—Chapter 17.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 282—14.113(272) as follows:
282—14.113(272) Requirements for an advanced teacher’s a master educator’s license. An advanced teacher’s A master educator’s license valid for eight years may be issued to an applicant who:
1. Is the holder of or eligible for a continuing standard license.
2. Verifies seven years of successful teaching experience, or six years if the applicant has completed an approved induction program.
3. Completes one of the following options:
Master’s degree in a recognized endorsement area, or
Master’s degree in curriculum, effective teaching, or a similar degree program which has a focus on school curriculum or instruction, or
A planned 32–semester–hour graduate level program in an endorsement area or in instructional improvement, or
A planned sequence of graduate level coursework tied to an endorsement earned through the National Board for Professional Teaching Standards.
Renewal requirements for this license will be developed. are set out in 282—Chapter 17.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 282—14.114(272) as follows:
282—14.114(272) Requirements for a professional administrator’s license. A professional administrator’s license valid for five years may be issued to an applicant who:
1. Is the holder of or eligible for a continuing standard license.
2. Has five three years of teaching experience.
3. Has completed the requirements for an administrative endorsement.
Renewal requirements for this license will be developed. are set out in 282—Chapter 17.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 282—14.116(272) as follows:
282—14.116(272) Requirements for a two–year conditional license. A nonrenewable conditional license valid for two years may be issued to an individual under the following conditions: If a person is the holder of a valid license and is the holder of one or more endorsements, but is seeking to obtain some other endorsement, a two–year conditional license may be issued if requested by an employer and the individual seeking this endorsement has completed at least two–thirds of the requirements leading to completion of all requirements for that endorsement. or one–half of the content requirements in a state–designated shortage area, leading to completion of all requirements for that endorsement.
For the principal’s endorsement, three years of teaching experience must have been met before application for the conditional license. For the superintendent’s endorsement, three years of teaching experience and three years as a building principal or other PK–12 districtwide or intermediate agency experience are acceptable for becoming a superintendent, and must have been met before application for the conditional license.
A school district administrator may file a written request with the board for an exception to the minimum content requirements on the basis of documented need and benefit to the instructional program. The board will review the request and provide a written decision either approving or denying the request.
This license is not renewable.
ITEM 9. Amend rule 282—14.119(272) as follows:
282—14.119(272) Requirements for a substitute teacher’s license.
14.119(1) A substitute teacher’s license may be issued to an individual who:
a. Has been the holder of, or presently holds, a license in Iowa; or holds or held a regular teacher’s license or certificate in another state, exclusive of temporary, emergency, substitute certificate or license, or a certificate based on an alternative certification program; or
b. Has successfully completed all requirements of an approved teacher education program and is eligible for the provisional initial license, but has not applied for and been issued this license, or who meets all requirements for the provisional initial license with the exception of the degree but whose degree will be granted at the next regular commencement.
14.119(2) A substitute license is valid for five years and for not more than 90 days of teaching in one assignment during any one school year.
A school district administrator may file a written request with the board for an extension of the 90–day limit in one assignment on the basis of documented need and benefit to the instructional program. The board will review the request and provide a written decision either approving or denying the request.
14.119(3) The holder of a substitute license is authorized to teach in any school system in any position in which a regularly licensed teacher was employed to begin the school year. In addition to the authority inherent in the provisional, initial, educational, standard, professional teacher, master educator, two–year exchange, and permanent professional licenses and the endorsement(s) held, the holder of one of these regular licenses may substitute on the same basis as the holder of a substitute license while the regular license is in effect.
14.119(4) Renewal requirements for this license will be developed. are set out in 282—Chapter 17.
ITEM 10. Rescind rule 282—14.120(272) and adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
282—14.120(272) Exchange licenses.
14.120(1) Two–year teacher exchange license.
a. A two–year nonrenewable exchange license may be issued to an individual under the following conditions:
(1) The individual has completed a state–approved teacher education program in a college or university approved by the state board of education or the state board of educational examiners in the home state.
(2) The individual holds a valid regular certificate or license in the state in which the preparation was completed.
(3) The individual is not subject to any pending disciplinary proceedings in any state.
(4) The applicant for the exchange license complies with all requirements with regard to application processes and payments of licensure fees.
b. Each exchange license shall be limited to the area(s) and level(s) of instruction as determined by an analysis of the application, the transcripts and the license or certificate held in the state in which the basic preparation for licensure was completed.
c. Each individual receiving the two–year exchange license must complete any identified licensure deficiencies in order to be eligible for an initial regular license in Iowa.
14.120(2) Two–year administrator exchange license.
a. A two–year nonrenewable exchange license may be issued to an individual under the following conditions. The individual:
(1) Has completed a state–approved teacher education program in a college or university approved by the state board of education or the state board of educational examiners in the individual’s preparation state.
(2) Has completed a state–approved administrator education program in a college or university approved by the state board of education or the state board of educational examiners in the individual’s preparation state.
(3) Holds a valid regular administrative certificate or license.
(4) Is not subject to any pending disciplinary proceedings in any state.
(5) Meets the experience requirements for the administrative endorsements. Verified successful completion of three years of full–time teaching experience in other states, on a valid license, shall be considered equivalent experience necessary for the principal endorsement. Verified successful completion of six years of full–time teaching and administrative experience in other states, on a valid license, shall be considered equivalent experience for the superintendent endorsement provided that at least three years were as a teacher and at least three years were as a building principal or other PK–12 districtwide administrator.
b. Each exchange license shall be limited to the area(s) and level(s) of administration as determined by an analysis of the application, the transcripts, and the license or certificate held in the state in which the basic preparation for the administrative licensure was completed.
c. Each individual receiving the two–year exchange license must complete any identified licensure deficiencies in order to be eligible for a regular educational and administrative license in Iowa.
14.120(3) Two–year nonrenewable school counseling exchange license.
a. A two–year nonrenewable school counseling exchange license may be issued to an individual, provided that the individual:
(1) Has completed a regionally accredited master’s degree program in school guidance counseling.
(2) Holds a valid school counseling certificate or license issued by an examining board which issues certificates or licenses based on requirements which are substantially equivalent to those of the board of educational examiners.
(3) Meets the qualifications in Iowa Code section 272.6.
(4) Is not subject to any pending disciplinary proceeding in any state.
b. Each exchange license shall be limited to the area(s) and level(s) of counseling as determined by an analysis of the application, the transcripts, and the license or certificate held in the state in which the basic preparation for the school counseling license was completed.
c. Each applicant for the exchange license shall comply with all requirements with regard to application processes and payment of licensure fees.
d. Each individual receiving the two–year exchange license must complete any identified licensure deficiencies in order to be eligible for a regular educational license in Iowa.
e. Individuals licensed under this provision are subject to the administrative rules of the board.
ITEM 11. Amend rule 282—14.121(272) as follows:
282—14.121(272) Licensure and authorization application fee. All application and authorization fees are nonrefundable.
14.121(1) Issuance and renewal of licenses, authorizations, and statements of professional recognition. The fee for the issuance of each initial practitioner’s license, the evaluator license, the statement of professional recognition, and the coaching authorization and the renewal of each license, evaluator approval license, statement of professional recognition, and coaching authorization shall be $25 $50.
14.121(2) Adding endorsements. The fee for the addition of each endorsement to a license, following the issuance of the initial license and endorsement(s), shall be $25.
14.121(3) Duplicate licenses, authorizations, and statements of professional recognition. The fee for the issuance of a duplicate practitioner’s license, evaluator license, statement of professional recognition or coaching authorization shall be $5 $10.
14.121(4) Evaluation fee. Each application from an out–of–state institution for initial licensure shall include, in addition to the basic fee for the issuance of a license, a one–time nonrefundable $25 $50 evaluation fee.
Each application or request for a statement of professional recognition shall include a one–time nonrefundable $25 $50 evaluation fee.
14.121(5) One–year emergency license. The fee for the issuance of a one–year emergency license based on an expired conditional license or an expired administrative decision license shall be $50 $100.
14.121(6) Late renewal fee. An additional fee of $25 per calendar month, not to exceed $100, shall be imposed if a renewal application is submitted after the date of expiration of a practitioner’s license. The board may waive a late renewal fee upon application for waiver of the fee by a practitioner. Waiver of the late fee will be granted only upon a showing of extraordinary circumstances rendering imposition of the fee unreasonable. Effective September 1, 2000, an additional fee of $25 per calendar month, not to exceed $100, shall be imposed if a renewal application is submitted after the date of expiration of a practitioner’s license. The board may waive a late renewal fee upon application for waiver of the fee by a practitioner. Waiver of the late fee will be granted only upon a showing of extraordinary circumstances rendering imposition of the fee unreasonable.
ITEM 12. Amend 282—Chapter 14 by adopting the following new rule and reserving rules 282—14.130 to 282— 14.139:
282—14.129(272) Requirements for an alternative preparation license.
14.129(1) Following are the requirements for the issuance of a teaching license based on an alternative preparation program for persons prepared in Iowa.
a. Baccalaureate degree with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or better from a regionally accredited institution. This degree must have been conferred at least three years prior to application to an alternative preparation program.
b. Completion of an alternative preparation program approved by the state board of education.
c. Completion of an approved human relations component.
d. Completion of the exceptional learner program, which must include preparation that contributes to the education of individuals with disabilities and the gifted and talented.
e. Professional education core. Completed coursework or evidence of competency in:
(1) Student learning. The practitioner understands how students learn and develop and provides learning opportunities that support intellectual, career, social, and personal development.
(2) Diverse learners. The practitioner understands how students differ in their approaches to learning and creates instructional opportunities that are equitable and are adaptable to diverse learners.
(3) Instructional planning. The practitioner plans instruction based upon knowledge of subject matter, students, the community, curriculum goals, and state curriculum models.
(4) Instructional strategies. The practitioner understands and uses a variety of instructional strategies to encourage students’ development of critical thinking, problem solving, and performance skills.
(5) Learning environment/classroom management. The practitioner uses an understanding of individual and group motivation and behavior to create a learning environment that encourages positive social interaction, active engagement in learning, and self–motivation.
(6) Communication. The practitioner uses knowledge of effective verbal, nonverbal, and media communication techniques, and other forms of symbolic representation, to foster active inquiry and collaboration and to support interaction in the classroom.
(7) Assessment. The practitioner understands and uses formal and informal assessment strategies to evaluate the continuous intellectual, social, and physical development of the learner.
(8) Foundations, reflection, and professional development. The practitioner continually evaluates the effects of the practitioner’s choices and actions on students, parents, and other professionals in the learning community and actively seeks out opportunities to grow professionally.
(9) Collaboration, ethics, and relationships. The practitioner fosters relationships with parents, school colleagues, and organizations in the larger community to support students’ learning and development.
f. Computer technology related to instruction.
g. Completion of pre–student teaching field–based experiences.
h. Methods of teaching with an emphasis on the subject and grade level endorsement desired.
i. Content/subject matter specialization. The practitioner understands the central concepts, tools of inquiry, and structure of the discipline(s) the practitioner teaches and creates learning experiences that make these aspects of subject matter meaningful for students.
This is evidenced by completion of a 30–semester–hour teaching major which must minimally include the requirements for at least one of the basic endorsement areas or special education teaching endorsements listed in 282— 14.140(272), 282—14.141(272), or 282—15.2(272).
j. A minimum of 12 weeks of student teaching in the subject area and at the grade level in which the endorsement is desired.
14.129(2) Following are the basic requirements for the issuance of a teaching license based on an alternative preparation program with an endorsement for persons prepared in states other than Iowa.
a. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution.
b. Provide a valid out–of–state teaching license based on a state–approved alternative preparation program.
c. Provide a recommendation from a regionally accredited institution, department of education, or a state’s standards board indicating the completion of an approved alternative teacher preparation program.
d. Provide official institutional transcript(s) to be analyzed for the coursework necessary for full Iowa licensure based on 14.129(1)“c” to “i” above.
e. Verify three years of teaching experience which will waive the student teaching requirement.
The alternative preparation license is valid for two years and may be renewed under certain prescribed conditions for an initial license listed in 282—17.8(272).
ITEM 13. Amend 282—Chapter 14 by adopting the following new rule:
282—14.140(272) Requirements for other teaching endorsements. The holder of any K–6 instructional endorsement set out herein may be assigned by local school board action to teach that instructional area at the 7–8 grade levels, and the holder of any 7–12 instructional endorsement set out herein may be assigned by local school board action to teach that instructional area at the 5–6 grade levels.
14.140(1) Athletic coach. K–12.
a. The holder of this endorsement may serve as a head coach or an assistant coach in kindergarten and grades one through twelve.
b. Program requirements.
(1) One semester hour college or university course in the structure and function of the human body in relation to physical activity.
(2) One semester hour college or university course in human growth and development of children and youth as related to physical activity.
(3) Two semester hour college or university course in athletic conditioning, care and prevention of injuries and first aid as related to physical activity.
(4) One semester hour college or university course in the theory of coaching interscholastic athletics.
NOTE: An applicant for the coaching endorsement must hold a teacher’s license with one of the teaching endorsements.
14.140(2) Teacher—elementary classroom.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is authorized to teach in kindergarten and grades one through six.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations component.
(3) Completion of the professional education core. See 14.123(3) and 14.123(4).
(4) Content:
1. Child growth and development with emphasis on the emotional, physical and mental characteristics of elementary age children, unless completed as part of the professional education core. See 14.123(4).
2. Methods and materials of teaching elementary language arts.
3. Methods and materials of teaching elementary reading.
4. Elementary curriculum (methods and materials).
5. Methods and materials of teaching elementary mathematics.
6. Methods and materials of teaching elementary science.
7. Children’s literature.
8. Methods and materials of teaching elementary social studies.
9. Methods and materials in two of the following areas:
Methods and materials of teaching elementary health.
Methods and materials of teaching elementary physical education.
Methods and materials of teaching elementary art.
Methods and materials of teaching elementary music.
10. Pre–student teaching field experience in at least two different grades.
11. A field of specialization in a single discipline or a formal interdisciplinary program of at least twelve semester hours.
14.140(3) Teacher—prekindergarten–kindergarten.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is authorized to teach at the prekindergarten–kindergarten level.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations program.
(3) Completion of the professional education core. See 14.123(3) and 14.123(4).
(4) Content:
1. Human growth and development: infancy and early childhood, unless completed as part of the professional education core. See 14.123(4).
2. Curriculum development and methodology for young children.
3. Child–family–school–community relationships (community agencies).
4. Guidance of young children three to six years of age.
5. Organization of prekindergarten–kindergarten programs.
6. Child and family nutrition.
7. Language development and learning.
8. Kindergarten: programs and curriculum development.
14.140(4) ESL. K–12.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is authorized to teach English as a second language in kindergarten and grades one through twelve.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations program.
(3) Completion of the professional education core. See 14.123(3) and 14.123(4).
(4) Content. Completion of 24 semester hours of coursework in English as a second language to include the following:
1. Teaching English as a second language.
2. Applied linguistics.
3. Language in culture.
4. Bilingual education.
5. Nature of language.
6. Process of language acquisition.
14.140(5) Elementary counselor.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is authorized to serve as a school guidance counselor in kindergarten and grades one through six.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Master’s degree from an accredited institution of higher education.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations component.
(3) Completion of an approved exceptional learner component.
c. Content. Completion of a sequence of courses and experiences which may have been a part of, or in addition to, the degree requirements to include the following:
(1) Nature and needs of individuals at all developmental levels.
1. Develop strategies for facilitating development through the transition from childhood to adolescence and from adolescence to young adult.
2. Apply knowledge of learning and personality development to assist students in developing their full potential.
(2) Social and cultural foundations.
1. Demonstrate awareness of and sensitivity to the unique social, cultural, and economic circumstances of students and their racial/ethnic, gender, age, physical, and learning differences.
2. Demonstrate sensitivity to the nature and the functioning of the student within the family, school and community contexts.
3. Demonstrate the counseling and consultation skills needed to facilitate informed and appropriate action in response to the needs of students.
(3) Fostering of relationships.
1. Employ effective counseling and consultation skills with students, parents, colleagues, administrators, and others.
2. Communicate effectively with parents, colleagues, students and administrators.
3. Counsel students in the areas of personal, social, academic, and career development.
4. Assist families in helping their children address the personal, social, and emotional concerns and problems that may impede educational progress.
5. Implement developmentally appropriate counseling interventions with children and adolescents.
6. Demonstrate the ability to negotiate and move individuals and groups toward consensus or conflict resolution or both.
7. Refer students for specialized help when appropriate.
8. Value the well–being of the students as paramount in the counseling relationship.
(4) Group work.
1. Implement developmentally appropriate interventions involving group dynamics, counseling theories, group counseling methods and skills, and other group work approaches.
2. Apply knowledge of group counseling in implementing appropriate group processes for elementary, middle school, and secondary students.
(5) Career development, education, and postsecondary planning.
1. Assist students in the assessment of their individual strengths, weaknesses, and differences, including those that relate to academic achievement and future plans.
2. Apply knowledge of career assessment and career choice programs.
3. Implement occupational and educational placement, follow–up and evaluation.
4. Develop a counseling network and provide resources for use by students in personalizing the exploration of postsecondary educational opportunities.
(6) Assessment and evaluation.
1. Demonstrate individual and group approaches to assessment and evaluation.
2. Demonstrate an understanding of the proper administration and uses of standardized tests.
3. Apply knowledge of test administration, scoring, and measurement concerns.
4. Apply evaluation procedures for monitoring student achievement.
5. Apply assessment information in program design and program modifications to address students’ needs.
6. Apply knowledge of legal and ethical issues related to assessment and student records.
(7) Professional orientation.
1. Apply knowledge of history, roles, organizational structures, ethics, standards, and credentialing.
2. Maintain a high level of professional knowledge and skills.
3. Apply knowledge of professional and ethical standards to the practice of school counseling.
4. Articulate the counselor role to school personnel, parents, community, and students.
(8) School counseling skills.
1. Design, implement, and evaluate a comprehensive, developmental school guidance program.
2. Implement and evaluate specific strategies designed to meet program goals and objectives.
3. Consult and coordinate efforts with resource persons, specialists, businesses, and agencies outside the school to promote program objectives.
4. Provide information appropriate to the particular educational transition and assist students in understanding the relationship that their curricular experiences and academic achievements will have on subsequent educational opportunities.
5. Assist parents and families in order to provide a supportive environment in which students can become effective learners and achieve success in pursuit of appropriate educational goals.
6. Provide training, orientation, and consultation assistance to faculty, administrators, staff, and school officials to assist them in responding to the social, emotional, and educational development of all students.
7. Collaborate with teachers, administrators, and other educators in ensuring that appropriate educational experiences are provided that allow all students to achieve success.
8. Assist in the process of identifying and addressing the needs of the exceptional student.
9. Apply knowledge of legal and ethical issues related to child abuse and mandatory reporting.
10. Advocate for the educational needs of students and work to ensure that these needs are addressed at every level of the school experience.
11. Promote use of counseling and guidance activities and programs involving the total school community to provide a positive school climate.
(9) Classroom management.
1. Apply effective classroom management strategies as demonstrated in classroom guidance and large group guidance lessons.
2. Consult with teachers and parents about effective classroom management and behavior management strategies.
(10) Curriculum.
1. Write classroom lessons including objectives, learning activities, and discussion questions.
2. Utilize various methods of evaluating what students have learned in classroom lessons.
3. Demonstrate competency in conducting classroom and other large group activities, utilizing an effective lesson plan design, engaging students in the learning process, and employing age–appropriate classroom management strategies.
4. Design a classroom unit of developmentally appropriate learning experiences.
5. Demonstrate knowledge in writing standards and benchmarks for curriculum.
(11) Learning theory.
1. Identify and consult with teachers about how to create a positive learning environment utilizing such factors as effective classroom management strategies, building a sense of community in the classroom, and cooperative learning experiences.
2. Identify and consult with teachers regarding teaching strategies designed to motivate students using small group learning activities, experiential learning activities, student mentoring programs, and shared decision–making opportunities.
3. Demonstrate knowledge of child and adolescent development and identify developmentally appropriate teaching and learning strategies.
(12) Teaching and counseling practicum. The school counselor demonstrates competency in conducting classroom sessions with elementary and middle school students. The practicum consisting of a minimum of 500 contact hours provides opportunities for the prospective counselor, under the supervision of a licensed professional school counselor, to engage in a variety of activities in which a regularly employed school counselor would be expected to participate including, but not limited to, individual counseling, group counseling, developmental classroom guidance, and consultation.
14.140(6) Secondary counselor.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is authorized to serve as a school guidance counselor in grades seven through twelve.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Master’s degree from an accredited institution of higher education.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations component.
(3) Completion of an approved exceptional learner component.
c. Content. Completion of a sequence of courses and experiences which may have been a part of, or in addition to, the degree requirements to include the following:
(1) Nature and needs of individuals at all developmental levels.
1. Develop strategies for facilitating development through the transition from childhood to adolescence and from adolescence to young adult.
2. Apply knowledge of learning and personality development to assist students in developing their full potential.
(2) Social and cultural foundations.
1. Demonstrate awareness of and sensitivity to the unique social, cultural, and economic circumstances of students and their racial/ethnic, gender, age, physical, and learning differences.
2. Demonstrate sensitivity to the nature and the functioning of the student within the family, school and community contexts.
3. Demonstrate the counseling and consultation skills needed to facilitate informed and appropriate action in response to the needs of students.
(3) Fostering of relationships.
1. Employ effective counseling and consultation skills with students, parents, colleagues, administrators, and others.
2. Communicate effectively with parents, colleagues, students and administrators.
3. Counsel students in the areas of personal, social, academic, and career development.
4. Assist families in helping their children address the personal, social, and emotional concerns and problems that may impede educational progress.
5. Implement developmentally appropriate counseling interventions with children and adolescents.
6. Demonstrate the ability to negotiate and move individuals and groups toward consensus or conflict resolution or both.
7. Refer students for specialized help when appropriate.
8. Value the well–being of the students as paramount in the counseling relationship.
(4) Group work.
1. Implement developmentally appropriate interventions involving group dynamics, counseling theories, group counseling methods and skills, and other group work approaches.
2. Apply knowledge of group counseling in implementing appropriate group processes for elementary, middle school, and secondary students.
(5) Career development, education, and postsecondary planning.
1. Assist students in the assessment of their individual strengths, weaknesses, and differences, including those that relate to academic achievement and future plans.
2. Apply knowledge of career assessment and career choice programs.
3. Implement occupational and educational placement, follow–up and evaluation.
4. Develop a counseling network and provide resources for use by students in personalizing the exploration of postsecondary educational opportunities.
(6) Assessment and evaluation.
1. Demonstrate individual and group approaches to assessment and evaluation.
2. Demonstrate an understanding of the proper administration and uses of standardized tests.
3. Apply knowledge of test administration, scoring, and measurement concerns.
4. Apply evaluation procedures for monitoring student achievement.
5. Apply assessment information in program design and program modifications to address students’ needs.
6. Apply knowledge of legal and ethical issues related to assessment and student records.
(7) Professional orientation.
1. Apply knowledge of history, roles, organizational structures, ethics, standards, and credentialing.
2. Maintain a high level of professional knowledge and skills.
3. Apply knowledge of professional and ethical standards to the practice of school counseling.
4. Articulate the counselor role to school personnel, parents, community, and students.
(8) School counseling skills.
1. Design, implement, and evaluate a comprehensive, developmental school guidance program.
2. Implement and evaluate specific strategies designed to meet program goals and objectives.
3. Consult and coordinate efforts with resource persons, specialists, businesses, and agencies outside the school to promote program objectives.
4. Provide information appropriate to the particular educational transition and assist students in understanding the relationship that their curricular experiences and academic achievements will have on subsequent educational opportunities.
5. Assist parents and families in order to provide a supportive environment in which students can become effective learners and achieve success in pursuit of appropriate educational goals.
6. Provide training, orientation, and consultation assistance to faculty, administrators, staff, and school officials to assist them in responding to the social, emotional, and educational development of all students.
7. Collaborate with teachers, administrators, and other educators in ensuring that appropriate educational experiences are provided that allow all students to achieve success.
8. Assist in the process of identifying and addressing the needs of the exceptional student.
9. Apply knowledge of legal and ethical issues related to child abuse and mandatory reporting.
10. Advocate for the educational needs of students and work to ensure that these needs are addressed at every level of the school experience.
11. Promote use of counseling and guidance activities and programs involving the total school community to provide a positive school climate.
(9) Classroom management.
1. Apply effective classroom management strategies as demonstrated in classroom guidance and large group guidance lessons.
2. Consult with teachers and parents about effective classroom management and behavior management strategies.
(10) Curriculum.
1. Write classroom lessons including objectives, learning activities, and discussion questions.
2. Utilize various methods of evaluating what students have learned in classroom lessons.
3. Demonstrate competency in conducting classroom and other large group activities, utilizing an effective lesson plan design, engaging students in the learning process, and employing age–appropriate classroom management strategies.
4. Design a classroom unit of developmentally appropriate learning experiences.
5. Demonstrate knowledge in writing standards and benchmarks for curriculum.
(11) Learning theory.
1. Identify and consult with teachers about how to create a positive learning environment utilizing such factors as effective classroom management strategies, building a sense of community in the classroom, and cooperative learning experiences.
2. Identify and consult with teachers regarding teaching strategies designed to motivate students using small group learning activities, experiential learning activities, student mentoring programs, and shared decision–making opportunities.
3. Demonstrate knowledge of child and adolescent development and identify developmentally appropriate teaching and learning strategies.
(12) Teaching and counseling practicum. The school counselor demonstrates competency in conducting classroom sessions with middle and secondary school students. The practicum consisting of a minimum of 500 contact hours provides opportunities for the prospective counselor, under the supervision of a licensed professional school counselor, to engage in a variety of activities in which a regularly employed school counselor would be expected to participate including, but not limited to, individual counseling, group work, developmental classroom guidance and consultation.
14.140(7) Reading specialist. K–12.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is authorized to serve as a reading specialist in kindergarten and grades one through twelve.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—master’s.
(2) Content. Completion of a sequence of courses and experiences which may have been a part of, or in addition to, the degree requirements. This sequence is to be at least 27 semester hours to include the following:
1. Educational psychology/human growth and development.
2. Educational measurement and evaluation.
3. Foundations of reading.
4. Diagnosis of reading problems.
5. Remedial reading.
6. Psychology of reading.
7. Language learning and reading disabilities.
8. Practicum in reading.
9. Administration and supervision of reading programs at the elementary and secondary levels.
NOTE: The applicant must have met the requirements for the standard license and a teaching endorsement, and present evidence of at least one year of experience which included the teaching of reading as a significant part of the responsibility.
14.140(8) Elementary school media specialist.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is authorized to serve as a school media specialist in kindergarten and grades one through six.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations program.
(3) Completion of the professional education core. See 14.123(3) and 14.123(4).
(4) Content. Completion of 24 semester hours in school media coursework to include the following:
1. Knowledge of materials and literature in all formats for elementary children.
2. Selection, utilization and evaluation of library media materials and equipment.
3. Design and production of instructional materials.
4. Acquisition, cataloging and classification of materials and organization of equipment.
5. Information retrieval, reference services and networking.
6. Planning, evaluation and administration of media programs.
7. Practicum in an elementary school media center.
14.140(9) Secondary school media specialist.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is authorized to serve as a school media specialist in grades seven through twelve.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations program.
(3) Completion of the professional education core. See 14.123(3) and 14.123(4).
(4) Content. Completion of 24 semester hours in school media coursework to include the following:
1. Knowledge of materials and literature in all formats for adolescents.
2. Selection, utilization and evaluation of library media materials and equipment.
3. Design and production of instructional materials.
4. Acquisition, cataloging and classification of materials and organization of equipment.
5. Information retrieval, reference services and networking.
6. Planning, evaluation and administration of media programs.
7. Practicum in a secondary school media center.
14.140(10) School media specialist. K–12.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is authorized to serve as a school media specialist in kindergarten and grades one through twelve.
b. Program requirements:
(1) Degree—master’s.
(2) Content. Completion of a sequence of courses and experiences which may have been part of, or in addition to, the degree requirements. This sequence is to be at least 30 semester hours in school media coursework, to include the following:
1. Planning, evaluation and administration of media programs.
2. Curriculum development and teaching and learning strategies.
3. Instructional development and communication theo– ry.
4. Selection, evaluation and utilization of library media materials and equipment.
5. Acquisition, cataloging and classification of materials and organization of equipment.
6. Design and production of instructional materials.
7. Methods for instruction and integration of media skills into the school curriculum.
8. Information retrieval, reference services and networking.
9. Knowledge of materials and literature in all formats for elementary children and adolescents.
10. Reading, listening and viewing guidance.
11. Utilization and application of computer technology.
12. Practicum at both the elementary and secondary levels.
13. Research in media and information science.
NOTE: The applicant must be the holder of or eligible for the initial license.
14.140(11) School nurse.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is authorized to provide service as a school nurse at the prekindergarten and kindergarten levels and in grades one through twelve.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations program.
(3) Completion of the professional education core. See 14.123(3) and 14.123(4).
(4) Content:
1. Organization and administration of school nurse services including the appraisal of the health needs of children and youth.
2. School–community relationships and resources/coordination of school and community resources to serve the health needs of children and youth.
3. Knowledge and understanding of the health needs of exceptional children.
4. Health education.
c. Other. Hold a license as a registered nurse issued by the board of nursing.
NOTE: Although the school nurse endorsement does not authorize general classroom teaching, it does authorize the holder to teach health at all grade levels.
14.140(12) Teacher—prekindergarten through grade three.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is authorized to teach children from birth through grade three.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations program.
(3) Completion of the professional education core. See 14.123(3) and 14.123(4).
(4) Content:
1. Child growth and development with emphasis on cognitive, language, physical, social, and emotional development, both typical and atypical, for infants and toddlers, preprimary, and primary school children (grades one through three), unless combined as part of the professional education core. See 14.123(4) of the licensure rules for the professional core.
2. Historical, philosophical, and social foundations of early childhood education.
3. Developmentally appropriate curriculum with emphasis on integrated multicultural and nonsexist content including language, mathematics, science, social studies, health, safety, nutrition, visual and expressive arts, social skills, higher–thinking skills, and developmentally appropriate methodology, including adaptations for individual needs, for infants and toddlers, preprimary, and primary school children.
4. Characteristics of play and creativity, and their contributions to the cognitive, language, physical, social and emotional development and learning of infants and toddlers, preprimary, and primary school children.
5. Classroom organization and individual interactions to create positive learning environments for infants and toddlers, preprimary, and primary school children based on child development theory emphasizing guidance techniques.
6. Observation and application of developmentally appropriate assessments for infants and toddlers, preprimary, and primary school children recognizing, referring, and making adaptations for children who are at risk or who have exceptional educational needs and talents.
7. Home–school–community relationships and interactions designed to promote and support parent, family and community involvement, and interagency collaboration.
8. Family systems, cultural diversity, and factors which place families at risk.
9. Child and family health and nutrition.
10. Advocacy, legislation, and public policy as they affect children and families.
11. Administration of child care programs to include staff and program development and supervision and evaluation of support staff.
12. Pre–student teaching field experience with three age levels in infant and toddler, preprimary, and primary programs, with no less than 100 clock hours, and in different settings, such as rural and urban, socioeconomic status, cultural diversity, program types, and program sponsorship.
(5) Student teaching experiences with two different age levels, one before kindergarten and one from kindergarten through grade three.
14.140(13) Talented and gifted teacher–coordinator.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement isauthorized to serve as a teacher or a coordinator of programs for the talented and gifted from the prekindergarten level through grade twelve. This authorization does not permit general classroom teaching at any level except that level or area for which the holder is eligible or holds the specific endorsement.
b. Program requirements—content. Completion of 12 graduate semester hours of coursework in the area of the talented and gifted to include the following:
(1) Psychology of the gifted.
(2) Programming for the gifted.
(3) Administration and supervision of gifted programs.
(4) Practicum experience in gifted programs.
NOTE: Teachers in specific subject areas will not be required to hold this endorsement if they teach gifted students in their respective endorsement areas.
Practitioners licensed and employed after August 31, 1995, and assigned as teachers or coordinators in programs for the talented and gifted will be required to hold this endorsement.
14.140(14) American Sign Language endorsement.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is authorized to teach American Sign Language in kindergarten and grades one through twelve.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations program.
(3) Completion of the professional education core.
(4) Content. Completion of 18 semester hours of coursework in American Sign Language to include the following:
1. Second language acquisition.
2. Sociology of the deaf community.
3. Linguistic structure of American Sign Language.
4. Language teaching methodology specific to American Sign Language.
5. Teaching the culture of deaf people.
6. Assessment of students in an American Sign Language program.
c. Other. Be the holder of or be eligible for oneother teaching endorsement listed in rule 14.140(272) or 14.141(272).
14.140(15) Middle school endorsement.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is authorized to teach all subjects in grades five through eight with the exception of art, industrial arts, music, reading, physical education and special education.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Be the holder of a currently valid Iowa teacher’s license with either the general elementary endorsement or one of the subject matter secondary level endorsements set out in rule 14.141(272C), or 282—subrules 16.1(1) to 16.1(3).
(2) Required coursework.
1. Three semester hours of coursework in the growth and development of the middle school age child, specifically addressing the emotional, physical and mental characteristics and needs of middle school age children in addition to related studies completed as part of the professional education core in 14.123(4).
2. Three semester hours of coursework in middle school design, instruction, and curriculum including, but not limited to, instruction in interdisciplinary teaming, pedagogy, and methods in addition to related studies completed as part of the professional education core in 14.123(4).
3. Six semester hours of coursework in the social studies to include coursework in American history, world history, and geography.
4. Six semester hours in mathematics to include coursework in algebra.
5. Six semester hours in science to include coursework in life science and physical science.
6. Six semester hours in language arts to include coursework in grammar, composition, and speech.
14.140(16) Teacher—prekindergarten through grade three, including special education.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is authorized to teach children from birth through grade three.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations program.
(3) Completion of the professional education core. See 14.123(3) and 14.123(4).
c. Content.
(1) Child growth and development.
1. Understand the nature of child growth and development for infants and toddlers (birth through age 2), preprimary (age 3 through age 5) and primary school children (age6 through age 8), both typical and atypical, in areas of cog–nition, language development, physical motor, social–emotional, aesthetics, and adaptive behavior.
2. Understand individual differences in development and learning including risk factors, developmental variations and developmental patterns of specific disabilities and special abilities.
3. Recognize that children are best understood in the contexts of family, culture and society and that cultural and linguistic diversity influences development and learning.
(2) Developmentally appropriate learning environment and curriculum implementation.
1. Establish learning environments with social support, from the teacher and from other students, for all children to meet their optimal potential, with a climate characterized by mutual respect, encouraging and valuing the efforts of all regardless of proficiency.
2. Appropriately use informal and formal assessment to monitor development of children and to plan and evaluate curriculum and teaching practices to meet individual needs of children and families.
3. Plan, implement, and continuously evaluate developmentally and individually appropriate curriculum goals, content, and teaching practices for infants, toddlers, preprimary and primary children based on the needs and interests of individual children, their families and community.
4. Use both child–initiated and teacher–directed instructional methods, including strategies such as small and large group projects, unstructured and structured play, systematic instruction, group discussion and cooperative decision making.
5. Develop and implement integrated learning experiences for home–, center– and school–based environments for infants, toddlers, preprimary and primary children:
Develop and implement integrated learning experiences that facilitate cognition, communication, social and physical development of infants and toddlers within the context of parent–child and caregiver–child relationships.
Develop and implement learning experiences for preprimary and primary children with focus on multicultural and nonsexist content that includes development of responsibility, aesthetic and artistic development, physical development and well–being, cognitive development, and emotional and social development.
Develop and implement learning experiences for infants, toddlers, preprimary, and primary children with a focus on language, mathematics, science, social studies, visual and expressive arts, social skills, higher–thinking skills, and developmentally appropriate methodology.
Develop adaptations and accommodations for infants, toddlers, preprimary, and primary children to meet their individual needs.
6. Adapt materials, equipment, the environment, programs and use of human resources to meet social, cognitive, physical motor, communication, and medical needs of children and diverse learning needs.
(3) Health, safety and nutrition.
1. Design and implement physically and psychologically safe and healthy indoor and outdoor environments to promote development and learning.
2. Promote nutritional practices that support cognitive, social, cultural and physical development of young children.
3. Implement appropriate appraisal and management of health concerns of young children including procedures for children with special health care needs.
4. Recognize signs of emotional distress, physical and mental abuse and neglect in young children and understand mandatory reporting procedures.
5. Demonstrate proficiency in infant–child cardiopulmonary resuscitation, emergency procedures and first aid.
(4) Family and community collaboration.
1. Apply theories and knowledge of dynamic roles and relationships within and between families, schools, and communities.
2. Assist families in identifying resources, priorities, and concerns in relation to the child’s development.
3. Link families, based on identified needs, priorities and concerns, with a variety of resources.
4. Use communication, problem–solving and help–giving skills in collaboration with families and other professionals to support the development, learning and well–being of young children.
5. Participate as an effective member of a team with other professionals and families to develop and implement learning plans and environments for young children.
(5) Professionalism.
1. Understand legislation and public policy that affect all young children, with and without disabilities, and their families.
2. Understand legal aspects, historical, philosophical, and social foundations of early childhood education and special education.
3. Understand principles of administration, organization and operation of programs for children aged birth to age 8 and their families, including staff and program development, supervision and evaluation of staff, and continuing improvement of programs and services.
4. Identify current trends and issues of the profession to inform and improve practices and advocate for quality programs for young children and their families.
5. Adhere to professional and ethical codes.
6. Engage in reflective inquiry and demonstration of professional self–knowledge.
(6) Pre–student teaching field experiences. Complete 100 clock hours of pre–student teaching field experience with three age levels in infant and toddler, preprimary and primary programs and in different settings, such as rural and urban, encompassing differing socioeconomic status, ability levels, cultural and linguistic diversity and program types and sponsorship.
(7) Student teaching. Complete a supervised student teaching experience of a total of at least 12 weeks in at least two different classrooms which include children with and without disabilities in two of three age levels: infant and toddler, preprimary, and primary.
ITEM 14. Amend 282—Chapter 14 by adopting the following new rule:
282—14.141(272) Minimum content requirements for teaching endorsements. The holder of any K–6 instructional endorsement set out herein may be assigned by local school board action to teach that instructional area at the 7–8 grade levels, and the holder of any 7–12 instructional endorsement set out herein may be assigned by local school board action to teach that instructional area at the 5–6 grade levels.
14.141(1) Agriculture. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in agriculture to include coursework in agronomy, animal science, agricultural mechanics, and agricultural economics.
14.141(2) Art. K–6 or 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in art to include coursework in art history, studio art, and two– and three–dimensional art.
14.141(3) Business—general. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in business to include 6 semester hours in accounting, 6 semester hours in business law, and coursework in computer applications, and coursework in consumer studies.
14.141(4) Business—office. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in business to include advanced coursework in typewriting, computer applications or word processing, and office management.
14.141(5) Business—marketing/management. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in business to include a minimum of 6 semester hours each in marketing, management, and economics.
14.141(6) Driver and safety education. 7–12. Completion of 15 semester hours in driver and safety education to in–clude coursework in accident prevention, vehicle safety, andbehind–the–wheel driving.
14.141(7) English/language arts.
a. K–6. Completion of 24 semester hours in English and language arts to include coursework in oral communication, written communication, language development, reading, children’s literature, creative drama or oral interpretation of literature, and American literature.
b. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in English to include coursework in oral communication, written communication, language development, reading, American literature, English literature and adolescent literature.
14.141(8) Foreign language. K–6 and 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in each foreign language for which endorsement is sought.
14.141(9) Health. K–6 and 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in health to include coursework in public or community health, consumer health, substance abuse, family life education, mental/emotional health, and human nutrition.
14.141(10) Home economics—general. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in home economics to include coursework in family life development, clothing and textiles, housing, and foods and nutrition.
14.141(11) Industrial technology. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in industrial technology to include coursework in manufacturing, construction, energy and power, graphic communications and transportation. The coursework is to include at least 6 semester hours in three different areas.
14.141(12) Journalism. 7–12. Completion of 15 semester hours in journalism to include coursework in writing, editing, production and visual communications.
14.141(13) Mathematics.
a. K–6. Completion of 24 semester hours in mathematics to include coursework in algebra, geometry, number theory, measurement, computer programming, and probability and statistics.
b. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in mathematics to include coursework in algebra, geometry, calculus, computer programming, and probability and statistics.
14.141(14) Music.
a. K–6. Completion of 24 semester hours in music to include coursework in music theory (at least two courses), music history, and applied music.
b. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in music to include coursework in music theory (at least two courses), music history (at least two courses), applied music, and conducting.
14.141(15) Physical education.
a. K–6. Completion of 24 semester hours in physical education to include coursework in human anatomy, human physiology, movement education, adapted physical education, physical education in the elementary school, human growth and development of children related to physical education, and first aid and emergency care.
b. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in physical education to include coursework in human anatomy, kinesiology, human physiology, human growth and development related to maturational and motor learning, adapted physical education, curriculum and administration of physical education, assessment processes in physical education, and first aid and emergency care.
14.141(16) Reading.
a. K–6. Completion of 20 semester hours in reading to include at least 12 semester hours specifically in reading by course title which must include foundations in methods and materials for teaching reading in the elementary classroom, corrective reading, remedial reading, a supervised tutoring experience, and at least 8 hours of coursework from oral and written communication, language development, children’s literature, and tests and measurement.
b. 7–12. Completion of 20 semester hours in reading to include at least 12 semester hours specifically in reading by course title which must include foundations in methods and materials of teaching reading in the secondary classroom, corrective reading, reading in content areas, remedial reading, a supervised tutoring experience, and at least 8 hours of coursework from oral and written communication, the structure of language, adolescent literature, and tests and measurement.
14.141(17) Science.
a. Science—basic. K–6. Completion of at least 24 semester hours in science to include 12 hours in physical sciences, 6 hours in biology, and 6 hours in earth/space sciences.
(1) Competencies.
1. Understand the nature of scientific inquiry, its central role in science, and how to use the skills and processes of scientific inquiry.
2. Understand the fundamental facts and concepts in major science disciplines.
3. Be able to make conceptual connections within and across science disciplines, as well as to mathematics, technology, and other school subjects.
4. Be able to use scientific understanding when dealing with personal and societal issues.
(2) Reserved.
b. Biological science. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in biological science or 30 semester hours in the broad area of science to include 15 semester hours in biological science.
c. Chemistry. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in chemistry or 30 semester hours in the broad area of science to include 15 semester hours in chemistry.
d. Earth science. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in earth science or 30 semester hours in the broad area of science to include 15 semester hours in earth science.
e. General science. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in science to include coursework in biological science, chemistry, and physics.
f. Physical science. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in physical sciences to include coursework in physics, chemistry, and earth science.
g. Physics. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in physics or 30 semester hours in the broad area of science to include 15 semester hours in physics.
h. All science I. Grades 5–8. The holder of this endorsement must also hold the middle school endorsement listed under 14.140(15).
(1) Required coursework. Completion of at least 24 semester hours in science to include 6 hours in chemistry, 6 hours in physics or physical sciences, 6 hours in biology, and 6 hours in the earth/space sciences.
(2) Competencies.
1. Understand the nature of scientific inquiry, its central role in science, and how to use the skills and processes of scientific inquiry.
2. Understand the fundamental facts and concepts in major science disciplines.
3. Be able to make conceptual connections within and across science disciplines, as well as to mathematics, technology, and other school subjects.
4. Be able to use scientific understanding when dealing with personal and societal issues.
i. All science II. Grades 9–12.
(1) Required coursework.
1. Completion of one of the following endorsement areas listed under 14.21(17): biological 7–12 or chemistry 7–12 or earth science 7–12 or physics 7–12.
2. Completion of at least 12 hours in each of the other three endorsement areas.
(2) Competencies.
1. Understand the nature of scientific inquiry, its central role in science, and how to use the skills and processes of scientific inquiry.
2. Understand the fundamental facts and concepts in major science disciplines.
3. Be able to make conceptual connections within and across science disciplines, as well as to mathematics, technology, and other school subjects.
4. Be able to use scientific understanding when dealing with personal and societal issues.
14.141(18) Social sciences.
a. American government. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in American government or 30 semester hours in the broad area of social sciences to include 15 semester hours in American government.
b. American history. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in American history or 30 semester hours in the broad area of the social sciences to include 15 semester hours in American history.
c. Anthropology. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in anthropology or 30 semester hours in the broad area of social sciences to include 15 semester hours in anthropology.
d. Economics. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in economics or 30 semester hours in the broad area of the social sciences to include 15 semester hours in economics, or 30 semester hours in the broad area of business to include 15 semester hours in economics.
e. Geography. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in geography or 30 semester hours in the broad area of the social sciences to include 15 semester hours in geography.
f. History. K–6. Completion of 24 semester hours in history to include at least 9 semester hours in American history and 9 semester hours in world history.
g. Psychology. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in psychology or 30 semester hours in the broad area of social sciences to include 15 semester hours in psychology.
h. Social studies. K–6. Completion of 24 semester hours in social studies, to include coursework from at least three of these areas: history, sociology, economics, American government, psychology and geography.
i. Sociology. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in sociology or 30 semester hours in the broad area of social sciences to include 15 semester hours in sociology.
j. World history. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in world history or 30 semester hours in the broad area of social sciences to include 15 semester hours in world history.
k. All social sciences. 7–12. Effective July 1, 2000, completion of 51 semester hours in the social sciences to include 9 semester hours in each of American and world history, 9 semester hours in government, 6 semester hours in sociology, 6 semester hours in psychology other than educational psychology, 6 semester hours in geography, and 6 semester hours in economics.
14.141(19) Speech communication/theatre.
a. K–6. Completion of 20 semester hours in speechcommunication/theatre to include coursework in speech communication, creative drama or theatre, and oral interpretation.
b. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in speech communication/theatre to include coursework in speech communication, oral interpretation, creative drama or theatre, argumentation and debate, and mass media communication.
ITEM 15. Amend 282—Chapter 14 by adopting the following new rule:
282—14.142(272) Area and grade levels of administrative endorsements.
14.142(1) Elementary principal.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is authorized to serve as a principal of programs serving children from birth through grade six. The holder of this endorsement may be assigned by local school board action to fulfill this responsibility at the 7–8 grade level.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—master’s.
(2) Content: Completion of a sequence of courses and experiences which may have been a part of, or in addition to, the degree requirements.
1. Knowledge of early childhood, elementary, and early adolescent level administration, supervision, and evaluation.
2. Knowledge and skill related to early childhood, elementary, and early adolescent level curriculum development.
3. Knowledge of child growth and development from birth through early adolescence and developmentally appropriate strategies and practices of early childhood, elementary, and early adolescence, to include an observation practicum.
4. Knowledge of family support systems, factors which place families at risk, child care issues, and home–school community relationships and interactions designed to promote parent education, family involvement, and interagency collaboration.
5. Knowledge of school law and legislative and public policy issues affecting children and families.
6. Planned field experiences in early childhood and elementary or early adolescent school administration.
7. Evaluator approval component.
(3) Competencies: Completion of a sequence of courses and experiences which may have been a part of, or in addition to, the degree requirements. A school administrator is an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by accomplishing the following competencies.
1. Facilitates the development, articulation, implementation, and stewardship of a vision of learning that is shared and supported by the school community.
2. Advocates, nurtures, and sustains a school culture and instructional program conducive to student learning and staff professional growth.
3. Ensures management of the organization, operations, and resources for a safe, efficient, and effective learning environment.
4. Collaborates with families and community members, responds to diverse community interests and needs, and mobilizes community resources.
5. Acts with integrity, fairness, and in an ethical manner.
6. Understands, responds to, and influences the larger political, social, economic, legal, and cultural context.
c. Other.
(1) The applicant must have had three years of teaching experience at the early childhood through grade six level.
(2) Graduates from institutions in other states who are seeking initial Iowa licensure and the elementary principal’s endorsement must meet the requirements for the standard license in addition to the experience requirements.
14.142(2) Secondary principal.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is authorized to serve as a principal in grades seven through twelve. The holder of this endorsement may be assigned by local school board action to fulfill this responsibility at the 5–6 grade level.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—master’s.
(2) Content: Completion of a sequence of courses and experiences which may have been a part of, or in addition to, the degree requirements.
1. Knowledge of early adolescent and secondary level administration, supervision, and evaluation.
2. Knowledge and skill related to early adolescent and secondary level curriculum development.
3. Knowledge of human growth and development from early adolescence through early adult development, to include an observation practicum.
4. Knowledge of family support systems, factors which place families at risk, child care issues, and home–school community relationships and interactions designed to promote parent education, family involvement, and interagency collaboration.
5. Knowledge of school law and legislative and public policy issues affecting children and families.
6. Planned field experiences in early adolescence or early adult school administration.
7. Evaluator approval component.
(3) Competencies: Completion of a sequence of courses and experiences which may have been a part of, or in addition to, the degree requirements. A school administrator is an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by accomplishing the following competencies.
1. Facilitates the development, articulation, implementation, and stewardship of a vision of learning that is shared and supported by the school community.
2. Advocates, nurtures, and sustains a school culture and instructional program conducive to student learning and staff professional growth.
3. Ensures management of the organization, operations, and resources for a safe, efficient, and effective learning environment.
4. Collaborates with families and community members, responds to diverse community interests and needs, and mobilizes community resources.
5. Acts with integrity, fairness, and in an ethical manner.
6. Understands, responds to, and influences the larger political, social, economic, legal, and cultural context.
c. Other.
(1) The applicant must have had three years of teaching experience at the secondary level (7–12).
(2) Graduates from institutions in other states who are seeking initial Iowa licensure and the secondary principal’s endorsement must meet the requirements for the standard license in addition to the experience requirements.
14.142(3) Superintendent.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is authorized to serve as a superintendent from the prekindergarten level through grade twelve.
NOTE: This authorization does not permit general teaching, school service, or administration at any level except that level or area for which the holder is eligible or holds the specific endorsement(s).01
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—specialist—(or its equivalent: A master’s degree plus at least 30 semester hours of planned graduate study in administration beyond the master’s degree).
(2) Content: Completion of a sequence of courses and experiences which may have been part of, or in addition to, the degree requirements. This sequence is to be at least 45 semester hours to include the following:

1. General elementary level administration.
2. General early adolescent level administration.
3. General secondary level administration.
4. Elementary, early adolescent, and secondary school supervision.
5. Curriculum development.
6. School law.
7. School finance.
8. School plant/facility planning.
9. School personnel/negotiations.
10. Knowledge of school–community relationships/public relations.
11. Administrative theory/principles of educational administration.
12. Social, philosophical, or psychological foundations.
13. Planned field experience in school administration.
14. Evaluator approval component.
c. Other.
(1) The applicant must have had three years of experience as a building principal or other PK–12 districtwide or area education agency administrative experience.
(2) Graduates from institutions in other states who are seeking initial Iowa licensure and the superintendent’s endorsement must meet the requirements for the standard license in addition to the experience requirements.
14.142(4) AEA administrator license. The area education agency administrator’s license shall be issued to an applicant who has met the requirements in two of the four following paragraphs “a” through “d” and has also met the requirement in paragraph “e”:
a. Five years’ experience in higher education administration at a two– or four–year college or university which is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools accrediting agency or which has been certified by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools accrediting agency as a candidate for accreditation by that agency or at a school giving satisfactory assurance that it has the potential for accreditation and is making progress which, if continued, will result in its achieving accreditation by that agency within a reasonable time; or an earned doctorate in higher education administration.
b. Five years’ experience in special education, media services, or educational services administration; or an earned doctorate in special education, media services, or educational services or any subspecialty of these services.
c. Five years’ experience in primary or secondary school education; or an earned doctorate in educational administration for the primary or secondary level; and five years’ teaching experience at any educational level.
d. Five years’ experience in business or other nonacademic career pursuit; or an earned doctorate in public administration or business administration.
e. Evaluator approval component.
A person shall not be issued a temporary or emergency license for more than one year. An area education agency shall neither employ unlicensed administrators, nor employ temporary or emergency licensed administrators for more than two consecutive years.
ITEM 16. Amend subrule 15.1(1) as follows:
15.1(1) Program requirements.
a. Baccalaureate or master’s degree from a regionally accredited institution.
b. Completion of an approved human relations component.
c. Completion of the exceptional learner program, which must include preparation that contributes to the education of the handicapped and the talented and gifted.
c d. Professional education core: . completed coursework or evidence of competency in: Refer to 282—paragraphs 14.123(4)“a” through “j.”
(1) Structure of American education.
(2) Philosophies of education.
(3) Professional ethics and legal responsibilities.
(4) Psychology of teaching.
(5) Audiovisual/media/computer technology.
(6) Human growth and development related to the grade level endorsement desired.
(7) e. Completion of pre–student teaching field–based experiences in special education.
d f. Student teaching. Each applicant for an Iowa license with a special education instructional endorsement must file evidence of completing an approved student teaching program in special education. This experience must be full–time in an approved special education classroom. An approved special education classroom is one which is recognized by the state in terms of the respective state rules for special education.
This special education student teaching experience shall qualify for each special education instructional endorsement sought on an original application for Iowa licensure if at the same grade level.
ITEM 17. Amend rule 282—16.1(272), introductory paragraph, as follows:
282—16.1(272) Requirements for secondary level (grades 7–12). The provisional initial license with the appropriate endorsement will be issued if the requirements of rules 282—14.11 14.111(272) and 282—14.19 123(272) for initial licensing have been met.
ITEM 18. Amend rules 282—17.1(272), 17.5(272), 17.6(272), and 17.8(272) as follows:
282—17.1(272) Renewal information. Rules 17.1(272) to 17.10(272) contain renewal information for those individuals desiring to renew a provisional the initial, educational standard, professional teacher master educator, professional administrator, area education agency administrator, and or substitute license.
Individuals desiring to renew a license issued under some other title are referred to 281 282—Chapter 78 18.
282—17.5(272) Renewal requirements for an educational the standard license. Six units are needed for renewal. These units may be earned in any combination listed below.
1. One unit may be earned for each semester hour of credit completed which leads toward the completion of a planned master’s, specialist’s, or doctor’s degree program.
2. One unit may be earned for each semester hour of credit completed which may not lead to a degree but which adds greater depth/breadth to present endorsements held.
3. One unit may be earned for each semester hour of credit completed which may not lead to a degree but which leads to completion of requirements for an endorsement not currently held.
4. One unit may be earned upon completion of each licensure renewal course or activity approved through guidelines established by the board of educational examiners.
5. Four units may be earned for successful completion of the National Board for Professional Teaching Standards certification. This may be used one time for either the educational standard or the professional teacher’s master educator license.
282—17.6(272) Renewal requirements for a professional teacher’s master educator license. Four units are needed for renewal. These units may be earned in any combination listed below.
1. One unit may be earned for each semester hour of credit completed which leads toward the completion of a planned specialist or doctor’s degree program.
2. One unit may be earned for each semester hour of credit completed which may not lead to a degree but which adds greater depth/breadth to present endorsements held.
3. One unit may be earned for each semester hour of credit completed which may not lead to a degree but which leads to completion of requirements for a teaching endorsement not currently held.
4. One unit may be earned upon completion of each staff development course or activity approved through guidelines established by the board of educational examiners.
5. Four units may be earned upon successful completion of the National Board for Professional Teaching Standards certification. If previously used to renew the educational standard license, this may not be used.
282—17.8(272) Renewal requirements for the provisional initial license. If a person meets all requirements for an educational the standard license except for the teaching experience options required in 282—14.12“2,” 14.112“2,” the provisional initial license may be renewed upon written request.
A second renewal may be granted if the holder of the provisional initial license has not met the teaching experience options required in 282—14.12“2” 14.112“2” and if the license holder can provide evidence of teaching employment which will be acceptable for the experience requirement.
ITEM 19. Amend 282—Chapter 18 as follows:

CHAPTER 18
CONVERSION INFORMATION
282—18.1(272) Classes of certificates.
18.1(1) Permanent professional certificates. Effective October 1, 1988, the permanent professional certificate will no longer be issued. Any permanent professional certificate issued prior to October 1, 1988, will continue in force with the endorsements and approvals appearing thereon, unless revoked or suspended for cause. If a permanent professional certificate is revoked, and, if the holder is able at a later date to overcome or remediate the reasons for the revocation, the individual may apply for the appropriate new class of license set forth in 282—14.10(272) 14.110(272).
18.1(2) Professional certificate. Effective October 1, 1988, the current professional certificate valid for a ten–year term will no longer be issued.
18.1(3) Conversion of the professional certificate. All professional certificates issued prior to October 1, 1988, by meeting current renewal requirements as stipulated in 282— 17.5(272), will be converted to the appropriate license based on current renewal requirements as stipulated in 282— 17.5(272). Endorsement(s) and approval(s) on the certificate will be converted to the current, appropriate endorsement as set forth in 282—14.18 140(272) or 14.141(272).
18.1(4) and 18.1(5) No change.
18.1(6) Preprofessional certificate with a vocational endorsement. Current Any preprofessional certificates with vocational endorsement(s) will be converted to the appropriate occupational license. See 282—Chapter 16.
18.1(7) Provisional license. Effective August 31, 2001, the provisional license will no longer be issued.
18.1(8) Conversion of the provisional license. All provisional licenses issued prior to August 31, 2001, will be converted to the appropriate license based on current renewal requirements as stipulated in 282—17.8(272). Endorsement(s) on the license will be converted to the current, appropriate endorsement(s).
18.1(9) Educational license. Effective August 31, 2001, the educational license will no longer be issued.
18.1(10) Conversion of the educational license. All educational licenses issued prior to August 31, 2001, will be converted to the appropriate license based on current renewal requirements as stipulated in 282—17.5(272). Endorsement(s) on the license will be converted to the current, appropriate endorsement(s).
18.1(11) Professional teacher’s license. Effective August 31, 2001, the professional teacher’s license will no longer be issued.
18.1(12) Conversion of the professional teacher’s license. All professional teacher’s licenses issued prior to August 31, 2001, will be converted to the appropriate license based on current renewal requirements as stipulated in 282—17.6(272). Endorsement(s) on the license will be converted to the current, appropriate endorsement(s).
282—18.2(272) Conversion and renewal of life certificates.
18.2(1) Life certificates in force. All life certificates issued prior to June 30, 1985, remain in force only as long as the holder permits no five–year period to pass in which the holder has not been employed in school work for at least 160 days in administration, supervision, or teaching.
18.2(2) Conversion of life certificates. A lapsed life certificate based on a degree is not renewed as another life certificate, but as an educational a standard license.
18.2(3) Renewal requirements for a lapsed life certificate based on a degree. A life certificate which has lapsed may be converted to the educational standard license by meeting the current renewal requirements as stipulated in 282— 17.5(272).
18.2(4) Conversion of a life certificate based on less than a degree. A lapsed life certificate based on less than a degree is not renewed as another life certificate, but as a preprofessional certificate. After October 1, 1992, the holder of a lapsed life certificate based on less than a degree must meet the requirements for the educational standard license in order to convert the certificate.
282—18.3(272) Conversion of term certificates issued prior to July 1, 1954.
18.3(1) Term certificate based on a degree. All term certificates (those certificates issued for a term or number of years) based on a bachelor’s degree issued prior to July 1, 1954, by meeting current renewal requirements as stipulated in 282—17.5(272), will be converted to the educational standard license based on the current renewal requirements as stipulated in 282—17.5(272).
18.3(2) Term certificates based on less than a degree. All term certificates based on less than a degree which were issued prior to July 1, 1954, by meeting current renewal requirements as stipulated in 282—17.5(272), shall be converted to a preprofessional certificate based on the current renewal requirements as stipulated in 282—17.5(272). The authorization(s) appearing on the previously held Iowa term certificate will be converted to the appropriate endorsements. However, on or after October 1, 1992, holders of term certificates based on less than a degree must meet the requirements for the educational standard license in order to convert the certificate.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 272.

[Filed Emergency 7/19/01, effective 8/8/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.
ARC 0839B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 217.6 and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1228, section 13, subsection 2, paragraph “a,” and section 44, and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11, subsection 2, and section 49, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 52, “Payment,” and Chapter 177, “In–Home Health Related Care,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments increase the maximum and flat State Supplementary Assistance (SSA) residential care facility (RCF) and in–home health related care (IHHRC) reimbursement rates and pass along an August 1, 2001, Supplemental Security Income (SSI) cost–of–living adjustment increase in several State Supplementary Assistance (SSA) categories.
The maximum and flat SSA RCF reimbursement rates will be increased retroactively effective June 1, 2001. The maximum RCF reimbursement rate will be increased from $25.14 per day to $33.06 per day for one month effective June 1, 2001, and to $25.92 per day effective August 1, 2001, and ongoing. The flat RCF reimbursement rate will be increased from $17.96 per day to $23.62 per day for one month effective June 1, 2001, and to $18.52 per day effective August 1, 2001, and ongoing. The monthly IHHRC reimbursement rate will be increased from $483.31 per month to $498.29 effective August 1, 2001, and ongoing.
The Seventy–eighth and Seventy–ninth General Assemblies directed that the Department may take actions to meet the federal pass–along requirement mandated by Title XVI of the Social Security Act, Section 1618, if necessary. These rate increases are necessary to meet the federal pass–along requirements for calendar year 2001.
In order to comply with the federal pass–along requirement of $19,575,651 in calendar year 2001 and to make up a shortfall in meeting the federal pass–along requirement of $221,200 in calendar year 2000, Iowa’s total SSA expenditures must be at least $19,796,851. Based on current projections, the Department projects that calendar year 2001 may be short of this required spending level by $851,048. This spending shortfall is attributable to a decline in in–home health–related care and residential care facility usage. Current projections indicate that a 31.50 percent increase in the RCF rates for June 2001, and an ongoing increase of 3.1 percent in the RCF and IHHRC reimbursement rates is necessary to ensure compliance with the pass–along requirement in calendar year 2001. The large retroactive payment in June for RCFs is being adopted to use a state surplus for state fiscal year 2001.
Effective August 1, 2001, the SSI benefit increased to adjust for an error in the January 2000 cost–of–living percentage increase. This change will pass along a $1 increase per month in benefits to clients with a dependent relative and to clients in family life homes.
These amendments do not provide for waiver in specified situations because they confer a benefit on clients in RCFs and IHHRC and clients with a dependent relative and in family life homes and are required to meet the federal pass–along requirement, as mandated by the legislature. Individuals may request a waiver of the monthly IHHRC reimbursement under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule 441—1.8(17A,217).
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Department of Human Services finds that notice and public participation are unnecessary on the amendments increasing the RCF reimbursement rates because these amendments implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1228, section 13, subsection 2, paragraph “a,” and section 44, and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11, subsection 2, and section 49, that authorize the Department to adopt rules without notice and public participation.
The Department also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(1), that the normal effective date of the amendments increasing the RCF and IHHRC reimbursement rates should be waived and these amendments made effective August 1, 2001, as authorized by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1228, section 13, subsection 2, paragraph “a,” and section 44, and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11, subsection 2, and section 49.
The Department of Human Services finds that notice and public participation on the amendments raising the monthly payment for clients with dependent relatives and clients in family life homes are impracticable and contrary to the public interest. These amendments merely pass along an increase established at the federal level and by state statute. If the Department were to follow regular rule–making procedures, it would be several months before the public would feel the benefits of these amendments. Therefore, these amendments are filed pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(2).
The Department finds that the amendments raising the monthly payment for clients with dependent relatives and clients in family life homes confer a benefit on the public by passing along the SSI increase to state supplementary assistance recipients. Therefore, the Department finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), that these amendments should become effective August 1, 2001.
These amendments are also published herein under Notice of Intended Action as ARC 0840B to allow for public comment.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments July 11, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 249.3(2) and 249.4 and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1228, section 13, subsection 2, paragraph “a,” and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11, subsection 2.
These amendments became effective August 1, 2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—52.1(249) as follows:
Amend subrule 52.1(1) as follows:
52.1(1) Protective living arrangement. The following assistance standards have been established for state supplementary assistance for persons living in a protective living arrangement:
Family life home certified under rules in 441—Chapter 111.
$537.20
$538.20
care allowance
75.00

personal allowance
$612.20
$613.20
Total

Amend subrule 52.1(2), paragraphs “a” and “c,” as follows:
a. Aged or disabled client and a
dependent relative
$796 $797
c. Blind client and a dependent
relative
$818 $819

Amend subrule 52.1(3), introductory paragraph, as follows:
52.1(3) Residential care. Payment to a recipient in a residential care facility shall be made on a flat per diem rate of $17.96 $23.62 for the month of June 2001, $17.96 for the month of July 2001, and $18.52 for the month of August 2001 and ongoing, or on a cost–related reimbursement system with a maximum reimbursement per diem rate of $25.14 $33.06 for the month of June 2001, $25.14 for the month of July 2001, and $25.92 for the month of August 2001 and ongoing. A cost–related per diem rate shall be established for each facility choosing this method of payment according to rule 441—54.3(249).
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—177.4(249) as follows:
Amend subrule 177.4(3) as follows:
177.4(3) Maximum costs. The maximum cost of service shall be $483.31 $498.29. The provider shall accept the payment made and shall make no additional charges to the recipient or others.
Amend subrule 177.4(7), introductory paragraph, as follows:
177.4(7) Income for adults. The gross income of the individual and spouse, living in the home, shall be limited to $483.31 $498.29 per month if one needs care or $966.62 $996.58 if both need care, with the following disregards:
Amend subrule 177.4(8), paragraph “b,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
b. The income of the child shall be limited to $483.31 $498.29 per month with the following disregards:

[Filed Emergency 7/11/01, effective 8/1/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.
ARC 0844B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 150, “Purchase of Service,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments continue a cost–of–living increase to the statewide average cost of shelter care which was inadvertently omitted when promulgating the rule to implement the provisions of 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 31, subsection 6. The General Assembly required the continuation of current rates for shelter care in 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate File 537, section 1, subsection 1, paragraph “d,” in accordance with the provisions of 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1221, section 1, subsection 1, paragraph “d.”
Providers will continue to receive the total increase provided for in fiscal year 2001 when combining the per diem paid by the state and the claim to the counties for the difference between the state payment and the statewide actual and allowable cost.
These amendments do not provide for a waiver because the change was mandated by the General Assembly. All shelter care providers should be reimbursed on the same basis.
The Department of Human Services finds that notice and public participation are unnecessary and impracticable because these changes are required by the General Assembly and there is not time to allow for notice and public participation by the statutorily mandated effective date of July 1, 2001. Therefore, these amendments are filed pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(2).
The Department finds that these amendments confer a benefit to shelter care providers by continuing the total increase in reimbursement rates provided. Therefore, these amendments are filed pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2).
These amendments are also published herein under Notice of Intended Action as ARC 0843B to allow for public comment.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments July 11, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 234.6 and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 31, subsection 6, and Senate File 537, section 1, subsection 1, paragraph “d.”
These amendments became effective July 11, 2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 150.3(5), paragraph “p,” subparagraph (2), by adopting the following new numbered paragraph “4”:
4. For the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2001, the purchase of service reimbursement rate for a shelter care provider’s actual and allowable cost plus inflation shall be increased by $3.99. For state fiscal year 2002 beginning July 1, 2001, the established statewide average actual and allowable cost shall be increased by $3.99.
ITEM 2. Amend the implementation clause following 441—Chapter 150, Division I, to read as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 234.6 and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 31, subsection 6. , and Senate File 537, section 1, subsection 1, paragraph “d.”

[Filed Emergency 7/11/01, effective 7/11/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.

ARC 0837B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 10A.104(5), the Department of Inspections and Appeals hereby amends Chapter 30, “Food and Consumer Safety,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment extends the validity of a temporary food service establishment license for a temporary food service located at a farmers market provided the vendor does not operate more than 14 consecutive days at this location. This change is the result of discussions with farmers market vendors, farmers market managers, the Iowa Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship, local county officials and the state ombudsman. This amendment temporarily clarifies ambiguity in the Iowa Code and administrative rules. This amendment expires January 1, 2002.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Department finds that notice and public participation are unnecessary because this amendment confers a benefit to farmers market vendors during the course of this year’s farmers market season by extending the validity of a temporary food service establishment license.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), this amendment became effective upon filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator. This amendment confers a benefit to farmers market vendors during the course of this year’s farmers market season by extending the validity of a temporary food service establishment license.
This amendment is also published herein under Notice of Intended Action as ARC 0836B to allow for public comment.
The Department of Inspections and Appeals adopted this amendment on July 10, 2001.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 10A.104(5).
This amendment became effective July 10, 2001.
The following amendment is adopted.

Amend subrule 30.4(7) as follows:
30.4(7) Temporary food service establishments issued for up to 14 consecutive days in conjunction with a single event or celebration, $25 (Iowa Code section 137F.6).
A temporary food establishment license for a temporary food establishment located in a farmers market is valid at that site until December 31, 2001, provided the food establishment does not operate more than 14 consecutive days at this location. This paragraph will expire as of January 1, 2002.

[Filed Emergency 7/10/01, effective 7/10/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.
ARC 0878B
NURSING BOARD[655]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and 147.76, the Board of Nursing hereby adopts amendments to Chapter 5, “Continuing Education,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment eliminates the carry–over exception which allowed board of nursing licensees to acquire credit after submitting renewal applications and have the credit applied to the next license period.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Board finds that notice and public participation are contrary to the public interest in that the amendment saves costly reprogramming changes; and the amendment is included in a Notice of Intended Action published herein as ARC 0877B to allow for public comment.
The Board also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the amendment should be waived and the amendment should be made effective upon filing, as it confers a benefit on the working procedures of the Board.
The Board of Nursing adopted this amendment on June 7, 2001.
This amendment became effective July 20, 2001.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 272C.
The following amendment is adopted.

Amend subrule 5.2(2), paragraph “c,” to read as follows:
c. Continuing education credits from a previous license period shall not be used, nor shall credits be accumulated for use in a future licensing period. An exception may be granted to an individual licensee by the board office for continuing education credits earned from the time the licensee has satisfactorily completed the requirements for renewal and before expiration of the license. The continuing education earned during this time may be applied to the next licensure period and shall meet criteria established in this chapter. The licensee who wishes this exception shall submit a written request at the time of license renewal. This exception requires submission of the written request with the requirements for license renewal as specified in 655—subrule 3.7(3). The licensee shall retain the letter granting the exception from the board office, in addition to the certificate of attendance.

[Filed Emergency 7/20/01, effective 7/20/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.
ARC 0867B
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 47.1, the Secretary of State hereby amends Chapter 21, “Election Forms and Instructions,” Iowa Administrative Code.
New rule 21.30(49) provides guidance for cities and counties when one or more cities have annexed territory after the date on which the geographic boundaries for the decennial census became final. Any changes in city boundaries after January 1 of a year ending in zero are not included in the official census data. However, the cities must include the recently annexed territory in the revised precinct and ward boundaries for the next ten years. This new rule provides instructions for determining the population of the annexed territory.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on June 13, 2001, as ARC 0728B. No one filed a request for a public hearing, and no one submitted any comments on the proposed rule.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of Intended Action.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), this amendment became effective upon filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator on July 20, 2001. The Secretary of State finds that this amendment confers a benefit upon the public by providing a necessary procedure for cities with recently annexed territory to accomplish the reprecincting process that must be completed by September 1, 2001.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 49.3 and 49.5.
This amendment became effective July 20, 2001.
The following new rule is adopted.
721—21.30(49) Inclusion of annexed territory in city reprecincting and redistricting plans. If a city has annexed territory after January 1 of a year ending in zero and before the completion of the redrawing of precinct and ward boundaries during a year ending in one, the city shall include the annexed land in precincts drawn pursuant to Iowa Code sections 49.3 and 49.5.
21.30(1) When the city council draws precinct and ward boundaries, if any, the city shall use the population of the annexed territory as certified by the city to the state treasurer pursuant to Iowa Code section 312.3(4).
21.30(2) When the board of supervisors, or the temporary county redistricting commission, draws precinct and county supervisor district boundaries, if any, it shall subtract from the population of the adjacent unincorporated area the population of the annexed territory as certified by the city to the state treasurer pursuant to Iowa Code section 312.3(4).
21.30(3) The use of population figures for reprecincting or redistricting shall not affect the official population of the city or the county. Only the U.S. Bureau of the Census may adjust the official population figures, by corrections or by conducting special censuses. See Iowa Code section 9F.6.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 49.3 and 49.5.

[Filed Emergency After Notice 7/20/01, effective 7/20/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.
ARC 0856B
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and 307.12, the Department of Transportation, on July 17, 2001, adopted amendments to Chapter 163, “RISE Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published in the May 16, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0662B.
All requirements related to the community builder program are being removed. Iowa Code section 15.308, which established the program, was repealed in 1998.
Five points will be awarded when evaluating a local development project for the remediation or redevelopment of a brownfield site. 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1101, section 6, requires the Department to amend the rules for local development projects under the RISE program to include a rating factor for remediation or redevelopment of a brownfield site.
These amendments do not provide for waivers. Any person who believes that the person’s circumstances meet the statutory criteria for a waiver may petition the Department for a waiver under 761—Chapter 11.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), the Department finds that these amendments will confer a benefit on all applicants for RISE funds by removing obsolete language relating to the community builder program. The Department finds that these amendments will confer a benefit on local development project applicants whose projects involve the remediation or redevelopment of a brownfield site. The rating scheme used to assess applications for local development projects will include five points for remediation or redevelopment of a brownfield site. The Department also finds that these amendments should be effective as soon as possible so that applications received on or before September 1, 2001, which is the deadline for the next round of applications, will be evaluated using the revised rules.
Accordingly, these amendments became effective July 20, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 315 and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1101, section 6.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these amendments [163.1, 163.8(2), 163.9, 163.11(2)] is being omitted. These amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0662B, IAB 5/16/01.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 7/18/01, effective 7/20/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.]



FILED
ARC 0852B
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 356.36, the Department of Corrections hereby amends Chapter 50, “Jail Facilities,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules provide for the standards for county jail facility inspections and are being revised consistent with American Correctional Association industry standards for jail operations.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0653B on May 2, 2001.
A public hearing was held on May 22, 2001. Written comments were received from two state agencies requesting minor, nonsubstantive changes that have been incorporated. The Iowa State Sheriffs and Deputies Association along with the Iowa State Association of Counties attended and voiced their support for the recommended changes. Changes from the Notice are as follows:
1. The following definition was added:
“Holdover” means a nonsecure area within a law enforcement facility, hospital, mental health facility or other existing public building that is intended to serve as a short–term holding facility for juveniles. A nonsecure area may be a multipurpose area which is unable to be locked.
2. The proposed definition of “juvenile” was amended as follows:
“Juvenile” means any prisoner person under the age of 18 years.
3. A reference to a Board of Pharmacy Examiners subrule was corrected in 50.15(9)“d.”
4. References to August 15, 2001, have been changed to September 12, 2001, to correspond with the effective date of the amendments.
The Department of Corrections Board adopted these amendments on July 6, 2001.
These amendments will become effective on September 12, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 356.36.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these amendments [amendments to Ch 50] is being omitted. With the exception of the changes noted above, these amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0653B, IAB 5/2/01.
[Filed 7/17/01, effective 9/12/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.]
ARC 0853B
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 356.36, the Department of Corrections hereby amends Chapter 51, “Temporary Holding Facilities,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules provide for the standards for temporary holding facility inspections and are being revised consistent with American Correctional Association industry standards for jail operations.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0654B on May 2, 2001.
A public hearing was held on May 22, 2001. Written comments were received from two state agencies requesting minor, nonsubstantive changes that have been incorporated. The Iowa State Sheriffs and Deputies Association along with the Iowa State Association of Counties attended and voiced their support for the recommended changes. Changes from the Notice are as follows:
1. The following definition was added:
“Holdover” means a nonsecure area within a law enforcement facility, hospital, mental health facility or other existing public building that is intended to serve as a short–term holding facility for juveniles. A nonsecure area may be a multipurpose area which is unable to be locked.
2. The proposed definition of “juvenile” was amended as follows:
“Juvenile” means any prisoner person under the age of 18 years.
3. A reference to a Board of Pharmacy Examiners subrule was corrected in 51.13(9)“d.”
4. References to August 15, 2001, have been changed to September 12, 2001, to correspond with the effective date of the amendments.
The Department of Corrections Board adopted these amendments on July 6, 2001.
These amendments will become effective on September 12, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 356.36.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these amendments [amendments to Ch 51] is being omitted. With the exception of the changes noted above, these amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0654B, IAB 5/2/01.
[Filed 7/17/01, effective 9/12/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.]
ARC 0841B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4 and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 740, section 4, subsection 6, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” Chapter 79, “Other Policies Relating to Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” Chapter 80, “Procedure and Method of Payment,” and Chapter 81, “Nursing Facilities,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments adopt a modified price–based case–mix system for reimbursing non–state–owned nursing facilities for Medicaid recipients based on a recognition of the provider’s allowable costs for two components, a direct care and non–direct care component, plus a potential excess payment allowance. The case–mix system reflects the relative acuity or need for care of the Medicaid recipients in the nursing facility. Nursing facilities will submit cost reports to the Department on an annual, rather than semiannual, basis. The Department will make case–mix adjustments to the nursing facilities’ rates on a quarterly basis.
As mandated by the General Assembly, the Department began to phase in a case–mix system of reimbursement to nursing facilities on July 1, 2000. The purpose of the phase–in was to reduce the impact that a facility may experience from changing from the former system of reimbursement to the new system. During this first year, providers continuedto receive, without reduction, 100 percent of their former system rate. Additionally, if a nursing facility had above–average case mix, an additional payment was provided.
Over the next two years the modified price–based case–mix reimbursement system will continue to be gradually phased in, allowing nursing facilities additional time to adapt to the new reimbursement system. Facilities will be held harmless through June 30, 2003, from any reduction of their June 30, 2001, Medicaid rate excluding the case–mix transition add–on payment.
Beginning July 1, 2001, a portion of each facility’s total Medicaid rate will be based on a percent of the current system rate plus a percent of the modified price–based case–mix rate. The following table illustrates how the phase–in rates are calculated:

Phase–In
Period
Current
System
Rate
Modified
Price–Based
Case–Mix Rate

JULY 1, 2000 – JUNE 30, 2001

100 percent
0 percent

JULY 1, 2001 – JUNE 30, 2002

66.67 percent
33.33 percent
July 1, 2002 – June 30, 2003
33.33 percent
66.67 percent
July 1, 2003,
and thereafter
0 percent
100 percent

The current system rate to be used effective July 1, 2001, will be the nursing facility’s Medicaid rate effective on June 30, 2001, excluding the case–mix transition add–on amount, plus a 6.21 percent inflation factor, not to exceed $94. The current system rate to be used effective July 1, 2002, will be the nursing facility’s Medicaid rate effective on June 30, 2001, excluding the case–mix transition add–on amount, plus an inflation allowance of 6.21 percent, and an additional inflation factor based on the HCFA/SNF Total Market Basket Index. However, the current system rate to be used effective July 1, 2002, shall not exceed $94 times an inflation factor pursuant to subrule 81.6(18).
In no case shall the total Medicaid rate for July 1, 2001, through June 30, 2002, be less than the current system rate effective on June 30, 2001, excluding the case–mix transition add–on amount, and increased by a 6.21 percent inflation allowance. In no case shall the total Medicaid rate for July 1, 2002, through June 30, 2003, be less than the reimbursement rate effective on June 30, 2002, plus an inflation factor pursuant to subrule 81.6(18) projected for the following 12 months.
Direct care and non–direct care rate components. Medicaid payment for services provided to eligible nursing facility recipients under the modified price–based case–mix system will be based on a provider’s allowable costs plus a potential excess payment allowance, not to exceed the rate component limits. The direct care and non–direct care component rates will be determined using actual allowable costs taken from the cost reports submitted by the nursing facilities. These costs will be subject to several expense exclusions and limitations that exist within current policy (e.g., exclusion of advertising expenses and limits on owners and management compensation) as well as adjustments for inflation, utilization incentive, and cost normalization, as discussed below.
Average per diem allowable costs for each cost component will be calculated for each nursing facility, arrayed from lowest to highest and weighted based on each facility’s total patient days. The per diem cost of the nursing facility that falls at the median of all patient days, multiplied by a percentage, becomes the basis for the potential excess payment allowance and the rate component limits.
For purposes of determining the direct care and non–direct care component rates applicable to Medicare–certified hospital–based facilities, a separate peer group of Medicare–certified hospital–based facilities will be used to calculate the patient–day–weighted medians.
A wage adjustment for nursing facilities located in Metropolitan Statistical Areas will also be applied to nursing salaries and benefits to account for wage differentials.
Medicaid rates will be updated July 1, 2001, and every second year thereafter with new cost report data, and quarterly for changes in the case mix of the Medicaid residents in each facility.
Based on legislation passed by the Seventy–ninth General Assembly, the direct care component is set at 120 percent of the median of direct care costs and the non–direct care component is set at 110 percent of the median of non–direct care costs, as in 441—subrule 79.1(2). At these percentages of the medians proposed, this reimbursement methodology provides aggregate cost coverage for nursing facilities of 100 percent of Medicaid costs, in comparison to the reimbursement system prior to case mix, in which 92 percent of Medicaid costs were covered. These rates will be adequate to allow for quality care and enlist sufficient providers to meet the need for nursing care of Iowa Medicaid residents.
Case mix. Case mix measures the relative resources required to care for a given population of nursing facility residents. Within and between nursing facilities, resident needs may vary widely, from residents requiring near full–time skilled nursing assistance to residents requiring only minimal assistance.
The Resource Utilization Groups, Version III (RUG–III) classification system will be used to classify residents and objectively determine a facility’s case mix. RUG–III was developed by the Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA) and is the basis for resident classification for the Medicare prospective payment system and numerous other states’ Medicaid systems. There are two basic RUG–III options for classification. Iowa will use the 34–group version that collapses the special rehabilitation category into four groups. HCFA recommends this version for use with Medicaid nursing facility resident populations when, as with the Iowa system, only nursing salaries are case–mix adjusted.
HCFA has also developed standard case–mix indices based on time studies performed during the middle to late 1990s, and these indices will be the basis for calculating the average case–mix index, or score, for each nursing facility under Iowa’s new case–mix system. The Department will calculate a facility’s average case–mix index four times per year for residents in the facility on the last day of each calendar quarter. A separate calculation will be made to determine the average case–mix index for all residents and Medicaid residents only. The case–mix index for Medicaid residents will be used to adjust Medicaid rates beginning with the second calendar quarter following the quarter of assessment.
Inflation factor. The new payment system will use historical costs as a basis for reimbursement. Historical costs will be increased to recognize an estimate of future cost inflation to develop a prospective rate for each nursing facility. Historical costs will be adjusted for inflation using the HCFA/SNF index published by Data Resources Incorporated. The HCFA/SNF index measures and predicts price level changes occurring in Medicare skilled nursing facilities and is the best available predictor of nursing facility cost inflation.
Utilization incentive. As an ongoing incentive to encourage providers to use resources prudently, a utilization standard (or occupancy factor) of 80 percent of licensed bed capacity has been applied to nursing facility costs. In applying a utilization standard, per patient day cost is calculated using the greater of actual patient days or a percentage of licensed bed capacity. On July 1, 2000, this 80 percent factor was modified to apply only to non–direct administrative, environmental and property costs. A utilization standard of 85 percent of licensed bed capacity will be phased in over the first three years of the new reimbursement system. As in 441— subparagraph 81.6(16)“a”(1), the standard for determining the Medicaid rate is 80 percent beginning July 1, 2001. Beginning July 1, 2003, and thereafter, the standard is 85 percent of licensed bed capacity. These utilization incentive percentages are based on legislation passed by theSeventy–ninth General Assembly. The utilization standard does not apply to hospital–based nursing facilities because Medicaid utilization is nominal.
Cost normalization. Cost normalization refers to the process of removing cost variations associated with different levels of resident case mix. Each provider’s average direct nursing care costs will be recalculated so that, to the extent possible, cost variations that are caused by different levels of case mix are removed. Cost normalization is accomplished simply by dividing a facility’s average allowable direct nursing care costs by the facility’s average case–mix index.
Accountability measures. Effective July 1, 2002, a portion of the Medicaid rates under the new case–mix system will be based on each facility’s achieving certain accountability measures that will link payment to quality of care. Rules governing the framework for these measures as well as the specific criteria that will be applied have yet to be finalized. A subgroup of the task force that developed these amendments has been convened to develop the measures. The Department envisions that these measures will include standard surveys and complaint investigations from the Department of Inspections and Appeals, customer satisfaction, employee retention rates, provision of cognitive loss and dementia care, and other objective measures of quality and accountability. Payments for achieving these measures will be made following the performance of the accountability measures by the nursing facility during each prior year. The measures developed will be evaluated for effectiveness.
The following is a hypothetical example of the steps used to calculate a facility’s Medicaid payment rate:
Step 1. Determination of Cost Components

Direct Care Costs

Direct Care Costs (inflation adjusted)
$440,000
Actual Patient Days
÷10,000
Average Direct Care Costs
$ 44.00
Facility Average Case–Mix Index (CMI)
÷ 0.9800
A. Normalized Direct Care Costs
$ 44.90
Non–Direct Care Costs

Administrative, Environmental and Property Costs
$245,000
Greater of Actual Patient Days or Patient
Days at 80 Percent Occupancy
÷ 10,500
B. Average Administrative, Environmental and Property Costs
$ 23.33
Support Care Costs
$140,000
Actual Patient Days
÷ 10,000
C. Average Support Care Costs
$ 14.00
D. Average Non–Direct Care Costs (B + C)
$ 37.33
Cost Components

Direct Care Cost Component = A
$ 44.90
Non–Direct Care Cost Component = D
$ 37.33

This step is performed for each Medicaid–certified nursing facility. The direct care cost component and non–direct care cost component per patient day costs for each facility from Step 1 are separately arrayed from low to high to determine the patient–day–weighted median for each cost component, based on the number of patient days provided by facilities. The direct care and non–direct care patient–day–weighted medians are adjusted by the percentages specified in 441— subrule 79.1(2) in determining the rate component limits and the potential excess payment allowance.
The modified price–based case–mix rate is then based on the provider’s cost components, plus any allowed excess payment allowance, subject to the rate component limits. The following steps illustrate how the facility–specific modified price–based case–mix rates are calculated.
Step 2. Calculate Facility–Specific Medicaid Costs
Direct Care Component

A. Normalized Direct Care Costs
$ 44.90
B. Average Case–Mix Index for Medicaid
Residents
× 1.0100
C. Case–Mix Adjusted Direct Care
Costs (A × B)
$ 45.35
Non–Direct Care Component

D. Average Non–Direct Care Costs
$ 37.33

Step 3. Determine Allowed Excess Payment Allowance
Direct Care Component

A. Direct Care Patient–Day–Weighted
Median
$ 50.00
B. Percentage of the Median to Apply
× 95%
C. (A × B)
$ 47.50
D. Average Case–Mix Index for
Medicaid Residents
× 1.0100
E. (C × D)
$ 47.98
F. Case–Mix Adjusted Direct Care Costs
- 45.35
G. Difference if greater than zero (E – F)
$ 2.63
H. Profit Share
× 100%
I. Potential Excess Payment Allowance*
(G × H)
$ 2.63
*Cannot be greater than 10 percent of the patient–day–weighted median ($5.00)

Non–Direct Care Component

J. Non–Direct Care Patient–Day–
Weighted Median
$ 36.00
K. Percentage of the Median to Apply
× 96%
L. (J × K)
$ 34.56
M. Average Non–Direct Care Costs
- 37.33
N. Difference if greater than zero (L – M)
$ 0.00
O. Profit Share
× 65%
P. Potential Excess Payment Allowance*
(N × O)
$ 0.00
*Cannot be greater than 8 percent of patient–day–weighted median ($2.88)



Step 4. Calculate Modified Price–Based Case–Mix Rate

Direct Care Component

A. Case–Mix Adjusted Direct Care Costs
$45.35
B. Allowed Excess Payment Allowance
+ 2.63
C. (A + B)
$ 47.98
D. Direct Care Limit (120 percent of
patient–day–weighted median times the Medicaid case–mix index)
$ 60.60
E. Lesser of C or D
$ 47.98
Non–Direct Care Component

F. Average Non–Direct Care Costs
$ 37.33
G. Allowed Excess Payment Allowance
+ 0.00
H. (F + G)
$ 37.33
I. Non–Direct Care Limit (110 percent of patient–day–weighted median)
$ 39.60
J. Lesser of H or I
$ 37.33
K. Total Medicaid Rate (E + J)
$ 85.31

In developing this proposal, the current nursing facility reimbursement system was thoroughly reviewed and evaluated. This included a review of Iowa administrative rules, State Medicaid Plan documents, cost reports and instructions, and rate–setting compilations and worksheets. In addition, several meetings were conducted with the Case–Mix Reimbursement Task Force in order to obtain input from the nursing facility industry, consumer advocates and others about the current reimbursement system. Written comments were received from some of the Task Force representatives, which included useful perspectives on the strengths and weaknesses of the current system for consideration by the Department.
Members of the Task Force included representatives from the Department of Human Services, the Medicaid case–mix consultant (Myers and Stauffer LC), the Iowa Hospital Association, the Advocacy Network for Aging Iowans, the Long–Term Care Ombudsman of the Department of Elder Affairs, the Legislative Fiscal Bureau, partisan and nonpartisan legislative staff, the American Association of Retired Persons, the Iowa Council of Health Care Centers, the Iowa Health Care Association, the Iowa Association of Homes and Services for the Aging, Iowans for Nursing Home Reform, the Department of Inspections and Appeals, the Medicaid fiscal consultant (Ryun, Givens, Wenthe & Co.), the Medicaid fiscal agent (Consultec, Inc.), the Iowa Foundation for Medical Care, and the Department of Public Health.
The following summarizes the major findings from review of the current Medicaid payment system:
System incentives. A review of the current system shows a clear bias toward institutional settings for long–term care services, which is not congruent with the objectives of Iowa’s Senior Living Program which was mandated by the General Assembly in 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1004, and seeks to improve access to care, increase consumer choice, contain costs, balance institutional and noninstitutional alternatives for long–term care, and improve the quality of lives of Iowans.
No recognition of case–mix differences. Facility direct care resource needs are influenced heavily by the level of resident acuity and dependence. The current reimbursement system does not explicitly recognize variations in the level of acuity of nursing facility residents.
Limited linkage to quality of care. The current system has no direct linkage between the quality of care delivered by the nursing facility and the level of Medicaid funding.
Cost containment incentives. In order to achieve the objectives and goals of the Senior Living Program, cost containment for all health care services is essential. Inefficient use of taxpayer resources in any program will result in fewer dollars available to expand noninstitutional long–term care alternatives. State expenditures for nursing facility services have increased more than 37 percent since 1996, which far exceeds the 10 percent increases experienced by other health care providers (i.e., hospitals, skilled nursing facilities and home health agencies) for the same period. This rate of growth in Medicaid expenditures comes at a time when occupancy in nursing facilities for the same period declined by over 6 percent. These patterns strongly suggest that cost containment for the Medicaid nursing facility reimbursement system must be addressed.
Inflation. The current system contains an overall reimbursement limitation established at the 70th percentile of rates. This feature is a relatively weak cost containment incentive for providers, since every provider with costs below the 70th percentile limit is reimbursed by Medicaid for the costs incurred, plus an adjustment for inflation. Providers that exceed the 70th percentile limit are capped at that level and do not receive an inflation adjustment. This methodology is inherently inflationary since the majority of providers have little incentive to contain their costs.
Low occupancy. Occupancy levels in Iowa nursing facilities have declined significantly over the last several years and currently average approximately 85 percent. This level indicates that Iowa nursing facilities have approximately 5,000 empty beds. When a facility’s occupancy declines, Medicaid reimbursement tends to increase to cover the fixed costs of empty beds. Historically, the Iowa nursing facility reimbursement system has applied a cost factor when defining allowable costs that Medicaid would reimburse. Under this methodology, facilities with actual occupancy less than 80 percent would have their Medicaid rate established using a minimum of 80 percent occupancy and thereby reduce the cost to the state of less efficient nursing facilities. This provision encourages providers to maintain their occupancy level at 80 percent but no higher.
Based on the review of the current nursing facility reimbursement system, it is clear that there are inherent problems, discussed above, that need to be addressed by developing a new system in order for Iowa to move toward achieving the policy goals that have been enumerated by the General Assembly. In order to function in harmony with the Senior Living Program, the new nursing facility reimbursement system should reduce financial incentives for facilities to care for low–need, independent residents and increase the financial incentives to care for high–need, dependent residents. The new system should link payment to quality of care and be cost–effective. Without these changes, it will be difficult, if not impossible, for the state to achieve the goals of the Senior Living Program.
The Department and the Case–Mix Reimbursement Task Force evaluated several different case–mix reimbursement system options, including cost–based, price–based and modified price–based systems. Based on extensive evaluation of all options, the Department has determined that a modified price–based system will introduce new and desirable incentives into Iowa’s long–term care marketplace. These incentives are necessary to recognize the changes in the long–term care marketplace, including the significant decline in demand for nursing facility services by Iowans. In order to achieve the goals of the Senior Living Program over a reasonable period of time, the Department is proposing a modified price–based case–mix system.
The following summarizes the characteristics of a modified price–based system and presents a rationale for its adoption by the Department:
Cost containment incentives and less inflationary system. Under a modified price–based system, the incentive for cost containment is greater than under a cost–based system. That is, facilities are encouraged to control costs to a greater extent since any costs incurred above the rate ceiling will not result in higher Medicaid reimbursement. In order to remain viable under a modified price–based system, nursing facilities must minimize their nursing costs in relation to their resident case mix, and they must also control their nonnursing costs in relation to the statewide median costs. Profits are made by facilities with costs below the established profit ceiling, while losses are experienced by facilities whose costs are greater than the established rate ceiling.
The Medicaid rate and weighted medians for direct and non–direct care costs will be rebased, or updated using more current costs, beginning with implementation on July 1, 2001, and every second year thereafter. This rebasing schedule strikes a reasonable balance between recognizing current costs and creating a structure that should achieve the nursing facility cost containment objectives which are a necessary component of success for the Senior Living Program.
Long–term care market–driven changes and other funding options. The Department has observed that some nursing facilities incur costs that are out of line with the acuity level of residents they serve. These facilities have high nursing costs coupled with low resident acuity. Under the modified price–based system, these facilities will be encouraged to modify their cost structures or resident mix duringthe final two–year phase–in period and make efficiency–motivated operational changes that will lead to lower costs and higher case–mix and payment levels. Facilities will likely need to adapt their service mix to the changing marketplace.
The Department recognizes that some facilities will be better prepared than others to make these market–driven changes. Facilities that are not able to effectively adapt to these marketplace changes will be able to take advantage of other funding options such as the nursing facility conversion program. This program may include up to $80 million in state funding and represents the state’s commitment to facilitate, in the least disruptive manner possible, changes in long–term care delivery that are considered beneficial to Iowa’s elderly population.
The modified price–based system is expected to move the state toward achieving the objectives outlined by the General Assembly regarding a greater emphasis to be placed on alternatives to institutional long–term care services, cost containment, and access to appropriate consumer–driven long–term care services. It might not be possible to achieve these objectives using a cost–based reimbursement system, since there would be little incentive for facilities to adapt to marketplace changes if the Department continued with a system that ensures most facilities reimbursement at their full costs.
The modified price–based system and quality of care. As the Department moves forward with changing the Medicaid nursing facility reimbursement system to better reflect the marketplace, it is very important for the state to monitor and evaluate the quality of care that is delivered in Iowa facilities. The Department fully appreciates the important role that the reimbursement system plays in ensuring high quality of care. It is important to note that a significant reimbursement feature of the new system provides for additional payments to facilities that achieve the quality–based accountability measures. Unlike a cost–based system that merely reimburses for costs incurred and offers little assurance of quality, the new modified price–based reimbursement system will reward facilities for actually delivering quality care.
However, despite having improved incentives to ensure high quality services, as stated previously, the Department recognizes that some facilities may not be able to achieve the necessary operational objectives that the modified price–based reimbursement system requires. The Department will, therefore, work closely with the Department of Inspections and Appeals (DIA) to monitor quality of care issues that are identified through the survey process. In the event undesirable quality of care trends are detected, the Department intends to work with DIA and other state agencies and contractors to assess the underlying cause. This will involve new processes of resident, financial, survey, and consumer data analysis and coordination. The Department also intends to work toward improving systems to locate alternative placements (e.g., home– and community–based services, assisted living, and other nursing facilities).
The development and design of the case–mix system of reimbursement has been carried out openly and with input from industry association representatives, consumer advocates, legislative representatives and numerous other interested parties. Information representing all aspects of theprocess has also been freely available to all parties, including cost and financial information, case–mix data, and budget appropriation statistics. An interactive computer model was developed that allowed users to readily perform numerous “what if” scenarios and evaluate the financial impact. This model was also shared with all interested Task Force participants. The wealth of available information to all parties was helpful in keeping the focus of the Task Force on the key elements of the design of the case–mix system. It was also essential for the purpose of educating the Task Force on many complex reimbursement concepts and methods.
The Department must seek a reasonable balance among the sometimes competing goals of providing adequate resources to Iowa nursing facilities to enable them to meet the needs of elderly Iowans entrusted to their care, prudently managing the state’s limited Medicaid budget resources, and ensuring that the intent of the General Assembly is accomplished through the development of sound public policies and programs. The Department believes that the modified price–based case–mix system reimbursement provides this balance.
As with any new reimbursement system, it will be critical to success to closely monitor trends and other aspects, and it is likely that refinements will be necessary in the future.
Through the 2001 General Assembly session, rate–setting parameters were debated among the Department, provider groups, and legislators. These debates resulted in increases to the rate ceiling and excess payment allowance that the Department had proposed as sufficient to adequately reimburse providers.
These amendments do not provide for waivers to the Medicaid nursing facility reimbursement system because all facilities should be subject to the same system.
These amendments were published under Notice of Intended Action in the May 16, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0671B to allow for public comment. These amendments were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and published in the July 11, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0780B.
Eight public hearings were held around the state. Five persons attended to support the rules as revised to reflect legislative changes.
The following revisions were made to the Notice of Intended Action to reflect changes made to the modified price–based case–mix system by the General Assembly in 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 740, section 4, subsection 6. These changes were contained in the Adopted and Filed Emergency rules.
The terminology “profit add–on” was replaced with “excess payment allowance” wherever it appeared to reflect language in House File 740.
Subrules 78.3(13), 78.3(14), and 78.3(16) were revised by replacing “July 1 each year” to “July 1, 2001, and every second year thereafter” to reflect language in House File 740 which states that statewide medians will be recalculated every other year.
Subrule 79.1(2), basis of reimbursement, was revised by changing the direct care and non–direct care excess payment allowance ceilings and rate component limits to reflect the percentages of the medians established in House File 740.
The revised basis of reimbursement for nursing facility care and for hospital–based, Medicare–certified, skilled nursing care in subrule 79.1(2) provides that the percentage of the median used to calculate the direct care profit add–on ceiling is 95 percent, rather than 100 percent, of the patient–day–weighted median. The percentage of the difference used to calculate the direct care profit add–on is 100 percent. The percentage of the median used to calculate the direct care profit add–on limit is 10 percent of the patient–day–weighted median. The percentage of the median used to calculate the non–direct care profit add–on ceiling is 96 percent, rather than 95 percent, of the patient–day–weighted median. The percentage of the difference used to calculate the non–direct care profit add–on limit is 65 percent. The percentage of the median used to calculate the non–direct care profit add–on limit is 8 percent of the patient–day–weighted median.
The revised upper limit in subrule 79.1(2) provides that the direct care rate component limit is 120 percent, rather than 110 percent, of the patient–day–weighted median. The non–direct care rate component limit is 110 percent, rather than 100 percent, of the patient–day–weighted median.
Subrule 80.2(2), paragraph “u,” rather than being rescinded, was revised to reflect the claim form to be used by Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing facilities.
Subrule 81.6(4), paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph, was revised by deleting the phrases “annually, including new direct care and non–direct care patient–day–weighted medians” and inserting “July 1, 2001, and every second year thereafter with new cost report data” to reflect language in House File 740 which states that the Department shall recalculate the statewide median of nursing facility costs every other fiscal year end based upon the most recent cost reports submitted by the nursing facility for the period ending on or before December 31 of the previous calendar year. Paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph, was also revised by adding the following sentence: “For nursing facilities receiving both an ICF and SNF Medicaid rate effective June 30, 2001, the June 30, 2001, Medicaid rate referenced in subparagraphs (1) and (2) below shall be the patient–day–weighted average Medicaid rate of the ICF and SNF Medicaid rates effective June 30, 2001, excluding the case–mix transition add–on amount.” This sentence was added to clarify the definition of Medicaid rate for those facilities that receive both an ICF and SNF rate under the current system. Paragraph “a,” subparagraph (1), was revised to specify that when calculating the phase–in payment rate effective July 1, 2001, the current system rate to be used shall not exceed $94. Paragraph “a,” subparagraph (2), was revised to specify that when calculating the phase–in payment rate effective July 1, 2002, the current system rate to be used shall not exceed $94 times an inflation factor pursuant to subrule 81.6(18). These rules were changed to include the current rate portion maximums that were established in House File 740.
Subrule 81.6(16), paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph, was revised by replacing the second instance of the term “midpoint” with the term “beginning” to implement the inflation methodology presented in House File 740 which stated that costs shall be inflated forward to the beginning of the state fiscal year. Paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph, was also revised by adding “Effective July 1, 2001, and every second year thereafter” to reflect that per diem allowable costs are determined July 1, 2001, and then every other year.
Subrule 81.6(16), paragraph “c,” subparagraph (1), was revised by replacing “Effective July 1, 2001” with “For the fiscal period beginning July 1, 2001, and ending June 30, 2003” and adding “inflated from the midpoint of the cost report period to July 1, 2001, using the inflation factor specified in subrule 81.6(18).” Subparagraphs (2), (3), and (5) were deleted. Subparagraph (4) was renumbered as subparagraph (2) and revised by replacing the year “2004” with the year “2003” and adding the following two sentences: “The patient–day–weighted medians used in rate setting will be recalculated” and “When patient–day–weighted medians are recalculated inflation is applied from the midpoint of the cost report period to the first day of the state fiscal year rate period using the inflation factor specified in subrule 81.6(18).” Subrule 81.6(16), paragraph “c,” details the calculation of the patient–day–weighted medians and when the patient–day–weighted medians are recalculated. The above rules were changed to reflect the inflation methodology and when the patient–day–weighted medians are recalculated that were described in House File 740.
Subrule 81.6(16), paragraph “d,” subparagraph (1), numbered paragraphs “1” and “2,” subparagraph (2), numbered paragraphs “1” and “2,” and subparagraph (3), numbered paragraphs “1” and “2” were revised by removing the percentages specified therein and instead adding references to the percentages in subrule 79.1(2) for ease of updating. Paragraph “d,” subparagraph (2), numbered paragraph “1,” was also revised to set a limit of $8 per day on the geographic wage index adjustment and to provide a method of requesting an exception to this limit. Inclusion of this limit was overlooked in the previous Notice and should have been included. This limit was included in House File 740.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments July 11, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 249A.2(6), 249A.3(2)“a,” 249A.4, and 249A.16 and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 740, section 4.
These amendments shall become effective October 1, 2001, at which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency rules are hereby rescinded.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these amendments [amendments to Chs 78 to 81] is being omitted. With the exception of the changes noted above, these amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0671B, IAB 5/16/01 and Adopted and Filed Emergency as ARC 0780B, IAB 7/11/01.
[Filed 7/11/01, effective 10/1/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.]
ARC 0842B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 234.6 and 238.16, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 108, “Licensing and Regulation of Child–Placing Agencies,” and Chapter 185, “Rehabilitative Treatment Services,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments allow college graduates who have a bachelor’s degree in social work to provide specified services under the Rehabilitative Treatment Services Program or through licensed child–placing agencies without meeting the experience requirements applicable to those who have a bachelor’s degree in a human services field related to social work. Social work graduates have completed a practicum as part of their education that provides experience in these types of services.
The Board of Social Work Examiners has reviewed and approved these changes. These changes will expand the pool of qualified applicants for the providers of these services. Providers have indicated that locating qualified staff is an issue in the current economy.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified situations because the amendments confer a benefit by expanding the pool of personnel qualified to provide these services.
These amendments were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency and published in the May 30, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0687B. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was published in the May 30, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0688B.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments July 11, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 234.6 and 234.38 and Iowa Code chapter 238.
These amendments shall become effective October 1, 2001, at which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency rules are hereby rescinded.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these amendments [108.4(3), 185.10(1)“a”] is being omitted. These amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0688B and Adopted and Filed Emergency as ARC 0687B, IAB 5/30/01.
[Filed 7/11/01, effective 10/1/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.]
ARC 0845B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 185, “Rehabilitative Treatment Services,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted this amendment July 11, 2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding this amendment was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on May 30, 2001, as ARC 0689B.
This amendment is intended to clarify the independent audit of Rehabilitative Treatment and Supportive Service (RTSS) providers. The amendment also:
Changes the name of the audit from “certified” audit to “independent” audit to more accurately reflect industry terminology.
Clarifies which legal entity in a multientity organization must be audited.
Simplifies the dollar standard when an audit is required by changing it from receipt of $500,000 or more from the Department and a total revenue of $1,000,000 from all sources to $500,000 from the Department.
Establishes a time frame for the completion of required independent audits and provides a method for extensions of this time frame if needed.
Clarifies the audit format that should be used for not–for–profit and other types of providers.
Clarifies which providers are not required to have an independent audit performed.
Clarifies when a copy of any independent audit should be shared with the Department.
This amendment does not provide for waivers of the audit requirement for providers receiving more than $500,000 from the Department because the audit is needed by the Department to verify the accuracy of billings and charges.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 234.6 and 234.38.
This amendment shall become effective October 1, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of this amendment [185.102(4)] is being omitted. This amendment is identical to that published under Notice as ARC 0689B, IAB 5/30/01.
[Filed 7/11/01, effective 10/1/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.]
ARC 0861B
LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[875]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 88.5 and 17A.3(1), the Labor Commissioner amends Chapter 10, “General Industry Safety and Health Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This rule making adopts by reference amendments to the federal standards for occupational exposure to cotton dust and occupational exposure to blood–borne pathogens and needlestick and other sharps injuries. No waiver or variance provision is included in these rules because Iowa Code chapter 88 contains a variance provision.
Adoption of these amendments is required by 29 Code of Federal Regulations 1953.23(a)(2) and Iowa Code section 88.5(1)“a.”
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on June 13, 2001, as ARC 0742B. The only comment received was in support of the proposed amendment to the blood–borne pathogens standard. This amendment is identical to the Notice of Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 88.5.
The amendment will become effective September 12, 2001.
The following amendment is adopted.

Amend rule 875—10.20(88) by inserting at the end thereof:
65 Fed. Reg. 76567 (December 7, 2000)
66 Fed. Reg. 5324 (January 18, 2001)
66 Fed. Reg. 18191 (April 6, 2001)

[Filed 7/20/01, effective 9/12/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.
ARC 0838B
LOTTERY DIVISION[705]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3(1)“b” and 99E.9(3) and Executive Order Number 11, the Lottery Division adopts Chapter 5, “Waiver and Variance Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The purpose of the adoption of these rules is to satisfy the requirements of Iowa Code section 17A.9A and Executive Order Number 11 requiring state agencies to adopt a general waiver rule for rules promulgated by the agency.
The Lottery does not intend to waive the requirements of these rules in order to ensure fairness in the application of the waiver rules.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on February 21, 2001, as ARC 0485B. The Lottery solicited comment by posting the rules on the Lottery’s Web site and by publishing the rules in the Lottery’s retailer newsletter. A public hearing was held at Lottery headquarters on March 13, 2001. The Lottery received no comment on these rules from any source. These rules are identical to those published under Notice.
The Lottery Board adopted these rules on June 22, 2001.
These rules will become effective September 12, 2001.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number 11 and Iowa Code section 17A.9A.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these rules [Ch 5] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0485B, IAB 2/21/01.
[Filed 7/11/01, effective 9/12/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.]
ARC 0858B
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and 307.12, the Department of Transportation, on July 17, 2001, adopted amendments to Chapter 400, “Vehicle Registration and Certificate of Title,” and Chapter 405, “Salvage,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published in the May 30, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0697B.
Motor vehicle control numbers will no longer be listed on certificates of title and registration receipts. A motor vehicle control number is the owner’s driver’s license number, social security number or federal employer’s identification number. Items 1 and 3 implement this change.
2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1047 (Iowa Code sections 321.24 and 322G.12), provides for a designation to appear on titles of vehicles that are returned to the manufacturer under the lemon law of this state or a similar law of another state and then retitled. The Act also permits the Department to determine that other designations supersede the required designation. Item 16 implements this legislation. Items 2, 4 and 5 make corresponding amendments.
If an applicant for a certificate of title cannot provide the required supporting documents, a bonding procedure is used. The Department searches the state files to determine if there is an owner of record for the vehicle. Under the current procedure, the applicant is required to send a letter to the owner of record. Under the revised procedure, the Department will notify the owner of record. Items 7 and 8 implement this change.
Items 9, 12, 14, 17 and 18 amend the rules to extend the time allowed to transfer titles without penalty. These changes are being made to agree with the Iowa Code. Applicable Iowa Code sections are 321.25, 321.46, 321.49 and 321.52.
In Item 13, subrule 400.45(2) is being amended to add a reference to Iowa Code section 321.101A. This Code section provides that the county treasurer may revoke the registration and registration plates if registration fees are paid by check and the check is not honored by the payer’s financial institution.
Other amendments to these rules update Iowa Code and Iowa Acts citations.
These amendments do not provide for waivers. Any person who believes that the person’s circumstances meet the statutory criteria for a waiver may petition the Department for a waiver under 761—Chapter 11.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 321.
These amendments will become effective September 12, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these amendments [amendments to Ch 400, 405.3(2)“c,” 405.6(3)] is being omitted. These amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0697B, IAB 5/30/01.
[Filed 7/18/01, effective 9/12/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.]
ARC 0857B
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and 307.12, the Department of Transportation, on July 17, 2001, adopted Chapter 718, “General Aviation Hangar Revolving Loan Fund,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these rules was published in the May 16, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0661B.
2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1225, section 35 (Iowa Code section 330.2), creates an aviation hangar revolving loan fund and specifies that the moneys in the fund shall be expended for loans to provide assistance for the design, construction or improvement of hangars at general aviation airports in the state. Section 35 also requires the Department to adopt rules to administer a program for the granting and administration of loans under this section. These new rules implement this rule–making requirement. 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1225, section 16, appropriates $500,000 for deposit in the fund.
These rules do not provide for waivers. Any person who believes that the person’s circumstances meet the statutory criteria for a waiver may petition the Department for a waiver under 761—Chapter 11.
These rules are identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 330.2.
These rules will become effective September 12, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these rules [Ch 718] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0661B, IAB 5/16/01.
[Filed 7/18/01, effective 9/12/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.]
ARC 0860B
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4, 476.1, 476.2, 479.29, and 479B.20 (2001), the Utilities Board (Board) gives notice that on July 18, 2001, the Board issued an order in Docket No. RMU–01–5, In re: Correction to 199 IAC 9.3(1), Land Restoration Rules, Order Adopting Amendment. The amendment to 199 IAC 9.3(1) corrects a typographical error that occurred in the adoption of 199 IAC Chapter 9, “Restoration of Agricultural Lands During And After Pipeline Construction.” The Notice of Intended Action was published in IAB Vol. XXIII, No. 25 (6/13/01) p.1923, as ARC 0725B.
On May 22, 2001, the Board issued an order commencing a rule making to correct certain language in 199 IAC 9.3(1). The Board proposed to amend 199 IAC 9.3(1) to correct a typographical error that occurred when the first sentence of the subrule referenced “interstate” natural gas pipelines rather than “intrastate” natural gas pipelines as intended. The correct reference to “intrastate” was set out in the preamble of the Adopted and Filed document but the rule when adopted used the term “interstate.” This typographical error changes the application of the subrule and does not reflect the statutory support cited in the subrule. Because of the different meanings of the words “intrastate” and “interstate,” this rule making is necessary to ensure that the requirements of the subrule are applied correctly.
The Notice of Intended Action was published on June 13, 2001, in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin (IAB) as ARC 0725B. Written comments were to be filed on or before July 3, 2001. The only comments filed were by Consumer Advocate Division of the Department of Justice (Consumer Advocate). In the comments, Consumer Advocate states that the sentence corrected should be punctuated as originally found in the preamble to the Adopted and Filed document published in the IAB on February 7, 2001, as ARC 0436B, and the indefinite article “a” should be added to the sentence before “hazardous liquid pipeline.” Consumer Advocate proposes that the sentence be corrected to read, “An intrastate natural gas pipeline, or a hazardous liquid pipeline, that is subject to Iowa Code section 479.5 or 479.B.4 shall file its proposed plan with the board at the time it files its petition for permit pursuant to 199 IAC 10.2(479) or 13.2(479B).”
The Board has reviewed the comments filed by Consumer Advocate and finds that the changes are reasonable. Since there are no other comments, the Board adopts 199 IAC 9.3(1) as set out below.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 17A.4, 476.1, 476.2, 479.29, and 479B.20.
This amendment will become effective September 12, 2001.
The following amendment is adopted.

Amend subrule 9.3(1) as follows:
9.3(1) An interstate intrastate natural gas pipeline, or a hazardous liquid pipeline, that is subject to Iowa Code section 479.5 or 479B.4 shall file its proposed plan with the board at the time it files its petition for permit pursuant to 199 IAC 10.2(479) or 13.2(479B), or a petition for amendment to permit which proposes pipeline construction or relocation pursuant to 199 IAC 10.9(2) or 13.9(479B). Review of the land restoration plan will be coincident with the board’s review of the application for permit, and objections to the proposed plan may be filed as part of the permit proceeding.

[Filed 7/18/01, effective 9/12/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.



Previous Bulletin Table of Contents Next Bulletin

Return To Home index


© 2001 Cornell College and League of Women Voters of Iowa


Comments about this site or page? lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.

Last update: Thu Aug 9 5:45:01 2001
URL: /Rules/2001/Bulletin/ACB010808.html
sam